Manual Seguridad
Manual Seguridad
Hundreds of solutions
E-Stop & Guard Monitoring xxx Hinge Style xxx Safety Light Screens Safety Controller and Modules
What’s New 2 Modules monitor normally closed emergency stop switch circuits Load-bearing hinge, rotary and standard hinge style switches Reference Guide Personnel Protection with Guarding in ESD-Sensitive
Safe Material Access Perimeter Guarding
or safety interlock switch circuits for a contact failure or wiring provide an adjustable range of operation. Fixed Blanking Environment
iKnow ® Guide to Machine Safety xxx
Selection Guide xxx fault. Select from a complete offering of light screens, grid and single point safety systems. Models are available for Choose from a comprehensive lineup of safety monitoring modules that accept inputs from safety light screens,
guarding access of hands and fingers through small openings and perimeter guarding of personnel access E-stop buttons, interlock switches and safety mats. Modules also provide muting for
Contact Configurations & Switching Diagrams xxx
Legacy Products xxx Universal xxx Compact Plastic xxx around large areas of dangerous equipment. Models are rated for IEC Type4/ISO Cat. 4 (highest level of safety) suspending safeguarding during hazard-free times in a machine cycle and extend interfacing options for existing
W!
NE
and Type 2/Cat. 2 (lower risk) applications. safety monitoring systems, while maintaining system integrity and safety ratings.
a series. pack styles, with a choice of actuators. To protect hands and fingers from To guard a wafer cell in an To prevent injury while allowing To combine a light screen and
EZ-SCREEN® (Type 4) xxx International Representatives xxx 6LQJOHEHDP3RLQWV optical element. Also, two inputs for modules for failure of wiring faults. LOOK FOR
MORE INFO
the hazardous parts of a carton
LOOK FOR
MORE INFO
environment sensitive to
LOOK FOR
MORE INFO
materials into a process.
LOOK FOR
MORE INFO
mirrors to guard access to a
Two-piece design is available in 14 mm resolution for finger, hand
System components: Emitter, receiver and one cable external safety monitoring (USSI)*. erector. electrostatic discharge. work cell.
Safety rating: Category 2 or 4, depending on model page xxx page xxx page xxx page xxx
and ankle protection or 30 mm resolution for hand and ankle (page xxx) System components: Emitter, receiver and one cable for each. for each. Optional interfacing
protection. components available. Safety rating: Category 4/Type 4
Muting xxx Locking Style xxx Optical interfacing components available. (page xxx) Stop category: 0, or 0 and 1, depending on model
Module monitors two or four redundant inputs to automatically Switches lock a mechanical guard until hazardous motion stops Index xxx (page xxx) Range: up to 15 m
(page xxx)
Stop category: 0 The following pages feature
suspend the safety function of a safety light screen during a completely. All models offer a choice of locking mechanisms and Range: RUPPXSWRP Models: 20 models with different input and Vertical and Horizontal
L-Configured Guarding Small Machine Guarding U-Configured Guarding
EZ-SCREEN® (Type 4) xxx non-hazardous portion of a machine cycle. operating voltages. Models: Two models with different output output configurations only a small selection of Guarding
W!
Low-profile design fits into machinery and provides 14 mm configurations and one model with
resolution for finger, hand and ankle protection or 25 mm *ULGV 3RLQWVXSWRP muting Universal: Modules
applications, with hundreds
resolution for hand and ankle protection. Safe Speed xxx
Emergency Stop Devices
W!
PICO-GUARD™: Fiber Optic System
more available online.
NE
Module monitors two proximity switches with PNP outputs for Defined area 14 or 30 mm resolution
SC22-3: Safety Controllers Inputs: Modules for monitoring one or two
rotation (RPMs) and linear movements. (protected height): ±WRPP Types: RUEHDP*ULGV
PICO-GUARD™ xxx ONLINE solid-state PNP outputs from safety or
W!
EZ-SCREEN® (Type 2) xxx 14 or 25 mm resolution
NE
Optical E-Stop Buttons work in conjunction with the PICO-GUARD™ (page xxx) Single-beam Points Inputs: 22 input terminals monitor safety non-safety devices, such as sensors
Inexpensive, compact optical safeguarding solution is designed
Controller to provide emergency stop actuation. ±WRPP and non-safety devices for failure or or safety light screens.
for lower-risk applications where risk of injury is limited but some
guarding is necessary. Extension xxx AUTOCAD, STEP,
*ULGV±WRPP Safety rating: Category 4/Type 4 wiring faults.
IGES & PDF Safety rating: Category 4
Module provides additional safety outputs for a primary safety Safety rating: 2, 3 or 4
Points– 25 mm beam diameter System components: 1 to 4 fiber optic element pairs,
device, such as an E-stop safety module or a two-hand control E-Stop Buttons xxx Anytime this icon appears,
(page xxx) Stop category: 0 ONLINE Objective: ONLINE Objective: ONLINE Objective: ONLINE Objective:
EZ-SCREEN® Grids & Points (Type 4) xxx module. Metal or plastic E-stop button uses a push-to-stop, twist-to-release Cascading: Allow up to 4 emitter/receiver pairs to plus a controller Stop category: 0&1 Guarding of two sides of machine To link multiple light screens to To provide low-profile, point-of- To guard multiple sides of a
Point and Grid systems allow one-, two-, three- or four-beam mechanism to provide emergency stop actuation and is available
dimension information is available be wired together to form a single safety (page xxx) Models: Two modes with different output LOOK FOR
MORE INFO
because of separate operator
LOOK FOR
MORE INFO
safeguard a robotic cell.
LOOK FOR
MORE INFO
operation guarding for small
LOOK FOR
MORE INFO
machine without overlapping light
perimeter and access guarding. with a wide variety of normally open and normally closed contacts. online at bannerengineering.com Range: up to 31 m Models: four standard models and four configurations page xxx load and unload stations. page xxx page xxx machinery. page xxx curtains.
Interface xxx device. Only matched pairs must be the (page xxx)
(page xxx) models for direct connectivity to
Modules provide isolated safety output contacts for a primary same length and resolution. Protected heights: *ULGV±WRPP EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP
safety device with solid-state or relay contact outputs and external
Extension: Modules
!
MODNEW
industrial networks
ELS
Rope Pull xxx Points– 9 to 25 mm beam diameter
PICO-GUARD™ Grids & Points (Type 4) xxx device monitoring (EDM) capability. Rope pull emergency stop switches, when used with steel wire Inputs: Single or dual (depending on model) L-Configured Guarding Lower-Risk Machine Lower-Risk Machine
without Overlapping Guarding Guarding Perimeter Guarding
Fiber optic safety system includes a controller and compact 12 or rope, provide emergency stop actuation for conveyors and large Safety Mat: Monitoring Modules input channels accept the outputs
30 mm non-contact Point elements, or Grid systems for perimeter machinery. of a primary safety device. Modules
and access guarding. Two-Hand Control Modules Inputs: Modules monitor one 4-wire safety provide additional safety outputs for
mat (or multiple connected in series). a primary safety device. Typically
DUO-TOUCH SG® Two-Hand Control Modules xxx Accessories Laser Scanner Safety rating: Category 4
interfaced with safety modules with
Area Scanner Module connects to STB switches, monitoring the outputs of each (page xxx)
relay outputs.
!
MODNEW
button, preventing an output signal if it detects a fault and Mounting Brackets xxx
ELS
Stop category: 0 Safety rating: Category 2 or 4
de-energizing when the operator removes one or both hands. Banner offers a wide selection of rugged and versatile mounting Safety laser scanners are used to protect personnel, as well as stationary and mobile systems, within a (page xxx)
W!
!
MODNEW
ELS
ensure reliability. Because they require no physical pressure to Cordsets and Wiring Products xxx Safety rating: Category 3/Type 3 LOOK FOR no gaps. LOOK FOR risk application. LOOK FOR machine that can cause slight LOOK FOR of a tube bender when someone
operate, they prevent stress on hands and wrists. A complete selection of cordsets, indicator lights and MORE INFO MORE INFO MORE INFO
injuries.
MORE INFO
enters the cell.
Fiber Optic Safety Systems other connection devices make it easy to hook up both Inputs: One MSSI* input, plus one USSI* or Inputs: One dual input accepts the single page xxx page xxx page xxx page xxx
System components: Laser scanner, configuration cordset and communication cordset SSI* input or dual safety output of a primary
ac- and dc-powered safety devices.
DUO-TOUCH® SG Run Bars with STB Buttons xxx safety device. Typically interfaced with
W!
A unique combination of control-reliable, non-contacting Run Bars provides a convenient and economical means for devices solid-state OSSD Outputs.
safeguarding when interfaced with DUO-TOUCH® SG Two-Hand Corner Mirrors xxx Warning field up to 15 m Stop category: 0 Module increases switching current Single-Point Entry/Exit Guarding with Explosive Environment
photoelectric and fiber optic technologies provides a low-cost (page xxx) Access Guarding Muting Point-of-Operation Guarding Moving Door Monitoring
alternative to cumbersome, costly safeguarding methods. Control Modules or comparable control systems. Corner mirrors make it possible to guard more than one side of an capacity (up to 6 amps) for the output
(page xxx)
area, using only one optical safety system. Scanning angle 190° Models: Four models with varying safety of a primary safety device.
(page xxx)
ratings, input/ output connection
method and output configuration Safety rating: Category 2 or 4
Safety Modules and Controllers Safety Interlock Switches
Stands xxx Models: Two models with different output
PICO-GUARD™ xxx Stands support optical safety system emitters, receivers and Safe Speed: Monitoring Modules configurations
!
MODNEW
Four separate optical sensing channels monitor one or multiple Fiber optic switches provide a compact, non-contact, corner mirrors. * USSI = Universal Safety Stop Interface, MSSI = Muteable Safety Stop Interface,
easy-to-install means of interlocking doors, guards, gates and Inputs: Modules monitor two proximity
Fiber Optic Safety Points, Interlocks, Grids and E-Stop Buttons in SSI = Safety Stop Interface
covers that is ideal for explosive environments. switches with PNP outputs for rotation
the same fiber loop.
(RPMs) and linear movements.
Enclosures & Harsh Duty xxx Safety rating: Category 3 ONLINE Objective: ONLINE Objective: ONLINE Objective: ONLINE Objective:
SC22-3 Safety Controller xxx Magnet Style xxx Lens shields and enclosures protect receivers and emitters from
W!
To prevent personnel from To prevent personnel from To protect hands from a hazard To prevent passenger from being
NE
22 input terminals monitor safety and non-safety devices for contact Three-component magnet-style switches tolerate dirt buildup, dirt, chemicals and impact. (page xxx) Stop category: 0
LOOK FOR
MORE INFO
accessing a hazardous area.
LOOK FOR
MORE INFO
accessing a hazardous area.
LOOK FOR
MORE INFO
while allowing material to pass
LOOK FOR
MORE INFO
struck by closing doors.
failure or wiring faults. washdowns, long sensing distance and shifts in alignment. page xxx page xxx page xxx through, by spacing individual page xxx
Models: Two models for different response Points as needed.
times
6 More information online at bannerengineering.com More information online at bannerengineering.com 7 8 More information online at bannerengineering.com More information online at bannerengineering.com 9 14 More information online at bannerengineering.com More information online at bannerengineering.com 15
Table of Contents page 6-7 Selection Guide page 8-10 Applications page 14-16
Navigation
Tabs
BRACKETS
EZ-SCREEN®
Safety Light Screens Type 4 Point-of-Operation
Type 4
Type 4
Simple, two-piece integrated system has no control box. Available in 14 mm resolution for finger, hand and ankle protection
EZ-SCREEN point-of-operation systems provide finger, hand and or 30 mm resolution for hand and ankle protection
EZ-SCREEN®
EZ-SCREEN®
ankle detection in a standard or low-profile housing to fit any machine. Operates in ranges from 0.1 to 6 m (14 mm models) and
Type 2
Type 2
Point and Grid systems allow one-, two-, three- or four-beam 0.1 to 18 m (30 mm models)
perimeter and access guarding. Offers optional reduced resolution (floating blanking) to ignore
Type 4 models are designed with redundant microprocessor- tooling or constant inflow of materials
controlled, self-checking circuitry to exceed control reliability Displays operating status, configuration and error codes, and
PICO-GUARD™
PICO-GUARD™
requirements and are certified for CE (Type 4/Category 4) and cULus blocked beams
(NIPF, Type 4) applications. Features user-configurable trip or latch outputs, and Scan Code 1 or 2
Type 2 systems are suited to lower-risk applications where the result Exceeds OSHA/ANSI Control Reliability requirements, certified to
of an accident is only a slight injury and meet all requirements for CE cULus NIPF, and CE certified to Type 4, Cat 4 PLe, and SIL 3
(Type 2/Category 2) and cULus (NIPF, Type 2) applications.
Resists impact, twisting and abusive environments with a durable CORDSETS
Superior optical design makes system extremely easy to align. aluminum housing and metal endcaps PAGE 28
Status indicators and diagnostics show when alignment is complete Available with standard yellow, clear anodized aluminum housing or INDICATORS
and if there are problems with the installation. nickel-plated ESD-safe housing for protection against electrostatic
Cascading models allow up to four systems of any length and discharges (other color options available) PAGE 192
resolution to be wired together to form a single safety device. Offers optional cascading to create up to a four sensor system that
BRACKETS
Systems have ranges up to 70 m, with power and range for all types responds to a single stop command PAGE 28
of applications including long-range perimeter guarding. Offers optional lens shields and enclosures for added durability MIRRORS
PAGE
194
STANDS
ENCLOSURES
24V dc supply voltage
PAGE
Two solid-state OSSD safety outputs ONLINE 201
45.2 mm INTERFACE
A complete family of machine guarding products. 7-segment diagnostic display
AUTOCAD, STEP,
Clear/Blocked beam zone indicators IGES & PDF PAGE 51
Point-of-Operation and Area Single-Point Access
Provides choice of models for Uses angled mirrors to simulate a System status and system reset status
finger, hand and ankle detection Some of the Available Finishes
two-beam system Metal endcaps for added durability
Includes standard or low-profile models Allows for the use of multiple units
Detailed Dimensions
to fit any machine to create custom beam patterns User configurable trip or latch outputs
Available in models to meet Meets Type 4 requirements
and Scan Code 1 or 2
Type 4 requirements Fixed or 2-beam reduced resolution
available online
L
Includes cascading and ESD-safe solutions (floating) blanking
EDM input and optional TEST function
Perimeter and Access Guarding Type 2
Uses one-, two-, three- or four- beams Designed for lower-risk Integral or pigtail M12/Euro-style QD
for perimeter and long-range single-sided operation applications connection
protection Meets Type 2 requirements QD cordsets ordered separately or
Guards multiple sides of a dangerous Offered with 30 mm resolution and in kits (see page 28)
area up to 70 m long 15 m range
Meets Type 4 requirements 36.0 mm
Family Simple
Table of Contents Dimensions
New features
Laser Scanner Brackets Cordsets & Accessories
AG4 Laser Scanner Specifications
Supply Voltage (UB) 24V dc ±20% (IEC 60742) (use power supply with 2.5A)
LASER SCANNER
page 53 ACCESSORIES – BRACKETS
MSMB-3
A
Cable: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane)
Detection Zone Models
150 mm resolution: 200 mm to 4.0 m (radius) LASER SCANNER 27 43 B
RMB50 BRACKETS – ACCESSORIES 3-Pin
Male Conductors: 18 AWG high-flex
FIC-M8M3
connector body, nylon coupling
stranded. PVC insluation, gold-plated nut
70 mm resolution: 200 mm to 4.0 m (radius) Description Product Data M8 x 1 mm 13 mm
Voltage Rating: 250V ac/300V contacts
AG4-4E
Information Sheet 54 54 70 A
50.8 57.3
Straight Temperature: -40° to +80°
dc
50.0
50 mm resolution: 200 mm to 2.8 m (radius)
5-Pin Euro-Style Cables–Double
54 C
SMB30FA
A A
A B 68
40 mm resolution: 200 mm to 2.2 m (radius) UM-FA-9A (3 NO) A 35
Two-dimensional MBCC-312 4m
laser
B
= 34.0 x 10.0 B
= 34.0 x 13.0 Hole size: A = 12.7 x 11.4,
well as stationary and scanner effectively protects personnel,
69.9 D
57.2 45
Sensing range (radius): 200 mm to 15 m 58.2
= 24.8 x 7.6 Pinout
mobile systems within as
B E
66.5
MBCC-330 9m 61 mm Style Model
Interface Modules and
Warning Output 1 (Alarm 1) & PNP open-collector transistor Bhardware included 15.0 m
BRACKETS
BRACKETS
inhibits a safety light screen 63517 Round Targets Straight Used With 23.0 m • VTB (2-color)
QM42 • Swivel bracket
Residual voltage: 4 V or less MMD-TA-12B so materials can safely pass Female
Operation mode: Switching method of operation mode (set below) stopping the machinery.
through the screen without The highly flexible QS18 PicoDot QS18 PicoDot QS18 R58Ewith tilt and • 12-ga. stainless steel
protective and warning MINI-BEAM QM42/QMT42 MINI-BEAM Sensors QM42/QMT42 MINI-BEAM QS18U pan movement QL55for precision
DEE2R-5100D
with curved mounting bracket
Page xxx match the shape of MBCC-406
Scanner at normal operation: ON The module uses redundant
the work area. areas can be set to QS30 QS18U QS30 QS18U PicoDot QS30 adjustment • Right-angle flanged 2
m • Q45 dc sensors 30.0 m
bracket with curved mounting
MMD-TA-11B microcontroller-based logic. slots for 4-Pin
& LABEL
Abnormal operation: OFF • Swivel bracket with
Brackets Test Box 116390 • Mounting hole for 30 versatility and orientation (suffix Q)
BRACKETS
CABLES
MBCC-412
Integrity Level (SIL) with Shield
ABRACKETS
Response Time: Min. 80 ms (2 scans) to max. 640 milliseconds (16 scans) switching method mm sensor • Mounting 4m • SM30 dc sensors
ERA & TRAP
Response time is 2 per IEC 61508. hole for 30 mm sensor polyester 1 = Brown Cable: PVC jacket, ø 28 mm
PUR
RETROREFLECTORS
Number of Zone Setting 7 +1 (without detection zone). Zone pairs in combination of detection zone and warning zone can be switched Barrel Mount
BRT-50D swivel locking hardware and 4-Pin 4 = Black
Voltage Rating: 250V gold-plated contacts nut
Temperature: -40° ac/300V •dcSTB with solid-state
Scanner
& LABEL
BRT-50R
IP65Cordsets
Used with Male FIC-M8M4A
AG4-MBK-1 AG4-MBK-2 AG4-TB1 Environmental Rating simple installation and D10 Used with Barrel Mount Right-Angle
Brackets provide efficient integration easy-to-use software High-Resolution MINI-ARRAY Square Targets Pinout
LEBCABLES
SLOT
LENS SHIELDS
ENCLOSURES/
Gross: 2.9 kg
pg. xxx Conductors: 22 or 20 AWG connector body, nylon
pg. xxx high-flex stranded, gold-plated coupling nut 1 = White MQDC-806
Voltage Rating: 250V ac/300V contacts 2m
Operating Conditions Temperature:
Length 0 to 50°C Length Configuration and Used with 4-Pin Temperature: -40° to +90° C
dc 2 = Brown
diagnostic software
RETROREFLECTORS
Indicators Five 10
LEDs
m on front show Safety Sensor Status
5 m AG4-PCD9-5 pg. xxx pg. xxx QS30 Used with Pinout 4 = Yellow Straight
ERA & TRAP
AG4-CPD15-10
T30 UsedQS30 Right-Angle Style M12 X 1
SM30/SMI30 with
EZ-LIGHT Model Length 5 = Gray MQDC-815 • LG10
25 m AG4-CPD15-25 10 m AG4-PCD9-10 AG4-MBK-1 Dimensions 5m
S30 BRT-2X2 T30 T30
Shock and Vibration 10 to50150 frequency, 5 G max. (50 m/s2 approx.) in X, Y and Z directions for twenty times each AG4-MBK-2 T30U Used with
m Hz Used With
MISCELLANEOUS
AG4-TB1
S30 QS30 Female 6 = Pink
MISCELLANEOUS
AG4-CPD15-50
& LABEL
More on SM30/SMI30
Rectangular Targets SM30/SMI30 QS30 7 = Blue
CABLES
next page Used with
Base Mount EZ-LIGHT T30 SM30/SMI30 T30 MBCC-506 2m 8 = Shield 42 mm
S30 EZ-LIGHT T30
• Q45 Laser Retro
MQDC-830
9m
Base Mount
LENS SHIELDS
MINI-ARRAY • OMNI-BEAM ac
ENCLOSURES/
S30
Misc. Replacement Parts
SLOT
7/8-16UN-2B
Base Mount Straight
max. • OMNI-BEAM dc w/
Model MBCC-512 4m relay e/m
Description 8-Pin Euro-Style423
A L & TOLS
1 = Brown
MISCELLANEOUS
RETROREFLECTORS
26 mm
28 mm
Mounting Versatility and
Flexible Cascading Options
for a Perfect Fit
• Installs perfectly in machinery, eliminating protruding
light screens
• Integrates easily into machinery with multi-directional
routing of cables
• Includes brackets for end mounting or side mounting
with no dead zone
• Allows four systems—of any length and resolution—to be
connected in series, forming a single safety device
• Guards multiple sides of machine, such as L- or U-shaped
Low-profile
configuration, while maintaining 25 mm resolution
housing
• Provides continuous detection without overlapping light
curtains or protruding cables
E-Stops Light Curtains Two-Hand Controls Interlock Switches Manual Resets ON/OFF Switches
Accommodates
a wide range of
inputs from Banner
devices or any
other manufacturer,
including:
Vastly reduces installation • E-Stops
and troubleshooting time • Safety Light Screens
Using either the PC Interface or • Laser Scanners
the Controller’s Onboard Interface,
• Two-Hand Controls
setup is simple. All that is required
is to define each device and what • Safety Mats and Edges
combination of the three independent • Interlock Switches
safety outputs each device will • Rope Pulls
control. User-friendly icons, circuit
symbols and multilingual support
make the process easy. Faulty
devices or wiring configuration
errors are automatically detected STOP
STOP
Dependable, Two-Dimensional
Safeguarding of Danger Zones
PICO-GUARD™ Optical PG 66
E-Stop Button
• Provides complementary protection when
used with the PICO-GUARD™ Controller
and other optical elements for personnel
safety and equipment protection
• Features bright red push-to-stop, twist-to-
release button with yellow background—
complying with ANSI NFPA 79,
Convenient, Economical IEC 60204-1 and ISO 13850 (EN 418)
Means for Two-Hand Control • Meets Safety Category 4 applications (per ISO 13849-1) and is certified for
use in potentially explosive environments
Machine Actuation • Offers models with fiber connection on same or opposite side of housing
• Withstands harsh conditions with IP65 polycarbonate resin construction
DUO-TOUCH Run Bar ®
!
W
NE
Modules monitor one or two solid-state PNP or relay contact
outputs from safety or non-safety devices, such as sensors or
Applications 14 safety light screens.
Safety Mat 91
Safety Light Screen Systems Module monitors a single 4-wire safety mat or multiple mats in
a series.
EZ-SCREEN® (Type 4) 23
Two-piece design is available in 14 mm resolution for finger,
hand and ankle detection or 30 mm resolution for hand and ankle
detection. Muting 94
Module monitors two or four redundant inputs to automatically
suspend the safety function of a safety light screen or other
EZ-SCREEN® LP (Type 4) 31 safeguard during a non-hazardous portion of a machine cycle.
!
W
NE
!
W
NE
Module monitors two sensors with PNP outputs for
rotation and linear movements.
EZ-SCREEN® (Type 2) 39
Inexpensive, compact optical safeguarding solution is designed
for lower-risk applications where risk of injury is limited but some
guarding is necessary. Extension Relay 105
Module provides additional safety outputs for a primary safety
device with relay contact outputs and external device monitoring
EZ-SCREEN® Grids & Points (Type 4) 44 (EDM) capability (ex E-stop safety or a two-hand control modules).
Point and Grid systems allow one-, two-, three- or four-beam
perimeter and access guarding.
Interface Relay 107
Modules provide isolated safety output contacts for a primary
safety device with solid-state or relay contact outputs and external
device monitoring (EDM) capability.
PICO-GUARD™ Grids & Points (Type 4) 61
Fiber optic safety system includes a controller and compact
12 or 30 mm non-contact Point elements, or Grid systems for
perimeter and access guarding. Two-Hand Control Modules
DUO-TOUCH SG® Two-Hand Control Modules 111
Safety Laser Scanners Module monitors highly ergonomic STB buttons or other hand
actuators to provide required anti-tie down and 500 ms actuation
between inputs to a enable machine cycle.
!
PICO-GUARD™ 59
NE
A Fiber Optic Safety System that provides a variety of safety Run Bars provides a convenient and economical means for
solutions including guard interlocking, access guarding and safeguarding when interfaced with DUO-TOUCH® SG Two-Hand
emergency stop devices. Rated for explosive environments. Control Modules or comparable control systems.
Totally configurable to monitor a large number of safety and Fiber optic switches provide a compact, non-contact,
non-safety devices to control three pairs of safety outputs, easy-to-install means of interlocking doors, guards, gates and
ten auxiliary outputs, and is EtherNet/IP Modbus TCP capable. covers at the highest level of safety.
Four separate optical sensing channels monitor one or multiple Available in multiple housing styles, magnet-style switches
Fiber Optic Safety Points, Interlocks, Grids and E-Stop Buttons. tolerate dirt buildup and washdowns.
USSI inputs can monitor additional devices.
Glossary 266
Index 276
Locking Style 144
Switches can lock a mechanical guard until hazardous motion
stops completely. All models offer a choice of locking mechanisms
and operating voltages.
Rope pull emergency stop switches, when used with steel wire
“rope”, provide emergency stop actuation for conveyors and large
machinery.
Accessories
!
DE W
Stands 198
Stands support optical safety system emitters, receivers and
corner mirrors.
EZ-SCREEN® Type 4: 2-piece system EZ-SCREEN® Type 2: Simple 2-piece system for lower
risk applications
Types: • 14 or 30 mm resolution light screen
Types: 30 mm resolution light screen
• 14 or 25 mm resolution LP light screen
• 2-, 3- or 4- beam Grids Safety rating: Type 2 /Category 2
• Single-beam Points System components: Emitter, receiver and one cordset
(page 23) Safety rating: Type 4 /Category 4 for each. Optional interfacing
components available.
System components: Emitter, receiver and one cordset for each. (page 39) Range: up to 15 m
Optional interfacing components available.
Defined area: 150 to 1500 mm
Range: • 14 or 30 mm up to 18 m
• 14 or 25 mm up to 6 m
• Grids & Points up to 70 m PICO-GUARD™: Fiber Optic System
(page 31) Defined area • 14 mm resolution: 150 to 1800 mm Types: • 2-, 3- or 4-beam Grids
(protected height): • 30 mm resolution: 150 to 2400 mm • Single-beam Points
• 14 or 25 mm resolution: 270 to 1810 mm Safety rating: Type 4 /Category 4
• Grids: 500 to 1066 mm
System components: 1 to 4 fiber optic element pairs,
• Points: 25 mm beam diameter plus a controller
Cascading: Allow up to 4 emitter/receiver pairs Range: up to 31 m
(14, 25 or 30 mm systems) to be wired
(page 44) (page 61)
together to form a single safety device. Protected heights: • Grids– 500 to 1066 mm
Only matched pairs must be the same • Points– 9 to 25 mm beam diameter
length and resolution.
Safety laser scanners are used to protect personnel, as well as stationary and mobile systems, within a
user-designated, two-dimensional area.
Choose from a comprehensive lineup of safety monitoring modules that accept inputs from safety light screens,
E-stop buttons, interlock switches and safety mats. Modules also provide muting for suspending safeguarding
during hazard-free times in a machine cycle and extend interfacing options for existing safety monitoring
systems, while maintaining system integrity and safety ratings.
Two-Hand Control
STB Self-checking touch buttons are used with a safety controller or safety module, such as the DUO-TOUCH SG
to provide two-hand control that initiates machine cycle.
DUO-TOUCH® SG Two-Hand Control Modules; STB DUO-TOUCH® SG STB Buttons with or without E-stop
THC modules: compatible Run Bars: or EZ-LIGHT indicator
Inputs: Two STB Self-Checking Touch Buttons STB Buttons: Two solid-state complimentary PNP
or Form C Mechanical Button
Models: Six models with different
Safety rating: Category 4 (module); Type IIIC
connectors and accessory options
Modules: Five models with different supply Modules: Five models with different supply
(page 120)
voltage, outputs and control functions (purchased separately) voltage, outputs and control
(page 111) (example, muting) functions (example, muting)
STB touch buttons: 6 models with varying supply voltage,
output type, cable and housing material
Banner offers a complete selection of safety switches for monitoring machine guard, cover, doors and gates.
Types include several styles of positive-opening electromechanical switches, magnetic and non-contact
fiber optic switches.
PICO-GUARD Fiber Optic Interlock Switches Compact Plastic Style Interlock Switches
E-stop buttons and rope pull switches are manual control devices that trigger an emergency stop.
PICO-GUARD™ Emergency Stop Devices Rope Pull Switches Emergency Stop Devices
Optical E-Stop Push
Buttons (page 157)
(page 66)
The following products are still available as standard products from Banner. LOOK FOR
Please go online to bannerengineering.com for full description and technical reference. MORE INFO
MACHINE-GUARD™/ MULTI-SCREEN®
PERIMETER-GUARD™ • Provide guarding for two areas,
• Offers trip output on MACHINE-GUARD™ using two pairs of emitters/receivers
and latch output for access guarding on • Uses one control box to operate two
PERIMETER-GUARD™ pairs of MINI-SCREEN® or
• Delivers exceptional durability and reliability, MACHINE-GUARD™ emitters/
even in extremely demanding environments receivers, or one pair of each
• Offers 12 light screen heights, from 152 to • Available with light screen heights
1829 mm from 114 mm to 1.8 m
online
LOOK FOR
MORE INFO
Perimeter guarding with reduced resolution Tubular safety light screen enclosures are
combines light screens and mirrors to guard a constructed of transparent FDA-approved
machine, while allowing material to pass through. polycarbonate tubing and guard entire sensor
in washdown environment.
online
Fifteen emitter/receiver lengths and two resolutions
• Ultra-compact housing to fit existing machinery—32 x 25 mm footprint LOOK FOR
MORE INFO
• Twelve heights for Standard Series; seven for V Series
- Standard Series from 137 to 1255 mm with 19 mm resolution
- V-Series from 645 to 1864 mm with 32 mm resolution
• Emitter/receiver separation from 150 mm to 9 m, depending on length
• 5-pin Euro QD connection standard
• Swivel bracket for easy alignment
Controllers with muting suspend DeviceNet™ controllers can be integrated Nickel-plated ESD-safe housing protects
safeguarding during hazard-free times in directly into a new or existing DeviceNet against electrostatic discharge.
the machine’s cycle. network, for non-safety monitoring of
system.
Hundreds of solutions
for your application needs.
Personnel Protection with Guarding in ESD-Sensitive Safe Material Access Perimeter Guarding
Fixed Blanking Environment
Vertical and Horizontal L-Configured Guarding Small Machine Guarding U-Configured Guarding
Guarding
Objective: online
Objective: online
Objective: Objective:
online online
To provide continual sensing with To provide guarding for a lower- To protect personnel from a To shut off the hazardous motion
LOOK FOR
MORE INFO
no gaps. LOOK FOR
MORE INFO
risk application. LOOK FOR
MORE INFO
machine that can cause slight LOOK FOR
MORE INFO
of a tube bender when someone
injuries. enters the cell.
page 19 page 19 page 19 page 19
online Objective: online Objective: To detect the online Objective: To provide collision online Objective: To detect the
To provide entry/exit guarding
LOOK FOR LOOK FOR
presence/absence of objects or LOOK FOR
avoidance for automated guided LOOK FOR
approach of personnel to each of
and muting, using Points in an
MORE INFO MORE INFO
personnel as vehicles move along MORE INFO
vehicle (AGV). MORE INFO
two operator work stations of a
page 59 explosive environment. page 53 an assembly line. page 53 page 53 robotic cell.
Monitoring of Multiple Monitoring of Multiple Emergency Stop Monitoring Emergency Stop Monitoring
Safety Devices Safety Devices
ccess Guarding
A
Gate Monitoring Mat Monitoring Safe Material Access
with Muting
Two-Hand Control
Two-Hand Control Monitoring Two-Hand Control Monitoring Door Monitoring
Monitoring with Muting
page 109 redundant output contacts. page 109 redundant output contacts. page 109 cycle’s safe portion. page 59 ing switch.
Swinging Gate Monitoring Gate Monitoring Switch Door Locking Sliding Door Monitoring
page 129 mounted on a hinge. page 129 breakaway guard with an integral page 144 stops. page 144 opened.
hinge.
Emergency Stopping
Outdoors Emergency Stopping Emergency Stopping Emergency Stopping
Objective: online
Objective: online
Objective: Objective:
online online
To instantly stop the hazardous To instantly stop the hazardous To instantly stop the hazardous To instantly stop the hazardous
LOOK FOR
MORE INFO
motion of a conveyor from LOOK FOR
MORE INFO
motion of a conveyor from LOOK FOR
MORE INFO
motion of a conveyor from LOOK FOR
MORE INFO
motion of a machine from a safe
multiple points, using a heavy- multiple points, using a center- multiple points, using an end- distance.
page 59 duty switch. page 157 mounted switch. page 157 mounted switch. page 157
Emergency Stopping
online Objective:
LOOK FOR
To instantly stop the hazardous
motion of a machine from a safe
MORE INFO
EZ-SCREEN®
EZ-SCREEN®
Type 4 Light Screens
Type 4
page 23
• Provides point-of-operation, area, access and perimeter safeguarding
• Protects personnel from injury and equipment from damage
EZ-SCREEN®
• Offered in a standard housing with 14 and 30 mm resolution,
Type 2
low-profile housing with 14 and 25 mm, single-beam points or
multi-beam grids
• Reduced resolution and fixed blanking
• External Device Monitoring (EDM) ensures that a controller or
PICO-GUARD™
“third box” is not required
• Easily understood advanced diagnostics allow for quick
troubleshooting
• Safety PLC input compatible (per OSSD specifications)
• Rated Type 4 per IEC 61496
• Available with optional ESD-safe housing, pigtail connectors and
cascading on some models
Supply Maximum
Model Page Safety Rating Resolution Voltage Range
EZ-SCREEN®
Type 4
Category 4
EZ-SCREEN®
PLe
SIL 3
Type 4
Low-Profile
14 & 25 mm 6m
Cascade Systems
Type 4
300 to 584 mm
Grid & Point Systems Category 4 70 m
(beam spacing)
Control Reliable
EZ-SCREEN®
Type 2
Type 2
Type 2 Systems 39 30 mm 24V dc 15 m
Category 2
300 to 584 mm
Grid Systems
(beam spacing)
PICO-GUARD™
Type 4
Category 4
61 (call for PL and 24V dc 31 m
SIL ratings)
Control Reliable
Point Systems —
EZ-SCREEN®
Type 4
9 to 56 ms Aluminum housing with yellow
polyester powder finish
(other colors available) nickel-plated
ESD, clear anodized aluminum or
EZ-SCREEN®
11 to 56 ms nickel-plated silver
Yes
Type 2
2-beam
PNP OSSD follow
Reduced Resolution
2 PNP (when configured for
& Fixed
OSSD 1-CH EDM) 8 to 43.5 ms IEC IP65
(Trip /Latch Aluminum housing with
Selectable) yellow polyester powder finish,
PICO-GUARD™
nickel-plated ESD, or clear
anodized aluminum
9.5 to 43.5 ms
2 PNP
Aluminum housing with yellow
OSSD — — 11 to 25 ms IEC IP65
polyester powder finish
(Trip or Latch)
EZ-SCREEN®
EZ-SCREEN®
EZ-SCREEN®
EZ-SCREEN®
Type 4 Point-of-Operation
Type 4
• Available in 14 mm resolution for finger, hand and ankle protection
or 30 mm resolution for hand and ankle protection
EZ-SCREEN®
• Operates in ranges from 0.1 to 6 m (14 mm models) and
Type 2
0.1 to 18 m (30 mm models)
• Offers optional reduced resolution (floating blanking) to ignore
tooling or constant inflow of materials
• Displays operating status, configuration and error codes, and
PICO-GUARD™
blocked beams
• Features user-configurable trip or latch outputs, and Scan Code 1 or 2
• Exceeds OSHA/ANSI Control Reliability requirements, certified to
cULus NIPF, and CE certified to Type 4, Cat 4 PLe, and SIL 3
• Resists impact, twisting and abusive environments with a durable CORDSETS
BRACKETS
• Offers optional cascading to create up to a four sensor system that
responds to a single stop command PAGE 28
• Offers optional lens shields and enclosures for added durability MIRRORS
PAGE
194
STANDS
PAGE
198
LENS SHIELDS
ENCLOSURES
• 24V dc supply voltage
PAGE
• Two solid-state OSSD safety outputs online 201
45.2 mm INTERFACE
• 7-segment diagnostic display
AUTOCAD, STEP,
• Clear/Blocked beam zone indicators IGES & PDF PAGE 51
Area Emitter Receiver Pair† Connection** Length (L) Time Beams Sheet
SLSE14-150Q8 SLSR14-150Q8 SLSP14-150Q88 8-pin QD
150 mm 262 mm 11 ms 20
SLSE14-150P8 SLSR14-150P8 SLSP14-150P88 8-pin Pigtail QD
SLSE14-300Q8 SLSR14-300Q8 SLSP14-300Q88 8-pin QD
EZ-SCREEN®
300 mm 372 mm 15 ms 40
Type 2
EZ-SCREEN®
Defined Models* Housing Response # of Data
Type 4
Area Emitter Receiver Pair† Connection** Length (L) Time Beams Sheet
SLSE30-1050Q8 SLSR30-1050Q8 SLSP30-1050Q88 8-pin QD
1050 mm 1120 mm 21 ms 70
SLSE30-1050P8 SLSR30-1050P8 SLSP30-1050P88 8-pin Pigtail QD
SLSE30-1200Q8 SLSR30-1200Q8 SLSP30-1200Q88 8-pin QD
EZ-SCREEN®
1200 mm 1270 mm 23 ms 80
Type 2
SLSE30-1200P8 SLSR30-1200P8 SLSP30-1200P88 8-pin Pigtail QD
SLSE30-1350Q8 SLSR30-1350Q8 SLSP30-1350Q88 8-pin QD
1350 mm 1420 mm 25 ms 90
SLSE30-1350P8 SLSR30-1350P8 SLSP30-1350P88 8-pin Pigtail QD
SLSE30-1500Q8 SLSR30-1500Q8 SLSP30-1500Q88 8-pin QD
1500 mm 1569 mm 27 ms 100
PICO-GUARD™
SLSE30-1500P8 SLSR30-1500P8 SLSP30-1500P88 8-pin Pigtail QD
SLSE30-1650Q8 SLSR30-1650Q8 SLSP30-1650Q88 8-pin QD
1650 mm 1719 mm 30 ms 110
SLSE30-1650P8 SLSR30-1650P8 SLSP30-1650P88 8-pin Pigtail QD
112852
SLSE30-1800Q8 SLSR30-1800Q8 SLSP30-1800Q88 8-pin QD
1800 mm 1869 mm 32 ms 120
SLSE30-1800P8 SLSR30-1800P8 SLSP30-1800P88 8-pin Pigtail QD
SLSE30-1950Q8 SLSR30-1950Q8 SLSP30-1950Q88 8-pin QD
1950 mm 2018 mm 34 ms 130
SLSE30-1950P8 SLSR30-1950P8 SLSP30-1950P88 8-pin Pigtail QD
SLSE30-2100Q8 SLSR30-2100Q8 SLSP30-2100Q88 8-pin QD
2100 mm 2168 mm 36 ms 140
SLSE30-2100P8 SLSR30-2100P8 SLSP30-2100P88 8-pin Pigtail QD
SLSE30-2250Q8 SLSR30-2250Q8 SLSP30-2250Q88 8-pin QD
2250 mm 2318 mm 38 ms 150
SLSE30-2250P8 SLSR30-2250P8 SLSP30-2250P88 8-pin Pigtail QD
SLSE30-2400Q8 SLSR30-2400Q8 SLSP30-2400Q88 8-pin QD
2400 mm 2468 mm 40 ms 160
SLSE30-2400P8 SLSR30-2400P8 SLSP30-2400P88 8-pin Pigtail QD
Area Emitter Receiver Pair† Connection** Length (L) Time*** Beams Sheet
SLSCE14-1500Q8 SLSCR14-1500Q8 SLSCP14-1500Q88 8-pin QD
1500 mm 1569 mm 48 ms 200
SLSCE14-1500P8 SLSCR14-1500P8 SLSCP14-1500P88 8-pin Pigtail QD
SLSCE14-1650Q8 SLSCR14-1650Q8 SLSCP14-1650Q88 8-pin QD
EZ-SCREEN®
EZ-SCREEN®
You can purchase a kit that contains an emitter and receiver of equal length and resolution; brackets; and optional
Type 4
interfacing solution and quick-disconnect cordsets. Detailed information about individual kit components is as follows.
• Emitter and Receivers Page 24-26
• Interfacing Options 51
• Cordsets 28
EZ-SCREEN®
• Brackets 28
Type 2
PICO-GUARD™
To Order:
1. Choose model, resolution and defined area. 5. Choose one cordset for each sensor or two cordsets for a pair.
2. Yellow housing is standard. To choose an optional housing, M12/Euro QD models (example, SLSK30-150Q88) require
add designation listed below prior to the connection. mating M12/Euro QD cordsets, such as:
3. Choose the connection: Integral M12/Euro-Style QD with or - QDE cordset with flying leads
without TEST, or 300 mm M12/Euro-Style pigtail with or - DEE2R double-ended cordset
without TEST. - CSB series splitter cordset
4. Choose an optional interfacing solution, such as an IM-T-9A or -11
interfacing model. See EZ-SCREEN manual (p/n 112852) or www.bannerengineering.com for
complete information and a current listing of accessories and options for kitting
components. Call factory with questions regarding accessories.
Cordsets
Euro QD to Flying Leads Euro QD–Double-Ended Euro QD Splitter
EZ-SCREEN®
Brackets
14 & 30 mm 14 & 30 mm 14 & 30 mm Cascade
Replacement Parts
Model Description
EZA-ADE-1 Copolyester access cover with label for 14 or 30 mm resolution emitters
EZA-ADE-2 Copolyester access cover with inverted label for 14 or 30 mm resolution emitters
EZA-ADR-1 Copolyester access cover with label for 14 or 30 mm resolution receiver
EZA-ADR-2 Copolyester access cover with inverted label for 14 or 30 mm resolution receiver
EZA-MBK-1 Center bracket kit (includes 1 bracket and hardware to mount to MSA Series stands) for 14 or 30 mm resolution EZ-SCREEN
Standard bracket kit with hardware (includes 2 end brackets and hardware to mount to MSA Series stands)
EZA-MBK-11
for 14 or 30 mm resolution EZ-SCREEN
EZA-TP-1 Access cover security plate (includes 2 screws, wrench) for 14 or 30 mm resolution EZ-SCREEN
MGA-K-1 Replacement key for switch MGA-KS0-1
MGA-KS0-1 Keyed reset switch (same as that included in kits)
SMA-MBK-1 SSM Series Mirror Bracket Kit
STP-3 Specified test piece, 45 mm dia.
STP-13 14 mm test piece (for 14 mm resolution systems)
STP-14 30 mm test piece (for 14 mm resolution systems with 2-beam Reduced Resolution and for 30 mm resolution systems)
STP-15 60 mm test piece (for 30 mm resolution systems with 2-beam Reduced Resolution)
EZ-SCREEN®
Type 4
Supply Voltage at the Device 24V dc ±15% (use a SELV-rated supply according to EN IEC60950)
(The external voltage supply must be capable of buffering brief mains interruptions of 20 ms,
as specified in EN/IEC 60204-1.)
Residual Ripple ± 10% maximum
Supply Current Emitter: 100 mA max.
EZ-SCREEN®
Receiver: 275 mA max., exclusive of OSSD1 and OSSD2 loads (up to an additional 0.5A each)
Type 2
Response Time 9 to 56 milliseconds (see model number tables)
Cascade Safety Stop Interface (CSSI): 40 milliseconds max.
Remote Test Input Test Mode is activated either by applying a low signal (less than 3V dc) to emitter TEST #1 terminal for a
(Optional – available only on minimum of 50 milliseconds, or by opening a switch connected between TEST #1 and TEST #2 for a minimum
PICO-GUARD™
model SLSE..-..Q5 emitters) of 50 milliseconds. Beam scanning stops to simulate a blocked condition. A high signal at TEST #1 deactivates
Test Mode. (See p/n 112852 for more information.)
High signal: 10 to 30V dc Low signal: 0 to 3V dc Input current: 35 mA inrush, 10 mA max.
Wavelength of Emitter Elements Infrared LEDs, 950 nm at peak emission
Recovery Time–Blocked to clear Beam 1 (Sync Beam) All Other Beams
(OSSDs turn ON; varies with total
number of sensing beams and 14 mm Models 109 to 800 ms 33 to 220 ms
whether Sync beam is blocked) 30 mm Models 81 to 495 ms 25 to 152 ms
EDM Input +24V dc signals from external device contacts can be monitored (one-channel, two-channel or no monitoring) via
EDM1 and EDM2 terminals in the receiver. (See p/n 112852 for more information).
High signal: 10 to 30V dc at 30 mA typical Low signal: 0 to 3V dc
Reset Input The Reset input must be high for 0.25 to 2 seconds and then low to reset the receiver.
High signal: 10 to 30V dc at 30 mA typical Low signal: 0 to 3V dc Closed switch time: 0.25 to 2 sec
Safety Outputs (OSSDs) Two redundant solid-state 24V dc, 0.5 A max. sourcing OSSD (Output Signal Switching Device) safety outputs.
(Use optional interface modules for ac or larger dc loads.)
Capable of the Banner “Safety Handshake”.
ON-State voltage: ≥ Vin-1.5V dc OFF-State voltage: 1.2V dc max. (0-1.2V dc)
Max. load capacitance: 1.0 µF Max. load inductance: 10 H
Leakage current: 0.50 mA maximum Cable resistance: 10 Ω maximum
OSSD test pulse width: 100 to 300 microseconds
OSSD test pulse period: 10 to 27 milliseconds (varies with number of beams)
Switching current: 0-0.5 A
Auxiliary (Aux.) Output Current-sourcing (PNP) solid-state output, 24V dc at 75mA max that follow the safety outputs (lockout function
Switching Capacity optional)
Controls and Adjustments Emitter:
Scan Code selection: 2-position switch (code 1 or 2). Factory default position is code 1.
Receiver:
Scan Code selection: 2-position switch (code 1 or 2). Factory default position is code 1.
Trip/Latch Output selection: Redundant switches. Factory default position is T (Trip).
EDM/MPCE monitor selection: 2-position switch selects between 1- or 2-channel monitoring.
Factory default position is 2.
Reduced Resolution (2-beam Floating Blanking): Redundant switches. Factory default is OFF.
Short Circuit Protection All inputs and outputs are protected from short circuits to +24V dc or dc common.
Electrical Safety Class III
(IEC 61140)
Operating Range 14 mm models: 0.1 m to 6 m
30 mm models: 0.1 m to 18 m
Range decreases with use of mirrors and/or lens shields:
Lens shields – approximately 10% less range per shield.
Glass-surface mirrors – approximately 8% less range per mirror.
See Accessory section for more information on a specific mirror, page 194.
Ambient Light Immunity > 10,000 lux at 5° angle of incidence
Strobe Light Immunity Totally immune to one Federal Signal Corp. “Fireball” model FB2PST strobe
Effective Aperture Angle (EAA) Meets Type 4 requirements per IEC 61496-2, ± 2.5° @ 3 m
More on
next page
Enclosure Materials: Extruded aluminum housing with yellow polyester powder (optional black or white or nickel-plated
silver finish) and well-sealed, rugged die-cast zinc end caps, acrylic lens cover, copolyester access
cover. Endcaps on silver models are also nickel-plated.
Rating: IP65
Operating Conditions Temperature: 0° to +55° C Relative humidity: 95% (non-condensing)
EZ-SCREEN®
One Bi-color (Red/Green) Status Indicator – indicates operating mode, Lockout or power OFF condition
7-segment Diagnostic Indicator (1 digit) – indicates proper operation, scan code or error code
Receiver:
Yellow Reset Indicator – indicates whether system is ready for operation or requires a reset
PICO-GUARD™
Bi-Color (Red/Green) Status Indicator – indicates general system and output status
Bi-Color (Red/Green) Zone Status Indicators – indicates condition (clear or blocked beam) of a defined
group of beams
7-Segment Diagnostic Indicator (3-digit) – indicates proper operation, scan code or error code,
total number of blocked beams
Mounting Hardware Emitter and receiver each are supplied with a pair of swivel end-mounting brackets. Models longer than
900 mm also include a swivel center-mount bracket. Mounting brackets are 8-gauge cold-rolled steel, black zinc
finish.
Shock and Vibration EZ-SCREEN components have passed vibration and shock tests according to IEC 61496-1. This includes
vibration (10 cycles) of 10-55 Hz at 0.35 mm single amplitude (0.70 mm peak-to-peak) and shock of 10 g for
16 milliseconds (6,000 cycles).
Design Standards Designed to comply with Type 4 per IEC 61496; Category 4 PLe per EN ISO 13849-1;
SIL 3 per IEC 61508, SIL CL 3 per IEC 62061; Type 4 per UL 61496-1/-2
Certifications
Wiring Diagrams WD001, WD003, WD004, WD005, WD006, WD007, WD013, WD014, WD015, WD016, WD017,
WD018, WD019 (pp. 220-230)
EZ-SCREEN®
EZ-SCREEN®
Type 4 Low-Profile
Type 4
• Available in 14 mm resolution for finger, hand and ankle protection
or 25 mm resolution for hand and ankle protection
• Features space saving design to fit perfectly into machinery
EZ-SCREEN®
Type 2
• Operates in ranges up to 6 m
• Offers optional reduced resolution (floating blanking) to ignore
tooling or constant inflow of materials
• Features a 7-segment display for diagnostic information and number
PICO-GUARD™
of blocked beams
• Identifies clear and blocked beam using zone indicators
• Features user-configurable trip or latch outputs, and Scan Code 1 or 2
• Exceeds OSHA/ANSI Control Reliability requirements, certified to CORDSETS
cULus NIPF, and CE certified to Type 4, Cat 4 PLe, and SIL 3
• Resists impact, twisting and abusive environments with a durable PAGE 36
• Available with nickel-plated ESD-safe housing for protection against PAGE 192
electrostatic discharges, clear anodized aluminum or with a “safety” BRACKETS
MIRRORS
single stop command
PAGE
g
Cominn! Low-profile models 194
Soo STANDS
with integral muting
PAGE
198
INTERFACE
PAGE 51
EZ-SCREEN Low-Profile ®
Area Emitter Receiver Pair† Connection** Length (L) Time Beams Sheet
SLPE14-270P8 SLPR14-270P8 SLPP14-270P88 Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro
270 mm 270 mm 10.5 ms 27
SLPE14-270 SLPR14-270 SLPP14-270 Integral RD
SLPE14-410P8 SLPR14-410P8 SLPP14-410P88 Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro
EZ-SCREEN®
EZ-SCREEN®
Defined Models* Housing Response # of Data
Type 4
Area Emitter Receiver Pair† Connection** Length (L) Time Beams Sheet
SLPE25-830P8 SLPR25-830P8 SLPP25-830P88 Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro
830 mm 829 mm 14 ms 42
SLPE25-830 SLPR25-830 SLPP25-830 Integral RD
EZ-SCREEN®
SLPE25-970P8 SLPR25-970P8 SLPP25-970P88 Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro
Type 2
970 mm 969 mm 15.5 ms 49
SLPE25-970 SLPR25-970 SLPP25-970 Integral RD
SLPE25-1110P8 SLPR25-1110P8 SLPP25-1110P88 Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro
1110 mm 1108 mm 17 ms 56
SLPE25-1110 SLPR25-1110 SLPP25-1110 Integral RD
PICO-GUARD™
SLPE25-1250P8 SLPR25-1250P8 SLPP25-1250P88 Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro
1250 mm 1248 mm 18.5 ms 63
SLPE25-1250 SLPR25-1250 SLPP25-1250 Integral RD
140044
SLPE25-1390P8 SLPR25-1390P8 SLPP25-1390P88 Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro
1390 mm 1388 mm 20 ms 70
SLPE25-1390 SLPR25-1390 SLPP25-1390 Integral RD
SLPE25-1530P8 SLPR25-1530P8 SLPP25-1530P88 Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro
1530 mm 1528 mm 21 ms 77
SLPE25-1530 SLPR25-1530 SLPP25-1530 Integral RD
SLPE25-1670P8 SLPR25-1670P8 SLPP25-1670P88 Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro
1670 mm 1668 mm 22.5 ms 84
SLPE25-1670 SLPR25-1670 SLPP25-1670 Integral RD
SLPE25-1810P8 SLPR25-1810P8 SLPP25-1810P88 Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro
1810 mm 1807 mm 24 ms 91
SLPE25-1810 SLPR25-1810 SLPP25-1810 Integral RD
Area Emitter Receiver Pair† Connection** Length (L) Time Beams Sheet
SLPCE14-1250P8 SLPCR14-1250P8 SLPCP14-1250P88 Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro
1250 mm 1248 mm 31.5 ms 125
SLPCE14-1250 SLPCR14-1250 SLPCP14-1250 Integral RD
SLPCE14-1390P8 SLPCR14-1390P8 SLPCP14-1390P88 Pigtail QD, 8-pin M12/Euro
EZ-SCREEN®
EZ-SCREEN®
You can purchase a kit that contains an emitter and receiver of equal length and resolution; brackets; and optional
Type 4
interfacing solution and quick-disconnect cordsets. Detailed information about individual kit components is as follows.
• Emitter and Receivers Page 32-34
• Interfacing Options 51
• Cordsets 36
EZ-SCREEN®
Type 2
• Brackets 36
PICO-GUARD™
To Order:
1. Choose model, resolution and defined area. 5. Choose one cordset for each sensor or two cordsets for a pair.
2. Yellow housing is standard. To choose an optional housing, M12/Euro Pigtail QD models (example, SLPK25-270P88) require
add an A or N prior to the connection designation: mating 8-pin M12/Euro QD cordsets, such as:
A for anodized aluminum (clear) finish with black endcaps - QDE cordset with flying leads
(example, SLPK25-270A). † - DEE2R double-ended cordset
N for ESD-safe models with a nickel-plated housing and - CSB series splitter cordset
endcaps (example, SLPK25-270N). † Integral RD models (example, SLPK25-270) require
3. Choose the connection: 300 mm M12/Euro-Style Pigtail QD or mating cordsets, such as:
integral Removable Disconnect (RD). - RDLP cordset with flying leads
4. Choose an optional interfacing solution, such as an - DELPE double-ended cordset with M12/Euro QD
IM-T-9A or -11 interfacing model. (requires additional mating 8-pin M12/Euro QD cordsets)
- DELP cordset in cascade application for connection of
See EZ-SCREEN LP manual (p/n 140044) or www.bannerengineering.com for 2nd, 3rd and 4th sensors
complete information and a current listing of accessories and options for kitting
components. Call factory with questions regarding accessories.
Model Style Kit SLS Resolution Sensor Finish QD Cordset Length Examples
SLP = Standard K = Kit 14 = 14 mm Blank = Yellow powder coat RE15 = 4.6 m, 2 each
SLPC = Cascade 25 = 25 mm A = Clear anodized Aluminum RE25 = 8 m, 2 each
N = Nickel plated (ESD) R15E25 = 4.6 m (Receiver) & 8 m (Emitter)
Defined Area R25E15 = 8 m (Receiver) & 4.6 m (Emitter)
DD1 = 0.3 m, 2 each, DEE2R-8xxD, DELPE-8xxD
270 mm *
or DELP-11xxxE, depending on QD option
410 mm Connection Options
C1D15 = CSB-M1281M1281 (Receiver)
550 mm P88 = Two 300 mm pigtail with 8-pin Euro-style QD connector.
DEE2R-815D (Emitter)
690 mm Used with QDE-8xxD, DEE2R-8xxD or CSB-M1281M128xx.
Cordsets ordered separately. C8D25 = CSB-M1288M1281 (Receiver)
830 mm DEE2R-850D (Emitter)
970 mm R88 = Two RDLP-8xxD Removable Disconnect cordsets with
CU25D25 = CSB-UNT825M1281 (Receiver
1110 mm flying lead wires
DEE2R-825D (Emitter)
1250 mm D88 = Two DELPE-8xxD with 8-pin Euro-style QD connector.
1390 mm Used with QDE-8xxD, DEE2R-8xxD or CSB-M1281M128xx. Interfacing Options
1530 mm Cordsets ordered separately.
1 = IM-T-9A Interface Module, 1 each
1670 mm D1111 = Two DELP-11xxxE cordsets for 2nd, 3rd or 4th SLPC
2 = IM-T-11A Interface Module, 1 each
1810 mm cascade sensors.
3 = 11-BG00-31-D-024 Contactors (10A), 2 each
* 270 mm not available in cascade models
4 = BF1801L-024 Contactors (18A), 2 each
5 = EZAC-R9-QE8 = AC Interface Box (3 NO), 1 each
NOTE: See notes under model number tables. Not all combinations are listed. Contact Banner
Engineering Corp. for additional information and/or verification of valid kit model numbers.
6=E ZAC-R11-QE8 = AC Interface Box (2 NO/1 NC), 1 each
Accessories
EZ-SCREEN®
Cordsets
For use with models with integral RD connections. All standard cordsets are yellow PVC with black
overmold. For black PVC cable and overmold, add suffix B to model number (example, RDLP-815DB).
EZ-SCREEN®
Type 2
Brackets
Low-Profile 14 & 25 mm Low-Profile 14 & 25 mm–Cascade
pg. 169 pg. 169 pg. 170 pg. 170 pg. 170 pg. 171 pg. 169 pg. 169 pg. 170
LPA-MBK-11* LPA-MBK-12* LPA-MBK-20 LPA-MBK-22 LPA-MBK-21 LPA-MBK-90 LPA-MBK-120 LPA-MBK-135 LPA-MBK-180
Replacement Parts
Model Description Model Description
STP-13 14 mm test piece (for 14 mm resolution systems) Replacement for M12-terminated pigtail QD, as shipped with standard pigtail QD models;
DELPE-81D
34 mm test piece (for 14 mm resolution systems with 2-beam 8-conductor cable, 24 AWG; 0.3 m long
STP-17
reduced resolution enabled)
End-cap bracket kit (includes 2 end brackets and hardware to mount one sensor to MSA
STP-16 25 mm test piece (for 25 mm resolution systems) LPA-MBK-11 series stands; 360° sensor rotation; 14 ga (1.9 mm) steel, black zinc plated; die-cast zinc
end-cap plate
65 mm test piece (for 25 mm resolution systems with 2-beam
STP-18
reduced resolution enabled)
Side-mount bracket kit (includes 1 bracket and hardware to mount to MSA Series stands;
LPA-MBK-12
LPA-TP-1 Terminator plug, for emitter or receiver +10°/ −30° sensor rotation; 14 ga (1.9 mm) steel, black zinc plated; die-cast zinc clamp
EZ-SCREEN®
Type 4
Supply Voltage at the Device 24V dc ±15% (use a SELV-rated supply according to EN IEC60950)
(The external voltage supply must be capable of buffering brief mains interruptions of 20 milliseconds, as
specified in EN/IEC 60204-1.)
Residual Ripple ± 10% maximum
Supply Current Emitter: 100 mA max.
EZ-SCREEN®
Receiver: 275 mA max., exclusive of OSSD1 and OSSD2 loads (up to an additional 0.5A each) and Aux Output
Type 2
load (up to an additional 0.25A)
Response Time 8 to 43.5 milliseconds
Cascade safety stop interface (CSSI): 40 miliseconds max.
Remote Test Input Test mode is activated either by applying a low signal (less than 3V dc) to emitter Test/Reset terminal for a
PICO-GUARD™
minimum of 50 milliseconds, or by opening a switch connected between Test/Reset and 24V dc for a minimum
of 50 milliseconds. Beam scanning stops to simulate a blocked condition. A high signal at Test/Reset deactivates
Test Mode. (See p/n 140044 for more information.)
High Signal: 10 to 30V dc
Low Signal: 0 to 3V dc
Input Current: 35 mA inrush, 10 mA max.
Wavelength of Emitter Elements Infrared LEDs, 850 nm at peak emission
Recovery Time–Blocked to
Beam 1 (Sync Beam) All Other Beams
clear (OSSDs turn ON; varies
with total number of sensing 14 mm Models 109 to 800 ms 33 to 220 ms
beams and whether Sync beam 25 mm Models 81 to 495 ms 25 to 152 ms
is blocked)
EDM Input +24V dc signals from external device contacts can be monitored (one-channel, two-channel or no
monitoring) via EDM1 and EDM2 terminals in the receiver (see p/n 140044 for more information).
High Signal: 10 to 30V dc at 30 mA typical
Low Signal: 0 to 3V dc
Dropout Time: 200 ms max.
Reset Input The Reset input must be high for 0.25 to 2 seconds and then low to reset the receiver.
High Signal: 10 to 30V dc at 30 mA typical
Low Signal: 0 to 3V dc
Closed Switch Time: 0.25 to 2 seconds
Safety Outputs (OSSDs) Two redundant solid-state 24V dc, 0.5 A max. sourcing OSSD (Output Signal Switching Device) safety
outputs. (Use optional interface modules for ac or larger dc loads.)
Capable of the Banner “Safety Handshake”.
ON-State voltage: ≥ Vin-1.5V dc
OFF-State voltage: 1.2V dc max. (0-1.2V dc)
Max. load capacitance: 1.0 μF
Max. load inductance: 10 H
Leakage Current: 0.50 mA maximum
Cable Resistance: 10 Ω maximum
OSSD test pulse width: 100 to 300 microseconds
OSSD test pulse period: 10 to 22 milliseconds (varies with number of beams)
Switching Current: 0-0.5 A
Auxiliary (Aux.) /Fault Output Current-sourcing (PNP) Solid-state output, 24V dc at 250 mA max. that follow safety outputs or
Switching Capacity lock out status (configurable)
More on
next page
Receiver:
EZ-SCREEN®
Scan Code selection: 2-position switch (code 1 or 2). Factory default position is code 1.
Type 2
Receiver:
Yellow Reset indicator – indicates whether system is ready for operation or requires a reset
Bi-color (Red/Green) Status indicator – indicates general system and output status
Bi-color (Red/Green) Zone Status indicators – indicate condition (clear or blocked beam) of a defined
group of beams
7-Segment Diagnostic indicator (1 digit) – indicates proper operation, scan code, or error code,
total number of blocked beams
Mounting Hardware Emitter and receiver each are supplied with a pair of swivel end-mounting brackets and two swivel side-mounting
brackets. Models longer than 690 mm also include one or more additional side-mount brackets for center support.
See P/N 140044 for more information.
Shock and Vibration EZ-SCREEN LP components have passed vibration and shock tests according to IEC 61496-1. This includes
vibration (10 cycles) of 10-55 Hz at 0.35 mm single amplitude (0.70 mm peak-to-peak) and shock of
10 g for 16 milliseconds (6,000 cycles).
Design Standards Designed to comply with Type 4 per IEC 61496; Type 4 per UL 61496-1/-2; Category 4 PLe per EN ISO 13849-1;
SIL 3 per IEC 61508, SIL CL3 per IEC 62061
Certifications
Wiring Diagrams WD002, WD003, WD004, WD005, WD006, WD007, WD013, WD014, WD015, WD016, WD017,
WD018, WD019 (pp. 220-230)
EZ-SCREEN®
EZ-SCREEN®
Type 2 Point-of-Operation
Type 4
• A low-cost solution is suited to lower-risk applications where the
result of an accident is only a slight injury such as a bump, bruise,
knockdown or trapping (but not crushing), minor cuts and abrasions.
EZ-SCREEN®
Type 2
• Simple two-piece system requires no control box.
• 30 mm resolution detects narrow objects, such as a hand or ankle
across long spans up to 15 m.
• System meets all requirements for Type 2 devices per IEC 61496.
PICO-GUARD™
• System performs continual internal self-tests and provides Test
function for external safety checks.
• Dedicated models eliminate selectable functions, DIP switches and
programming.
• Trip output model automatically resets when the beam is cleared; CORDSETS
quickly.
PAGE 192
BRACKETS
PAGE 42
MIRRORS
PAGE
194
STANDS
PAGE
198
LENS SHIELDS
online
• Economical, compact optical ENCLOSURES
safeguarding PAGE
201
AUTOCAD, STEP,
• Type 2 per IEC 61496 31.8 mm IGES & PDF INTERFACE
25.2 mm
EZ-SCREEN Type 2 Systems Yellow Painted Aluminum
Area Output Emitter Receiver Pair † Connection** Length (L) Time Beams Sheet
Trip LS2TR30-150Q8 LS2TP30-150Q88
150 mm LS2E30-150Q8 215 mm 11 ms 8
Latch LS2LR30-150Q8 LS2LP30-150Q88
EZ-SCREEN®
Type 2
EZ-SCREEN®
You can purchase a kit that contains an emitter and receiver of equal length; brackets; and optional interfacing solution and
Type 4
quick-disconnect cordsets. Detailed information about individual kit components is as follows.
• Emitter and Receivers Page 40
• Interfacing Options 51
• Cordsets 42
EZ-SCREEN®
Type 2
• Brackets 42
PICO-GUARD™
To Order:
1. Choose model, output and defined area.
2. Choose an optional interfacing solution, such as an IM-T-9A or -11
interfacing model. See EZ-SCREEN Type 2 manual (p/n 122452) or www.bannerengineering.com
for complete information and a current listing of accessories and options for
3. Choose one cordset for each sensor or two cordsets for a pair. kitting components. Call factory with questions regarding accessories.
Require mating 8-pin M12/Euro QD cordsets, such as:
- QDE cordset with flying leads
- DEE2R double-ended cordset
- CSB series splitter cordset
NOTE: See notes under model number tables. Not all combinations are listed below.
Contact Banner Engineering Corp. for additional information and/or verification of valid kit model number.
Accessories
EZ-SCREEN®
Cordsets
Euro QD to Flying Leads Euro QD–Double-Ended Euro QD Splitter
EZ-SCREEN®
Type 2
Brackets
30 mm–Type 2
pg. 176 pg. 176 pg. 176 pg. 167 pg. 176
USCMB-.. USMB-1 USMB-6 EZA-MBK-2 USMB-8
NOTE: See page 51 for interfacing solutions. Additional accessories are listed on page 163.
Replacement Parts
Model Description
MGA-K-1 Replacement key for switch MGA-KS0-1
MGA-KS0-1 Keyed reset switch (same as that included in kits)
STP-14 30 mm test piece
USCMB-1 Center bracket kit and hardware to mount to MSA series stands (1 bracket, for 700 to 900 mm long sensors)
USCMB-2 Center bracket kit and hardware to mount to MSA series stands (2 brackets, for 1050 to 1500 mm long sensors)
EZ-SCREEN®
Type 4
Supply Voltage at the Device 24V dc ±20% (PELV) (The external voltage supply must be capable of buffering brief mains interruptions of
20 milliseconds as specified in EN/IEC 60204-1.)
Supply Current Emitter: 50 mA max.
Receiver: 90 mA max., exclusive of OSSD1 and OSSD2 loads (up to an additional 0.5A each)
Wavelength of Emitter Elements Infrared LEDs, 950 nm at peak emission
EZ-SCREEN®
Type 2
Short Circuit Protection All inputs and outputs are protected from short circuits to +24V dc or dc common*
Electrical Safety Class III (per IEC 61140)
Operating Range 0 .2 m to 15 m
Range decreases with use of mirrors and/or lens shields:
PICO-GUARD™
Lens shields – approximately 10% less range per shield.
Glass-surface mirrors – approximately 8% less range per mirror.
See Accessory section for more information on a specific mirror, page 194.
Effective Aperture Angle (EAA) Meets Type 2 requirements per IEC 61496-2; ± 5° @ 3 m
Ambient Light Immunity > 10,000 lux at 5° angle of incidence
Strobe Light Immunity Immune as per IEC 61496-2
Response Time Dependent on number of beams; see Models table on page 40.
EDM Input “Power Monitoring” accomplished via Reset/Remote Test input
Reset Input / Remote Test Input Connect to +24V dc via a normally closed (NC) reset switch
Auto Rest (Trip Output) Models: Test/Reset
Manual Rest (Latch Output) Models: Test/Restart/Reset
Safety Outputs Two redundant solid-state 24V dc, 0.5 A max. sourcing OSSD (Output Signal Switching Device) safety outputs.
(Use optional interface modules for ac or larger dc loads.)
Not compatible with the Banner “Safety Handshake.”
ON-State voltage: > Vin-1.5V dc
OFF-State voltage: 0.2V dc max.
Max. load capacitance: 0.1 µF
Min. load resistance: 48 Ω
Open ground leakage current: 0.65 mA max.
OSSD test pulse width: 0.2 - 0.25 milliseconds
OSSD test pulse period: 260 milliseconds
Enclosure Materials: Extruded aluminum housing with yellow polyester powder finish and well-sealed, rugged die-cast
zinc end caps, acrylic lens cover
Rating: IP65
Operating Conditions Temperature: 0° to +55° C Relative humidity: 95% maximum (non-condensing)
Shock and Vibration EZ-SCREEN Type 2 components have passed vibration and shock tests according to IEC 61496-1. This
includes vibration (10 cycles) of 10-55 Hz at 0.35 mm single amplitude (0.70 mm peak-to-peak) and shock of
10 g for 16 milliseconds (6,000 cycles).
Design Standards Designed to comply with Type 2 per IEC 61496-1, -2; Type 2 per UL 61496-1/-2; Category 2 per EN 954-1
Certifications
EZ-SCREEN®
EZ-SCREEN®
PAGE 48
MIRRORS
PAGE
194
STANDS
PAGE
198
online
LENS SHIELDS EZ-SCREEN® Grid & Point Systems
PAGE
199 • O
ne to four beam models for AUTOCAD, STEP,
ENCLOSURES access or perimeter guarding IGES & PDF
PAGE
applications
202
• Two solid-state OSSD safety
INTERFACE
outputs
PAGE 51 • 24V dc supply voltage
55.0 mm
• Range from 0.8 to 20 m or 15
to 70 m, depending on model
• 7-segment diagnostic display
• Bi-color status indicator
• Type 4 per IEC 61496
• User configurable trip or latch L
Full View
outputs and Scan Code 1 or 2
• Configuration access port
• Models with integral Mini and
Euro QD, or wiring terminal
chamber
• QD cordsets ordered
separately or kits (see page 48) 52.0 mm
EZ-SCREEN EZ-SCREEN
EZ-SCREEN Grid Systems EZ-SCREEN Point Systems Grid Point
EZ-SCREEN®
Protected Beam Models* Housing Data
Type 4
Height Spacing Range Emitter Receiver Pair † Connection** Length (L) Sheet
EZ-SCREEN®
Type 2
533 mm
3-BEAM
15 - 70 m SGXLE3-533Q8E SGXLP3-533Q88E
PICO-GUARD™
300 mm
4-BEAM
15 - 70 m SGXLE4-300Q8E SGXLP4-300Q88E
15 - 70 m SPXLE1Q8E SPXLP1Q88E
* For emitters and receivers with a wiring terminal chamber, remove the Q8E or Q88E from the model number (example, SGE4-300). For an emitter with a 5-pin Mini QD and
TEST function, replace Q8E with Q5 on emitter model numbers (example, SGE4-300Q5) and Q88E with Q85 on pair model numbers (example, SGP4-300Q85).
For emitters with a 3-pin Mini QD, replace Q8E with Q3 (example, SGE4-300Q3); and for receivers with an 8-pin Mini QD, replace Q8E with Q8 on model numbers (example, SGE4-300Q8); or
for a pair replace Q88E with Q83 (example, SGP4-300Q83).
A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 48).
† A pair includes an emitter and receiver (example, SGP4-300Q88E). Emitters (example, SGE4-300Q8E) and receivers (example, SGR4-300Q8E) are also sold separately.
You can purchase a kit that contains an emitter and receiver of equal length and beam spacing; brackets; and optional
Type 4
interfacing solution and quick-disconnect cordsets. Detailed information about individual kit components is as follows.
• Brackets 48
PICO-GUARD™
To Order:
1. Choose model range, number of beams and beam spacing. 4. Choose one cordset for each sensor or two cordsets for a pair.
2. Choose the connection: Integral M12/Euro-Style QD or intergal M12/Euro QD models (example, SGK4-300Q88E) require
Mini-Style QD mating 8-pin M12/Euro QD cordsets, such as:
3. Choose an optional interfacing solution, such as an IM-T-9A or -11 - QDE cordset with flying leads
interfacing model. - DEE2R double-ended cordset
- CSB series splitter cordset
Mini QD models (example, SGK4-300Q83) require
mating cordsets, such as:
See EZ-SCREEN Grids manual (p/n 68410) or www.bannerengineering.com for
complete information and a current listing of accessories and options for kitting - QDS cordset with flying leads
components. Call factory with questions regarding accessories.
NOTE: See notes under model number table. Not all combinations are listed below. Contact Banner Engineering Corp. for additional information
and/or verification of valid kit model numbers.
EZ-SCREEN®
You can purchase a kit that contains an emitter and receiver of equal length; brackets; and optional interfacing
Type 4
solution and quick-disconnect cordsets. Detailed information about individual kit components is as follows.
EZ-SCREEN®
Type 2
• Brackets 48
PICO-GUARD™
To Order:
1. Choose model and range. 4. Choose one cordset for each sensor or two cordsets for a pair.
2. Choose the connection: Integral M12/Euro-Style QD or intergal M12/Euro QD models (example, SGK1-Q88E) require
Mini-Style QD mating 8-pin M12/Euro QD cordsets, such as:
3. Choose an optional interfacing solution, such as an IM-T-9A or -11 - QDE cordset with flying leads
interfacing model. - DEE2R double-ended cordset
- CSB series splitter cordset
Mini QD models (example, SGK1-Q83) require
mating cordsets, such as:
See EZ-SCREEN Point manual (p/n 68413) or www.bannerengineering.com for
complete information and a current listing of accessories and options for kitting - QDS cordset with flying leads
components. Call factory with questions regarding accessories.
Cordsets
Euro QD to Flying Leads Euro QD–Double-Ended Euro QD Splitter Mini QD with Flying Leads
EZ-SCREEN®
Length 8-Pin Length 8-Pin Length 8-Pin Length 3-Pin 5-Pin 8-Pin
4.5 m QDE-815D 0.3 m DEE2R-81D 0m CSB-M1280M1280 4.5 m QDS-315C QDS-515C QDS-815C
7.6 m QDE-825D 0.9 m DEE2R-83D 0.3 m CSB-M1281M1281 7.6 m QDS-325C QDS-525C QDS-825C
15.2 m QDE-850D 2.5 m DEE2R-88D 2.5 m CSB-M1288M1281 15.2 m QDS-350C QDS-550C QDS-850C
22.8 m QDE-875D 4.6 m DEE2R-815D 4.6 m CSB-M12815M1281 22.8 m QDS-375C – QDS-875C
PICO-GUARD™
Brackets
Grid & Points–Type 4 Points–Type 4
pg. 166 pg. 168 pg. 168 pg. 168 pg. 168
EZA-MBK-1* EZA-MBK-3 EZA-MBK-9 EZA-MBK-4 EZA-MBK-5
* Standard brackets included with emitter/receiver. Additional brackets are available, see page 164.
NOTE: See page 51 for interfacing solutions. Additional accessories are listed on page 163.
Replacement Parts
Model Description
EZA-AP-1 Access port plug with o-ring
EZA-CP-13 Pg13.5 plug with o-ring
EZA-ECE-1 Emitter wiring chamber end cap (with gasket, captive screws, 3 plugs with o-rings, terminal block)
EZA-ECR-1 Receiver wiring chamber end cap (with gasket, captive screws, 3 plugs with o-rings, terminal block)
EZ-SCREEN®
Type 4
Supply Voltage (V in) 24V dc ±15%, 10% max. ripple
Supply Current Emitter: 150 mA max.
Receiver: 500 mA max., exclusive of OSSD1 and OSSD2 loads (up to an additional 0.5A each)
Short Circuit Protection All inputs and outputs are protected from short circuits to +24V dc or dc common
(except Emitter AUX power connections)
EZ-SCREEN®
Type 2
Response Time 24 milliseconds or less from interruption of light grid beam to safety outputs going to OFF-state
EDM Input +24V dc signals from external device contacts can be monitored (single-channel, dual-channel or no monitoring)
via EDM1 and EDM2 terminals in the receiver. Monitored devices must respond within 200 milliseconds of an
output change.
PICO-GUARD™
Reset Input The Reset input must be high (10 to 30V dc at 30 mA) for 0.25 to 2 seconds and then low (less than 3V dc) to
reset the receiver.
Remote Test Input Test mode is activated either by applying a low signal (less than 3V dc) to emitter TEST1 terminal for a minimum
(optional- available only on of 50 milliseconds, or by opening a switch connected between TEST1 and TEST2 terminals for a minimum of
certain models) 50 milliseconds. Beam scanning stops to simulate a blocked condition. A high signal
(10 to 30V dc, 35 mA inrush, 10 mA max.) at TEST1 terminal deactivates Test mode and allows the emitter to
operate normally. TEST1 and TEST2 are factory jumpered on models with wiring chamber.
Safety Outputs Two diverse-redundant solid-state 24V dc, 0.5 A max. sourcing OSSD (Output Signal Switching Device) safety
outputs. (Use optional interface modules for ac or larger dc loads.) Capable of the Banner “Safety Handshake.”
ON-State voltage: ≥Vin-1.5V dc OFF-State voltage: 1.2V dc max.
Max. load resistance: 1000 Ω Max. load capacitance: 0.1 µF
OSSD test pulse width: 100 to 300 microseconds OSSD test pulse period: 10 to 27 milliseconds
(varies with number of beams
Controls and Adjustments Emitter: Scan code selection: 2-position switch (code 1 or 2). Factory default position is 1.
Receiver: Scan code selection: 2-position switch (code 1 or 2). Factory default position is 1.
Trip/latch output selection: redundant switches. Factory default position is L (latch)
EDM/MPCE monitor selection: redundant switches select between 1- or 2-channel monitoring.
Factory default position is 2.
Emitter/Receiver Operating Short-range models: 0.8 m to 20 m Long-range models: 15 m to 70 m
Range Range decreases with use of mirrors and/or lens shields.
Beam Spacing Model SG...4-300: 300 mm Model SG...3-400: 400 mm
Model SG...2-500: 500 mm Model SG...3-533: 533.4 mm
Model SG...2-584: 584.2 mm
Beam Diameter 25 mm
Ambient Light Immunity > 10,000 lux at 5° angle of incidence
Strobe Light Immunity Totally immune to one Federal Signal Corp. “Fireball” model FB2PST strobe
Emitter Elements Infrared LEDs, 880 nm at peak emission
Effective Aperture Angle (EAA) Meets Type 4 requirements per IEC 61496-2
Short-range models: ± 2.5° @ 3 m Long-range models: ± 2.5° @ 15 m
Enclosure Materials: Extruded aluminum housings with yellow polyester powder finish and well-sealed, rugged molded
PBT end caps, acrylic lens cover
Rating: NEMA 4, 13; IP65
Operating Conditions Temperature: 0° to +50° C Relative humidity: 95% (non-condensing)
Shock and Vibration EZ-SCREEN systems have passed vibration and shock tests according to IEC 61496-1/-2. This includes
vibration (10 cycles) of 10-55 Hz at 0.35 mm single amplitude (0.70 mm peak-to-peak) and shock of 10 g for
16 milliseconds (6,000 cycles).
More on
next page
Receiver: T
wo System Status indicators, plus one bi-color (red/green) Beam Status indicator for each beam
Yellow Reset Indicator
ON steady = RUN mode
Double flashing = Waiting for manual reset after power-up
Single flashing = Waiting for manual latch reset
OFF = No power to sensor or system is not ready for operation
Bi-Color (Red/Green) Status Indicator
Green steady = Outputs ON
Red steady = RUN mode, outputs OFF
Red single flashing = Lockout
OFF = No power to sensor or system is not ready for operation
Bi-Color (Red/Green) Beam Status Indicators
Green steady = Clear beam, strong signal
Green flickering = Clear beam, weak signal
Red steady = Beam blocked
OFF = No power to sensor or no scanning
Mounting Hardware Emitter and receiver each are supplied with a pair of swivel end mounting brackets. Mounting brackets are
8-gauge cold-rolled steel, black zinc finish.
Cables and Connections Cables are user-supplied. Wiring terminals accommodate one 22 to 16 ga. wire or two wires up to 18 ga.;
Pg 13.5 wiring chamber access port capacity varies, depending on cable gland or strain relief fitting used.
Supplied cable gland is for a cable diameter of 6 to 12 mm.
Design Standards Designed to comply with Type 4 per IEC 61496-1, -2; Type 4 per UL 61496-1/-2;
Category 4 per ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1)
Certifications
Wiring Diagrams WD011, WD012, WD013, WD014, WD015, WD016, WD017, WD018, WD019 (pp. 225-230)
EZ-SCREEN®
Product Data
Type 4
Models Description Information Sheet
• Interface modules provide two or three normally open
IM-T-9A (3 NO) force-guided relay outputs rated at 6 A.
• EZ-SCREEN monitors these interface modules when
EZ-SCREEN®
they are connected to the EZ-SCREEN External Device Page 107 62822
Type 2
Monitoring (EDM) inputs.
Interface Modules and Controllers
PICO-GUARD™
• One controller provides configurable monitoring of multiple
SC22-3-S... safety devices.
• 22 input terminals can monitor both contact-based and PNP
solid-state input devices.
SC22-3-C... • 3 pairs of independent solid-state safety outputs can be
used with selectable one- or two-channel external device
monitoring. Page 76 133487
MM-TA-12B 63517
so materials can safely pass through the screen without
stopping the machinery.
MMD-TA-12B Page 94
• The module uses redundant microcontroller-based logic.
116390
• MMD Modules can be used as dual controllers when muting
MMD-TA-11B function is not used.
EZAC-R9-QE8
Interface Boxes
Receiver AC
EZAC-R11-QE8
EZAC-R15A-QE8-QS83
• Versatile power supplies allow EZ-SCREEN systems
EZAC-R8N-QE8-QS53
to connect to AC power sources.
EZAC-R10N-QE8-QS53 • Models are available to accommodate receivers only, Page 189 120321
emitters only, or both.
Interface Boxes
EZAC-E-QE8
• Receiver models include 8 amp safety relay output.
Emitter AC
EZAC-E-QE5
EZAC-E-QE8-QS3
EZAC-E-QE5-QS5
Mechanically
Linked Contactors
• Pairs of contactors create safety stop circuits with two
11-BG00-31-D-024
normally open contacts in series.
BF1801L-024 • EZ-SCREEN can monitor the circuit because of the
contacts’ force-guided mechanically linked design.
Contactors
Aux. Contacts
• Contactors add 10 or 18 amp current carrying
11-BGX10-40 capability to any safety system. Page 191 111881
Light Screens
EZ-SCREEN®
PICO-GUARD
™
Type 4
applications.
• Choices include compact 12 or 30 mm non-contact fiber optic Point
elements or Grid systems for perimeter and access guarding.
• Each fiber optic channel is one emitter/receiver (up to 4 pairs per
PICO-GUARD™
controller).
• Grid system features rugged anodized aluminum construction,
with 2, 3 or 4 beams and beam spacing from 300 to 584 mm.
• Each Point or Grid element can function as emitter or receiver,
GLANDS depending on installation.
PAGE 69
• 12 mm Point has impact-resistant polycarbonate plastic construction.
BRACKETS • 30 mm Point has robust 304 stainless steel housing with tempered
glass lens window.
PAGE 69
MIRRORS
• Environmental rating is IP65 for Grids and IP67 for Points.
PAGE
• Grids and Points meet Type 4 per IEC 61496-2 and Safety Category 4
194 per EN 954-1 applications when used with a PICO-GUARD controller.
STANDS
• Grid and Points are ATEX, CSA and FM approved for use in explosive
PAGE
198 environments when used with a PICO-GUARD controller.
AG4-4E
Safety Laser Scanner
AG4
• Two-dimensional laser scanner effectively protects personnel, as
well as stationary and mobile systems within a user designated
area. CORDSETS
BRACKETS
• Eight protective and warning field pairs are individually defined
using a PC. PAGE 56
up to 4 m. PAGE 56
Graphically adjust all device parameters and the Configuration parameters are permanently stored in the
protective field contours to both local conditions and configuration plug, providing easier storage and device
required safety distances. replacement without a PC.
online
• Two solid-state OSSD safety outputs
and two solid-state auxiliary outputs
AUTOCAD, STEP,
• RS-232 and RS-422 PC interface IGES & PDF
connection
• Five LED diagnostic display
• Aluminum die-cast housing
• Integral mounting holes for flat mounting
• Includes scanner, plugs and CD with 195 mm
diagnostic and configuration software
(cordset not included)
135 mm
140 mm
AG4
• Scanner page 54
• Interfacing Options 56
• Cordsets 56
To Order:
1. Choose an optional interfacing solution, such as an
UM-FA-9A or -11A universal module.
2. Choose a DB15 configuration/machine interface cordset,
such as AG4-CPD15...
3. Choose a PC communication cordset, such as AG4-PCD9...
UM-FA-9A (3 NO) • Universal modules monitors both contact based and PNP
solid-state input devices.
Page 89 141249
• Convenient plug-in terminal blocks on a 22.5 mm DIN-rail
Interface Modules and Controllers
mountable housing.
UM-FA-11A (2 NO)
MM-TA-12B 63517
• The Muting Module temporarily inhibits a safety light screen
so materials can safely pass through the screen without
MMD-TA-12B stopping the machinery. Page 94
• The module uses redundant microcontroller-based logic. 116390
MMD-TA-11B
pg. 185
pg. 185 Length Model Number
Length Model Number 3 m AG4-PCD9-3 pg. 166
5m AG4-CPD15-5 5 m AG4-PCD9-5 AG4-MBK1 AG4-TB1
10 m AG4-CPD15-10 10 m AG4-PCD9-10
25 m AG4-CPD15-25
50 m AG4-CPD15-50
AG4
Supply Current 420 mA approx. (use 2.5 A power supply)
Fuse (power supply) 1.6A normal blow, medium time lag fuse
Response Time Min. 80 milliseconds (2 scans)
Max. 640 milliseconds (16 scans)
Wavelength 905 nm
Protection Zone 150 mm resolution: 200 mm to 4.0 m (radius)
70 mm resolution: 200 mm to 4.0 m (radius)
50 mm resolution: 200 mm to 2.8 m (radius)
40 mm resolution: 200 mm to 2.2 m (radius)
30 mm resolution: 200 mm to 1.6 m (radius)
Response Time: Min. 80 ms (2 scans) to max. 640 milliseconds (16 scans) switching method
Warning Output 1 (Alarm 1) & PNP open-collector transistor
Warning Output 2 (Alarm 2) Rated operating voltage: supply voltage (UB) -4 V
Max. source current: 100 mA
Residual voltage: 4 V or less
Operation mode: Switching method of operation mode (set below)
Scanner at normal operation: ON
Abnormal operation: OFF
No object inside warning zone: ON
Object inside warning zone: OFF
Response Time: Min. 80 ms (2 scans) to max. 640 milliseconds (16 scans) switching method
Laser Protection Class Class 1 (IEC 60825-1)
Number of Field Pair (Zone) 7 +1 (without detection zone). Zone pairs in combination of detection zone and warning zone can be switched
Settings over by external input.
Environmental Rating IP65 (per IEC 60529)
Housing Material Die-cast aluminum with a thermoplastic resin window
Weight 2.1 kg
Operating Conditions Temperature: 0 to 50°C
Humidity: Max. 95%
Indicators Five LEDs on front show Safety Sensor Status
More on
next page
PICO-GUARD™
CONTROLLERS
Fiber Optic
Safety Systems
Pico-Guard™ optical safety systems provide a control-reliable,
INTERLOCKS
• System includes Controller, flexible optical fiber, optional protective
sheathing and interchangeable optical elements for a variety of
safeguarding applications (see below)
• Optical elements never wear out and are easy to align
E-STOP BUTTONS
• Category 4 interlocking with one switch per guard, even with multiple
switches per optical channel
• Rated for use in explosive environments: ATEX, FM and CSA certifications
• Rated for Class 1/Division 1 & 2, Groups A, B, C, D; Zone 0, Group IIC
and Zone 22
Interlock systems
• Non-contact optical safety switches
• Six housing styles
• Integral fibers or quick-release fiber connectors
Page 64
E-Stop buttons Four optical channels for monitoring multiple points with one controller
• Push-to-stop, twist-to-release • Interlock up to sixteen guards or gates
optical E-Stop button • Create one four-beam grid or two individual two-beam grids for
• Models with fiber connection on same or perimeter and access guarding
opposite side of enclosure • Combine grids, points, interlocks and E-Stop buttons for multiple
Page 66 application requirements
CONTROLLERS
CONTROLLERS
• Controller signals the machine control circuit to stop when the system
detects a loss in light signal or receives a safety stop request from its
Universal Safety Stop Interface (USSI) input.
• Each channel can control several optical elements in the same fiber loop.
• Each channel can monitor a separate part of a machine, such as doors,
INTERLOCKS
FIBERS
PAGE 68
CONTROLLERS
PICO-GUARD Fiber Optic
™
• Grid and Point optical elements are for use with PICO-GUARD™
Controllers and fiber optic cables in personnel safety and equipment-
protection applications.
INTERLOCKS
• Each Point or Grid element can function as emitter or receiver,
depending on installation.
• Grid system features rugged anodized aluminum construction,
with two, three or four beams and beam spacing from 300 to 584 mm.
E-STOP BUTTONS
• 12 mm Point has impact-resistant polycarbonate plastic construction.
• 30 mm Point has robust stainless steel housing with tempered
glass lens window.
• Environmental rating is IP65 for Grids and IP67 for Points.
• Grids and Points meet Type 4 per IEC 61496-2 and
Safety Category 4 per EN 954-1 applications when used with GLANDS
• Grid and Points are ATEX, FM and CSA approved for use in explosive BRACKETS
MIRRORS
PAGE
194
STANDS
PAGE
online 198
52.0 mm
Black Anodized
PICO-GUARD Grid Aluminum
SFG3-400C100 30 m 7.0 m
E-STOP BUTTONS
SFG2-500C100 30 m 7.0 m
SFG2-584C8 2.4 m 31.1 m
SFG2-584C15 4.5 m 27.1 m
SFG2-584C25 584 mm 768 mm 7.5 m 22.6 m
SFG2-584C50 584 mm 15 m 14.9 m
2-Beam Grid
SFG2-584C100 30 m 7.0 m
* Order any two Grid optical elements with the same housing length.
** MEK-resistant conduit is available to protect fiber (see page 69).
*** Maximum range is based on using an emitter and receiver with the same length fiber. Using an emitter and receiver with different length fibers may decrease or increase range.
Using corner mirrors reduces range. See specifications on page 71 for detailed range information.
CONTROLLERS
• 12 or 30 mm threaded barrel fiber optic interchangeable
AUTOCAD, STEP,
as emitter or receiver with PICO-GUARD™ controller IGES & PDF
ø 30.0 mm
• Multiple Points create customized grid system
• Polished-end integral fiber ø 12.0 mm
INTERLOCKS
• A complete system requires a controller (see page 60)
PICO-GUARD Point PICO-GUARD Point
(30 mm Barrel) (12 mm Barrel)
E-STOP BUTTONS
Housing Fiber Fiber Maximum Data
Model* Material Orientation/Type Description Length Range** Sheet
SFP30SXP8 2.4 m 28.7 m
SFP30SXP15 Integral 4.5 m 24.4 m
Polished-End,
SFP30SXP25 7.5 m 21.9 m
PVC Coated Fibers
SFP30SXP50 5 mm Diameter 15 m 14.0 m
SFP30SXP100 30 m 8.5 m
SFP30SXT8 2.4 m 28.7 m
Straight
SFP30SXT15 Integral 4.5 m 24.4 m
304 30 mm Barrel 111390
Polished-End,
SFP30SXT25 Stainless Mounting 7.5 m 21.9 m &
PTFE Coated Fibers
Steel (25 mm 69763
SFP30SXT50 2.2 mm Diameter 15 m 14.0 m
beam diameter)
SFP30SXT100 30 m 8.5 m
SFP30SS8 2.4 m 28.7 m
Integral
SFP30SS15 4.5 m 24.4 m
Polished-End,
SFP30SS25 Polyethylene Coated 7.5 m 21.9 m
Fibers
SFP30SS50 15 m 14.0 m
2.2 mm Diameter
SFP30SS100 30 m 8.5 m
SFP12PXP8 2.4 m 6.4 m
Integral
SFP12PXP15 Polished-End, 4.5 m 4.8 m
SFP12PXP25 PVC Coated Fibers 7.5 m 3.4 m
5 mm Diameter
SFP12PXP50 15 m 1.5 m
SFP12PXT8 Straight 2.4 m 6.4 m
12 mm Barrel Integral
SFP12PXT15 4.5 m 4.8 m 111389
Mounting Polished-End,
Plastic &
SFP12PXT25 (9 mm PTFE Coated Fibers 7.5 m 3.4 m 69763
beam 2.2 mm Diameter
SFP12PXT50 diameter) 15 m 1.5 m
SFP12PS8 Integral 2.4 m 6.4 m
SFP12PS15 Polished-End, 4.5 m 4.8 m
Polyethylene
SFP12PS25 Coated Fibers 7.5 m 3.4 m
SFP12PS50 2.2 mm Diameter 15 m 1.5 m
* Order any two Point optical elements with the same beam diameter.
** Maximum range is based on using an emitter and receiver with the same length fiber. Using an emitter and receiver with different length fibers may decrease or increase range.
Using corner mirrors reduces range. See specifications on page 71 for detailed range information.
INTERLOCK SWITCHES
CONTROLLERS
PAGE 68
60.0 mm 60.0 mm
17.0 mm
12.7 mm
12.0 mm
65.0 mm
*SFA-FGD1HD Fiber Guide
25.0 mm 30.0 mm available (not shown) 30.0 mm
CONTROLLERS
Housing Fiber Separation and Data**
Models Material Orientation/Type Length* Max. Switching Distance Sheet
Straight,
SFI-S1R
Right Mounting Bulk 1 mm = ± 10 mm
Right-angle,
SFI-R1R Bulk 1 mm = ± 11 mm
Right Mounting
Plastic or 25 mm = ± 21 mm 109907
Right-angle,
INTERLOCKS
SFI-R1L Precut 50 mm = ± 33 mm
Left Mounting
Dual,
SFI-D1
Center Mounting
Actuator,
E-STOP BUTTONS
SFI-A1 Polyethylene Jacket,
Center Mounting
Actuator, Bulk 1 mm = ± 7 mm
Plastic Polyethylene Jacket, or 25 mm = ± 8 mm 109908
SFI-A1XP Precut 50 mm = ± 9 mm
PVC Sheath,
Center Mounting
Actuator,
Polyethylene Jacket,
SFI-A1XT
Fluoropolymer Sheath,
Center Mounting
SFI-D1HDPS50† 15.3 m
1 mm = ± 7 mm
SFI-D1HDPXT6† 1.8 m
Zinc 25 mm = ± 8 mm 121307
Straight, 50 mm = ± 9 mm
SFI-D1HDPXT15† Polyethylene Jacket, 4.5 m
Emergency Stop
CONTROLLERS
Push Buttons
PICO-GUARD Fiber Optic
™
GRIDS & POINTS
95 mm
78.5 mm
Emergency Stop
Push Button with Enclosure
Accessories PICO-GUARD™
CONTROLLERS
PICO-GUARD™ Interfacing Products
Product Data
Models Description Information Sheet
INTERLOCKS
IM-T-11A (2 NO/1 NC) • Convenient plug-in terminal blocks on a 22.5 mm
DIN-rail mountable housing are included.
E-STOP BUTTONS
MMD-TA-12B Page 94
without stopping the machinery. 116390
MMD-TA-11B • The module uses redundant microcontroller-based logic.
Aux. Contacts
• Contactors add 10 or 18 amp current carrying capability to
11-BGX10-40 any safety system. Page 191 111881
Plastic optical fiber for use with Banner PICO-GUARD optical elements is available in bulk form
(to be cut to length in the field) or precut lengths with polished ends for maximum excess gain.
&IBER &IBER
Dimensions
&IBER &IBER &IBER &IBER
&IBER &IBER
&IBER MM MM
MM MM MM MM
MM MM
MM
&LUOROPOLYMER 3HEATH
&LUOROPOLYMER 3HEATH
&LUOROPOLYMER 3HEATH
06# 3HEATH MM
06# 3HEATH
0OLYETHYLENE *ACKET0OLYETHYLENE 06#
3HEATH
MM MM
MM
0OLYETHYLENE *ACKET
MM MM*ACKET MM 0OLYETHYLENE *ACKET0OLYETHYLENE *ACKET
MM MM 0OLYETHYLENE *ACKET
MM MM
0OLYETHYLENE *ACKET0OLYETHYLENE
MM
*ACKET
0OLYETHYLENE *ACKET
MM MM
MM
CONTROLLERS
Fiber optic devices used with PICO-GUARD™ optical elements improve performance and simplify installation.
Data
Model Description Sheet
Attenuator
INTERLOCKS
• Simplifies connecting and disconnecting fibers
Splice
SFA-FS • Uses Banner 2.2 mm OD plastic fiber optic cable (1 mm core) 109910
• Made of impact-resistant polycarbonate plastic
• Rated IP67
E-STOP BUTTONS
Fiber Cutter
• Used with Banner 2.2 mm OD diameter unterminated fiber optic cable (1 mm core)
PFC-2-25 —
• Contains 25 fiber cutters
Model Description
SFA-FCC-008 2.4 m
SFA-FCC-015 4.5 m • Made of flexible MEK-resistant polyamide
• Protects fiber
SFA-FCC-025 7.5 m Conduit
• Snaps into emitter/receiver
SFA-FCC-050 15 m • Easily cuts to length
SFA-FCC-100 30 m
• Use with MEK-resistant conduit (above)
M20 Cable
SFA-FCC-CGM20 • Made of MEK resistant polyamide
Threads Gland
• Attaches conduit to emitter/receiver and PICO-GUARD controller
PICO-GUARD™ Brackets
Controller Grids 12 mm–Points
pg. 166 pg. 166 pg. 167 pg. 168 pg. 168 pg. 172 pg. 172
DIN-35... EZA-MBK-1 EZA-MBK-2 EZA-MBK-3 EZA-MBK-9 SMB12MM SMB1812SF
pg. 173 pg. 173 pg. 173 pg. 173 pg. 174 pg. 171 pg. 172 pg. 172
SMB30A SMB30MM SMB30SC SMBAMS30P SMBAMS30RA SFA-IMB1 SFA-IMB2 SMB12MM
SFA-CMH PICO-GUARD controller mounting hardware SFA-LAT-12 Replacement adapter hardware for SPF12
SFA-CTB1 PICO-GUARD controller 4-position terminal block SFA-LAT-30 Replacement adapter hardware for SPF30
SFA-CTB2 PICO-GUARD controller 9-position terminal block SFA-W-1 Replacement window for Grid
SFA-CTB3 PICO-GUARD controller 18-position terminal block STP-3 Specified test piece, 45 mm dia. for Grid
INTERLOCKS
System Power Requirements 24V dc ±15%, 10% max. ripple; 250 mA max., exclusive of output loads. External supply must be in
accordance with IEC 61558.
Short Circuit Protection All inputs and outputs are protected from short circuits to +24V dc or dc common.
Response Time Optical Channel: 13 milliseconds max. (Time between the opening of an optical switch and the OSSD safety
outputs turning off.)
USSI Inputs: 7 milliseconds max. (Time between actuation of the safety stop input device and the OSSD safety
outputs turning off.)
External Device Monitoring Two inputs for external device monitoring (EDM). Each input monitors the status of a normally closed, forced-
(EDM) Input guided monitor contact of an external safety device or MPCE. The EDM inputs must be high (10 to 30V dc)
when the external device or MPCE is OFF, and must be low (less than 3V dc) when the external device
or MPCE is ON. External devices or MPCEs must meet certain timing requirements, depending on the
configuration setting.
System Reset Input The Reset input must be high (10 to 30V dc) for 0.25 to 2 seconds and then low (less than 3V dc) to reset the
system from a manual power-up, optical channel latch or system lockout condition.
USSI 1 Reset Input (Not The Reset input must be high (10 to 30V dc) for 0.25 to 2 seconds and then low (less than 3V dc) to reset the
available on SFCDT-4A1CM) system from a USSI 1 latch condition.
USSI 1 Input (Not available on Dual-channel, redundant inputs for monitoring output contacts or “handshake” compatible safety solid-state
SFCDT-4A1CM1) outputs of other safety stop devices. OFF (stop) signals cause the PICO-GUARD OSSDs to latch OFF (Latch
condition).
USSI 2 Input (Not available on Dual-channel, redundant inputs for monitoring output contacts or “handshake” compatible safety solid-state
SFCDT-4A1CM1) outputs of other safety stop devices. OFF (stop) signals cause the PICO-GUARD OSSDs to turn OFF (Trip
condition).
Muting Device Inputs The muting devices work in pairs (MS1 and MS2, MS3 and MS4) and required to be “closed” within 3 seconds
(SFCDT-4A1CM1) of each other (simultaneity requirement) to intiate a mute (assuming all other conditions are meet). Muting device
outputs must be hard contacts (electrical), capable of switching 15 to 30V dc at 10 to 50 mA.
Mute Enable Input When Mute Enable is selected (functional), this input must have +24V dc applied in order to start a mute;
(SFCDT-4A1CM1) opening this input after mute has begun has no effect.
Safety Outputs Two redundant solid-state 24V dc, 0.5A max. sourcing OSSD (Output Signal Switching Device) safety outputs.
(Use optional interface modules for ac or larger dc loads.)
Capable of the Banner “Safety Handshake”.
ON-state voltage: ≥ Vin-1.5V dc OSSD test pulse width: 100 to 300 microseconds
OFF-state voltage: 1.2V dc max. OSSD test pulse period: 6 milliseconds
Max. load resistance: 1,000 Ω
Max. load capacitance: 0.1 µF
Non-Safety Outputs Solid state 24V dc (≥ Vin – 1.5V dc), 0.25A max. sourcing (PNP) non-safety outputs
Non-muting models: Aux., weak, fault, Ch 1-4
Muting models: Aux./Mute temp, fault, Ch 1-4 (-4A1C models only)
Remote Status Interface Isolated RS-232 non-safety output (4800 Baud rate) for setup or monitoring the system status. Connections
provided for a Remote Display unit. See Interfacing Products on page 67.
More on
next page
70 More information online at bannerengineering.com
FIBER OPTIC SAFETY SYSTEMS
CONTROLLERS
Controls and Adjustments Redundant switches for Auto/Manual power-up, Trip/Latch output operation and 1- or 2-channel EDM operation.
Redundant switches for ON/OFF of each optical channel.
(NOTE: At least one optical channel must be ON.)
Ambient Light Immunity > 10,000 lux at 5° angle of incidence
INTERLOCKS
EDM (bi-color Red/Green): status of the EDM input channels
OSSD (bi-color Red/Green): status of the OSSD outputs
Config (bi-color Red/Green): status of the system configuration
Non-Muting models:
USSI (2 bi-color Red/Green): status of the USSI input channels (a-b and c-d)
E-STOP BUTTONS
USSI 1 Reset (bi-color Yellow/Red): status of USSI 1 reset input; indicates USSI 1 reset needed
EDM (bi-color Red/Green): status of the EDM input channels
OSSD (bi-color Red/Green): status of the OSSD outputs
Config (bi-color Red/Green): status of the system configuration
Muting Models:
Muting (4 bi-color Red/Green): status of the muting input
Mute Enable (bi-color) Yellow/Red): status of the EDM enable
Enclosure Rating P20
Operating Conditions Temperature: 0° to +50° C Relative humidity: 95% maximum (non-condensing)
Design Standards Designed to comply with Type 4 per IEC 61496-1; Type 4 per UL 61496-1; Category 4 per EN 954-1
Certifications Important Notice:
European Community Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC
The PICO-GUARD Controllers comply with Machine Directive 98/37/EC. After December 29,
2009, when Machine Directive 2006/42/EC will be in force, the PICO-GUARD Controllers can
only be installed as a replacement component within the European Union (EU). For more
information, please see www.bannerengineering.com/144763 or call 1-888-373-6767.
Wiring Diagrams WD023, WD024, WD025, WD026, WD027, WD028 (pp. 232-263)
* In applications using SSM or MSM series corner mirrors, range is reduced by approximately 8 percent for each mirror used.
More on
next page
SC22-3
SC22-3 Safety Controller page 76
• Configurable monitoring of multiple safety devices including E-stop
buttons, interlocking switches, safety light screens, two-hand
controls, muting, safety mats and rope pull switches
PICO-GUARD™
• 3 pairs of independent solid-state safety outputs
• Configurable auxiliary outputs for tracking inputs, outputs, lockout,
I/O status and other functions
• Reduces the complexity of interfacing multiple safety functions and
UNIVERSAL
• Models for direct connection to EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP
industrial networks
• Meets Safety Integrity Level (SIL) 3 per IEC 61508, SIL CL3 per IEC
62061 and Category 4 Performance Level (PL e) per ISO 13849-1
SAFETY MAT
PICO-GUARD™ page 80 Muting page 94
MUTING
• Features non-contact fiber optic technology for • Suspends safeguarding during hazard-free
personnel safety and equipment protection times in the machine’s cycle
•Monitors multiple safety points • Allows material to move into or from the
•Replaces mechanical safety interlock switches process, without tripping the primary safeguard
•Eliminates electrical wiring to switchpoints • Monitors two or four hard-relay contact safety
SAFE SPEED
devices
EXTENSION
gates to be opened when the speed drops
below the dangerous level
SFCDT-4A1
Optical,
Optic
Fiber
ES-TN-1H1 to
82 2, 3 or 4 0&1 Mechanical 24 V dc
ES-TN-1H12
ES-TN-14H5
82 2, 3 or 4 0&1 Mechanical 24V dc
ES-TN-14H6
UM-FA-9A Mechanical
UM
MM-TA-12B 4 Mechanical
94 0 & 24V dc
Modules
Muting
SSM-FM-11A10
Speed
Safe
EM-F-7G
Safety
EM-FD-7G2 105 2 or 4 —
Output 24V ac/dc
EM-FD-7G3
EM-FD-7G4
Interface
Modules
IM-T-9A
Safety
107 2 or 4 — 24V dc
Output
IM-T-11A
1 NC (single) 3 NO 6 amps —
or 25 ms — 22.5 mm
2 NC (dual) 2 NO 7 amps 1 NC
1 NC (single) 1 NC
or 4 NO 6 amps & 25 ms — 45 mm
2 NC (dual) 2 PNP
1 NC (single) 3 NO —
or 6 amps 25 ms — 22.5 mm
2 NC (dual) 2 NO 1 NC
1 NC
1 (or multiple in series)
4 NO 6 amps & 50 ms — 45 mm
4-wire Safety Mat
2 PNP
700 ms
2 PNP 2 NO 4 amps 1 NC — 45 mm
350 ms
1 NC (single) or 2 NC (dual) 20 ms — 22.5 mm
4 NO
35 ms —
6 amps — 0.5 sec.
1 NC (single) 4 NO 22.5 mm
30 ms 1.0 sec.
w/delay
2.0 sec.
3 NO —
1 NC (dual) 6 amps 20 ms — 22.5 mm
2 NO 1 NC
SC22-3
Safety Controller
SC22-3
point-and-click configuration
1. Select the type of safety input device
2. Map functions and properties from a pull down list
3. Wiring and ladder logic diagrams autopopulate along
EXTENSION
INTERFACE
• Safety Light Screens • Rope Pulls
• Safety Mats and Edges • Enabling Devices
PAGE 77
• Muting Sensors • Bypass Switches
• Interlocking Switches • Laser Scanners
SC22-3
AUTOCAD, STEP,
• 3 redundant PNP safety outputs IGES & PDF
PICO-GUARD™
• EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP connectivity
• 10 status outputs 112 mm
• LCD display and LED status indicators
• Toggle switches for onboard interface
• External memory card
UNIVERSAL
Terminal Safety USB Output Aux. XM Programming Communication Data
Model Type Outputs Cable Rating Outputs Card Tool Protocol Sheet
SC22-3-SU1 Screw
1.8 m Yes —
SC22-3-CU1 Clamp 0.75 amps
133487
SC22-3-S Screw each output
SAFETY MAT
— 10 status — —
SC22-3-C Clamp 6 PNP (I/O, mute,
Yes
SC22-3E-SU1 Screw (3 pairs) lockout, fault EtherNet/IP &
1.8 m and reset) Yes
SC22-3E-CU1 Clamp 0.5 amps Modbus TCP
133487
SC22-3E-S Screw each output EtherNet/IP &
— —
SC22-3E-C Clamp Modbus TCP
MUTING
SC22-3 Interface Modules
Supply Inputs Safety Output EDM Data
Model Description Voltage (Safety Controller Outputs) Outputs Rating Contacts Sheet
SAFE SPEED
For use with 1-dual channel 2
SC-IM9A 3 NO
SC22-3 safety output (SO1)
24V dc 131845
For use with 2-dual channel 4 Total of 6 1 NC pair per
SC-IM9B (Controller 10 amps
SC22-3 safety outputs (SO1 and SO2) (3 NO per output) output
supplied)
For use with 3-dual channel 6 Total of 9
EXTENSION
SC-IM9C
SC22-3 safety outputs (SO1, SO2 and SO3) (3 NO per output)
NOTE: External device monitoring (EDM) is required to be wired separately to the NC contacts to comply with ISO 13849-1 categories and ANSI/OSHA control reliability.
IM-T-9A (3 NO)
Mechanically Interface
• Suppressors extend the life of an actuating device that Page 191 111881
uses a contactor.
BF1801L-024
• Modular design simplifies assembly and installation.
NC = Normally closed, NO = Normally open
More information online at bannerengineering.com 77
SAFETY CONTROLLERS & MODULES
Cordsets Miscellaneous
Model Model Description
Length
Shielded Cat5e Crossover SC-SC22-3 SC22-3 replacement controller (without terminals)
PICO-GUARD™
Safety and Non-Safety Input ON threshold: > 15V dc (guaranteed on), 30V dc max.
Inputs (22 terminals) Input OFF threshold: < 5V dc (guaranteed off with any 1 fault), –3V dc min.
Input ON current: 8 mA typical @ 24Vdc, > 2 mA (guaranteed with 1 fault)
50 mA peak contact cleaning current @ 24V dc
Sourcing current: 30 mA minimum continuous (3V dc max. drop)
Input lead resistance: 300 Ω max. (150 Ω per lead)
Input requirements for a 4-wire safety mat:
MUTING
outputs) Output OFF threshold: 0.6V dc typical (1.2V dc max. guaranteed with 1 fault)
Output leakage current: 50 µA max. with open 0V
Load: 0.1 µF max., 1 H max., 10 Ω max. per lead
Status Outputs Rated output current: 0.5A @ 24V dc (individual), 1.0 A @ 24V dc (total of all outputs)
(10 terminals) O1 to O8 (General Purpose) — Output OFF voltage: < 0.5V dc (no load), 22 KΩ pull down to 0V
EXTENSION
Network Interface Ethernet 10/100 Base-T/TX, RJ45 modular connector, shielded or unshielded cable
(SC22-3E only) Auto negotiate or manual rate and duplex
Auto MDI/MDIX (Auto cross)
Protocols: Ethernet/IP (with PCCC), Modbus TCP
Data: 32 configurable virtual status outputs
Fault diagnostic codes and messages
Access to fault log
... and more
Response and Response time (ON to OFF): 10 milliseconds max. (with standard 6 milliseconds debounce; this can increase if
Reaction Times debounce time increases. Refer to the configuration summary for actual response time.)
Reaction time (OFF to ON): 400 milliseconds max. (with manual reset option)
Reaction time (OFF to ON): 400 milliseconds max. plus input debounce time (auto reset)
More on
next page
SC22-3
Onboard LCD Password is not required: Password is required:
Information Display— Run mode (I/O status) Configuration mode (create/modify/confirm/download
Password Requirements Fault (I/O fault detection and remedial steps) configurations)
Review configuration parameters (I/O properties
and terminals)
PICO-GUARD™
Environmental Rating NEMA 1 (IP20), for use inside NEMA 3 (IP54) or better enclosure
Mechanical Stress Shock: 15g for 11 milliseconds, half sine, 18 shocks total (per IEC 61131-2)
Bump: 10g for 16 milliseconds, 6000 cycles total (per IEC 61496-1)
UNIVERSAL
Wire sizes: 16, 18, 20, 22 or 24 AWG (0.20 – 1.31 mm2) Wire strip length: 5.00 mm
Tightening torque: 0.23 Nm (2 in. lbs) nominal Tightening torque: 0.34 Nm (3.0 in. lbs) maximum
Clamp terminals
Wire size: 16, 18, 20, 22, or 24 AWG (0.20 – 1.31 mm2) Wire strip length: 9.00 mm
Important: Clamp terminals are designed for 1 wire only. If more than 1 wire is connected to a terminal,
SAFETY MAT
a wire could loosen or become completely disconnected from the terminal, causing a short.
Design Standards • SIL CL 3 per IEC 62061
• SIL 3 per IEC 61508
• Category 4 per ISO 13849-1 (EN954-1) Safety of Machinery. Safety Related Parts of Control Systems
• Performance Level (PL) e
• IEC 61131-2
MUTING
• UL 508
• UL 1998
• ANSI NFPA 79
• IEC 60204-1
• ISO 13851
• ISO 13850
SAFE SPEED
Certifications LISTED
Presence ,)34%$
Sensing !UXILIARY
$EVICE
Device
10Y8
EXTENSION
INTERFACE
PICO-GUARD™
Fiber Optic Controllers page 60
SC22-3
• F
lexible and easy to install, the controller is a low-cost alternative to
cumbersome and costly methods required for machine safeguarding.
• Four optical channels to protect personnel from hazardous
PICO-GUARD™
Point Systems
• 12 or 30 mm threaded
barrel housings
Non-safety signal output
• Use multiple points for a Remote display options
SAFE SPEED
FIBERS
• Push-to-stop, twist-to-release
optical E-Stop button
PAGE 68 • IP65-rated housing
• Fiber connection ports (same side or USSI/ Muting Inputs, EDM monitoring
and solid-state safety outputs
opposite sides, depending on model)
Page 66
SC22-3
Safety Modules
• Modules monitor external devices for proper operation,
contact failure or wiring faults.
PICO-GUARD™
• Module goes into lockout mode if fault is detected
• Available voltages include 24V ac/dc; 24V dc; 115V ac or
12-24V dc; or 230V ac or 12-24V dc.
• Modules serve to monitor positive-opening E-stop and
UNIVERSAL
GM-FA-10J Specifications Page 83
ES-FA-..AA Specifications 84
ES-..A-5A Specifications 85
SAFETY MAT
ES-TN-1H.. Specifications 86
ES-TN-14H.. Specifications 87
ES-FA-6G Specifications 88
MUTING
E-Stop & Guard Safety Modules
• Easy-to-see red and green
SAFE SPEED
LED status indicators
• Rugged polycarbonate housing
• Plug-in or fixed terminal blocks
• Standard 35 mm DIN rail track
EXTENSION
82.0 mm
mounting 84.0 mm
118.0 mm 118.2 mm
online
22.5 mm
22.5 mm
AUTOCAD, STEP, ES-FA-6G Models
IGES & PDF ES-FA-..AA & GM-FA-10J Models INTERFACE
BRACKETS
1 NC & 1 NO
PICO-GUARD™
115V ac
ES-UA-5A &
12-24V dc 1 NC (single) 1 NC
0 or 4 NO 6 amps & 25 ms — 122365
230V ac
UNIVERSAL
2 NC (dual) 2 PNP
ES-VA-5A &
12-24V dc
ES-TN-1H5 0 - 20 sec.
58697
ES-TN-1H6 0 - 200 sec.
SAFETY MAT
2 NO 1 NC
ES-TN-1H4 1 NC (single) 2.0 sec.
& (immediate)
0&1 24V dc or 4 amps 50 ms
2 NO &
ES-TN-1H7 2 NC (dual) 4.0 sec.
w/delay 1 NC
61061
(delayed)
ES-TN-1H8 6.0 sec.
SAFE SPEED
ES-TN-14H5 0 - 20 sec.
1 NC
INTERFACE
4 NO
1 NC (single) (immediate)
&
0&1 24V dc or 4 amps & 50 ms 68436
4 NO
2 NC (dual) 1 NC
w/delay
(delayed)
ES-TN-14H6 0 - 200 sec.
SC22-3
Supply Voltage and Current 24V ac/dc ± 20%
Power consumption: approx. 3 VA / 3 W
Supply Protection Circuitry Protected against transient voltages and reverse polarity
Output Configuration Each normally open output channel is a series connection of contacts from two forced-guided (mechanically
PICO-GUARD™
linked) relays, K1-K2.
Contacts: AgNi, 5 μm gold-plated
Low Current Rating:
Caution: The 5 μm gold-plated contacts allow the switching of low current/low voltage.
To preserve the gold plating on the contacts, do not exceed the following max. values at any time:
Min. voltage: 1V ac/dc Max. voltage: 60V
UNIVERSAL
Min. current: 30 mA ac/dc Max. current: 6 A
Min. power: 5 W (5 VA) Max. power: 200 W (1,500 VA)
SAFETY MAT
NOTE: Transient suppression is recommended when switching inductive loads. Install suppressors
across load. Never install suppressors across output contacts.
MUTING
Reset switch must have one normally open contact capable of switching 5 to 50 mA @ 15 to 30V dc.
Max. external resistance between terminals S11/S12, S11/S13, S21/S22 and S21/S23: 270 Ω each.
Simultaneity Monitoring 2-Channel operation: 3 seconds
1-Channel operation: infinite
Status Indicators 4 green LEDs: 1 red LED:
SAFE SPEED
Power: power is supplied to Safety Module Fault
Channel 1: inputs satisfied (guard closed)
Channel 2: inputs satisfied (guard closed)
Output: K1 and K2 energized, safety outputs closed
Construction Polycarbonate housing
EXTENSION
Environmental Rating Rated NEMA 1; IP40, Terminals IP20
Mounting Mounts to standard 35 mm DIN rail track. Safety Module must be installed inside an enclosure rated NEMA 3
(IP54), or better.
Vibration Resistance 10 to 55 Hz @ 0.35 mm displacement per 60068-2-6
Operating Conditions INTERFACE
Temperature: 0° to +50° C Relative humidity: 90% @ +50° C (non-condensing)
Design Standards Designed to comply with Category 3 or 4 per ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1) (depending on application)
Certifications
Each normally open output channel is a series connection of contacts from two forced-guided (positive-guided)
relays, K1-K2.
E-STOP & GUARD
The normally closed contact 31-32 is a parallel connection of contacts from K1-K2.
ES-FA-11AA: 130,000 operations (typical, @ 200 W (1,750 VA) switched power, resistive load)
NOTE: Transient suppression is recommended when switching inductive loads. Install suppressors
across load. Never install suppressors across output contacts.
Output Response Time 25 milliseconds typical
SAFE SPEED
Input Requirements Input switch must have one or two normally closed contacts capable of switching 10 to 20 mA @ 8 to 12V dc.
Reset switch must have one normally open contact capable of switching 10 to 15 mA @ 8 to 12V dc.
Minimum OFF-State 250 milliseconds
Recovery Time
Status Indicators 3 green LEDs:
EXTENSION
Power ON
K1 energized
K2 energized
Construction Polycarbonate housing
Environmental Rating Rated NEMA 1; IP40, Terminals IP20
INTERFACE
Mounting Mounts to standard 35 mm DIN rail track. Safety Module must be installed inside an enclosure rated NEMA 3
(IP54), or better.
Vibration Resistance 10 to 55Hz @ 0.35 mm displacement per IEC 68-2-6
Certifications LISTED
Emergency
Stop
Device
Wiring Diagrams 1-Channel: WD038 (p. 241) 2-Channel: WD039 (p. 242)
SC22-3
Supply Voltage and Current ES-UA-5A: 115V ac (A1-A2), 12-24V dc, ± 15%, 10% max. ripple (B1-B2)
ES-VA-5A: 230V ac (A1-A2), 12-24V dc, ± 15%, 10% max. ripple (B1-B2)
Power consumption: approx. 7 VA/4 W
Supply Protection Circuitry Protected against transient voltages and reverse polarity
PICO-GUARD™
Output Configuration Outputs (K1 & K2): four redundant (total of eight) safety relay (forced-guided) contacts –
AgNi, 5 μm gold-plated, plus 1 normally closed auxiliary monitor output - AgNi, 5 μm gold-plated.
UNIVERSAL
Min. voltage: 15V ac/dc Max. voltage: 250V ac/dc
Min. current: 30 mA ac/dc Max. current: 6 A
Min. power: 5 W (5 VA) Max. power: 200 W (1,500 VA)
SAFETY MAT
150,000 operations (typical, @ 200 W switched power, resistive load)
NOTE: Transient suppression is recommended when switching inductive loads. Install suppressors
across load. Never install suppressors across output contacts.
Solid-State Monitor Outputs:
- Two non-safety solid-state dc outputs
- Output at Y32 monitors state of outputs – conducts (output high) when both K1 and K2 are energized
MUTING
- Output at Y35 conducts (output high) when internal power supply is OK
- Output circuits require application of +12-24V dc ±15% at terminal Y31; dc common at Y30
- Maximum switching current: 100 mA at 12-24V dc
- Both outputs are protected against short circuits
Output Response Time
SAFE SPEED
25 milliseconds typical
Input Requirements Input switch must have normally closed contacts each capable of switching 20 to 50 mA @ 12 to 30V dc;
and must be open ≥10 milliseconds for a valid stop command.
Reset switch must have one normally open contact capable of switching 20 to 50 mA @ 12 to 30V ac/dc.
ON-Time Delay 80 milliseconds; time from the E-stop contacts to close (Auto Reset) or the reset button to open (Manual Reset)
and the safety outputs to close.
EXTENSION
Status Indicators 3 green LEDs: 1 red LED:
Power ON Fault (internal power supply, ground fault,
K1 energized short across the input channels or other
K2 energized internal failures)
Construction Polycarbonate housing INTERFACE
Wiring Diagrams 1-Channel: WD040 (p. 243) 2-Channel: WD041 (p. 244)
Outputs K3 &K4: Two redundant (total of four) delayed relay (forced-guided) contacts – AgNi, gold flashed
one auxiliary normally closed contact – AgNi, gold flashed
Contact ratings (all normally open and normally closed output contacts):
Max. voltage: 250V ac or 250V dc
Max. current: 4 A ac or dc
E-STOP & GUARD
NOTE: Transient suppression is recommended when switching inductive loads. Install suppressors
across load. Never install suppressors across output contacts.
UNIVERSAL
K3 & K4 (ES-TN-1H6): 0, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50, 70, 100, 150, 200 seconds
K3 &K4 (ES-TN-1H7): 4.0 seconds
K3 &K4 (ES-TN-1H8): 6.0 seconds
K3 &K4 (ES-TN-1H9): 8.0 seconds
K3 &K4 (ES-TN-1H10): 10.0 seconds
K3 &K4 (ES-TN-1H11): 15.0 seconds
K3 &K4 (ES-TN-1H12): 20.0 seconds
MUTING
Delayed Output Timing Tolerance: Set time ±100 milliseconds or ±2%, whichever is greater
Input Requirements Input switch must have a normally closed contact capable of switching 20 mA @ 24V dc.
Reset switch must have one normally open contact capable of switching 20 mA @ 24V dc.
NOTE: Inputs must be voltage-free, dry contacts.
SAFE SPEED
ON-Time Delay ≥ 100 milliseconds; time from the E-stop contacts to close (Auto Reset) or the Reset button to open (Manual
Reset) and the safety outputs to close.
Status Indicators 6 green LEDs: 1 red LED:
Power Monitor Fault
E-Stop Out (K1 &K2 ON/OFF)
Reset Timed-Out (K3 & K4 ON/OFF)
EXTENSION
SC22-3
Supply Voltage and Current 24V dc, ±20%
Power consumption: approx. 5 W
Supply Protection Circuitry Protected against transient voltages and reverse polarity
Output Configuration Outputs K1 & K2: four redundant (total of eight) safety relay (forced-guided) contacts – AgNi, gold flashed
one auxiliary normally closed contact – AgNi, gold flashed
PICO-GUARD™
Outputs K3 & K4: four redundant (total of eight) delayed relay (forced-guided) contacts – AgNi, gold flashed
one auxiliary normally closed contact – AgNi, gold flashed
Contact ratings (all normally open and normally closed output contacts):
Max. voltage: 250V ac or dc
Max. current: 4 A ac or dc
NOTE: Transient suppression is recommended when switching inductive loads. Install suppressors
across load. Never install suppressors across output contacts.
UNIVERSAL
Output Response Time K1 & K2: 50 milliseconds typical
K3 & K4 (ES-TN-14H5): 0, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 15, 20 seconds
K3 & K4 (ES-TN-14H6): 0, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50, 70, 100, 150, 200 seconds
Delayed Output Timing Tolerance: Set time ±100 milliseconds or ±2%, whichever is greater
Input Requirements Input switch must have a normally closed contact capable of switching 20 mA @ 24V dc.
SAFETY MAT
Reset switch must have one normally open contact capable of switching 20 mA @ 24V dc.
NOTE: Inputs must be voltage-free, dry contacts.
ON-Time Delay ≥ 100 milliseconds; Time from the E-stop contacts to close (Auto Reset) or the Reset button to open (Manual
Reset) and the safety outputs to close
Status Indicators 6 green LEDs: 1 red LED:
Power Monitor Fault
E-Stop Out (K1 &K2 ON/OFF)
MUTING
Reset Timed-Out (K3 & K4 ON/OFF)
Construction Polycarbonate housing
Environmental Rating Rated NEMA 1; IP40, Terminals IP20, max. terminal torque 0.8 Nm
Mounting Mounts to standard 35 mm DIN rail track. Safety Module must be installed inside an enclosure rated NEMA 3
SAFE SPEED
or IP54, or better.
Vibration Resistance 10 to 55Hz @ 0.35 mm displacement per IEC 60068-2-6
Operating Conditions Temperature: 0° to +50° C Relative humidity: 90% @ +50° C (non-condensing)
Certifications Important Notice:
European Community Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC
EXTENSION
The ES-TN-14H.. Modules comply with Machine Directive 98/37/EC. After December 29, 2009, when Machine Directive 2006/42/EC will be
in force, the ES-TN-14H.. Modules can only be installed as a replacement component within the European Union (EU).
For more information, please see www.bannerengineering.com/144763 or call 1-888-373-6767.
INTERFACE
are de-energized)
Contact ratings:
Max. voltage: 250V ac or 250V dc
Max. current: 6 A ac or dc
Min. current: 30 mA @ 10V dc
E-STOP & GUARD
NOTE: Transient suppression is recommended when switching inductive loads. Install suppressors
across load. Never install suppressors across output contacts.
Output Response Time 35 milliseconds typical
UNIVERSAL
Input Requirements Input switch must have a normally closed contact capable of switching 40 to 100 mA @ 13 to 27V ac/dc.
Reset switch must have one normally open contact capable of switching 20 to 30 mA @ 13 to 27V ac/dc.
Status Indicators 3 green LEDs:
Power ON
K1 energized
SAFETY MAT
K2 energized
Construction Polycarbonate
Environmental Rating Rated NEMA 1; IP40, Terminals IP20
Mounting Mounts to standard 35 mm DIN rail track. Safety Module must be installed inside an enclosure rated NEMA 3
(IP54), or better.
MUTING
Universal Safety
Input Modules
SC22-3
• Modules monitor one or two solid-state PNP outputs or relay
contact outputs from safety or non-safety devices, such as
sensors, safety light screens, or one or two mechanical contacts.
PICO-GUARD™
• Category 2, 3 or 4 hookup of input devices is possible.
• Module offers two reset options: Automatic and monitored manual.
• Modules are an excellent choice for monitoring safety devices with
external device monitoring (EDMs) function.
UNIVERSAL
• Modules are rated NEMA 1 and at least IP20.
• Module can be configured to monitor one or two contacts using
DIP switches under removable terminals.
SAFETY MAT
MUTING
Universal Safety Modules
SAFE SPEED
• 24V ac/dc operation
• Easy to see green LED status indicators
• Rugged polycarbonate housing
• Removable terminal blocks
EXTENSION
• Standard 35 mm DIN rail track mounting
INTERFACE
84.0 mm
BRACKETS
118.0 mm
PAGE 165
22.5 mm
UM-FA-..A Models
Model Category Voltage Inputs Outputs Rating Output Response Time Sheet
UM-FA-9A 1 NC (single) 3 NO –
0 24V ac/dc or 6 amps 25 ms 141249
UM-FA-11A 2 NC (dual) 2 NO 1 NC
PICO-GUARD™
Supply Voltage and Current 24V ac/dc, +/- 10%; 50/60Hz Power consumption: approx. 2 W/2 VA
Supply Protection Circuitry Protected against transient voltages and reverse polarity
Output Configuration UM-FA-9A: 3 normally open output channels
UM-FA-11A: 2 normally open output channels and 1 normally closed auxiliary output channel
Each normally open output channel is a series connection of contacts from two forced-guided
(positive-guided) relays, K1-K2.
UNIVERSAL
UM-FA-11A: 150,000 operations (typical, @ 200 W (1,500 VA) switched power, resistive load
NOTE: Transient suppression is recommended when switching inductive loads. Install suppressors
across load. Never install suppressors across output contacts.
Output Response Time 25 milliseconds typical
Input Requirements Safety input switch: one or two normally closed contacts capable of switching 10 to 20 mA @ 8 to 12V ac/dc.
EXTENSION
Reset switch: one normally open contact capable of switching 10 to 15 mA @ 8 to 12V dc.
Solid-state input signal source: 18 to 28V dc sourcing (PNP); 10 mA min. current; < 2 mA leakage current
Minimum OFF-State Recovery Time 250 milliseconds
Indicators 3 green LEDs:
Power ON
INTERFACE
K1 energized
K2 energized
Construction Polycarbonate housing
Environmental Rating Rated NEMA 1; IP40, Terminals IP20
Mounting Mounts to standard 35 mm DIN rail track. Safety Module must be installed inside an enclosure rated
NEMA 3 (IP54), or better.
Vibration Resistance 10 to 55 Hz @ 0.35 mm displacement per IEC 60068-2-6
Operating Conditions Temperature: 0° to +50° C Max. Relative Humidity: 90% @ +50°C (non-condensing)
LISTED
Certification Presence
Sensing
Device
(pending)
10Y8
Safety Mat
SC22-3
Modules
• Module monitors a single mat or a series of connected mats.
• Use with standard 4-wire safety mat or edge triggered by a
PICO-GUARD™
short in a contact plate or strip.
• Available voltages include 115V ac or 24V dc,
and 230V ac or 24V dc.
• Output contacts are rated 6 A.
UNIVERSAL
SAFETY MAT
MUTING
Safety Mat Monitoring Modules online
SAFE SPEED
• Removable terminal blocks
AUTOCAD, STEP,
• 4 redundant forced-guided output contacts IGES & PDF
• Polycarbonate 45 mm housing
• Maximum 50 milliseconds response time
EXTENSION
• Standard 35 mm DIN rail track mounting
INTERFACE
84.0 mm
BRACKETS
PAGE 165
118.0 mm
45.0 mm
SM-..A-5A Models
24V dc 1 NC
1 (or multiple in series)
4 NO 6 amps & 50 ms 122364
4-wire Safety Mat
230V ac 2 PNP
SM-HA-5A &
24V dc
E-STOP & GUARD
Output Configuration Outputs (K1 & K2): four redundant (total of eight) safety relay (forced-guided) contacts – AgNi, 5 μm gold-plated,
plus 1 normally closed auxiliary monitor output - AgNi, 5 μm gold-plated.
Electrical life: 150,000 operations (typical, @ 1,500 VA switched power, resistive load)
150,000 operations (typical, @ 200 W switched power, resistive load)
NOTE: Transient suppression is recommended when switching inductive loads. Install suppressors
across load. Never install suppressors across output contacts.
Solid-State Monitor Outputs:
INTERFACE
SC22-3
Status Indicators 3 green LEDs: 1 red LED:
Power ON Step on Mat or Fault (internal power supply, ground fault,
K1 energized or other internal failures)
K2 energized
Construction Polycarbonate housing
PICO-GUARD™
Environmental Rating Rated NEMA 1; IP20
Mounting Mounts to standard 35 mm DIN rail track. Safety Module must be installed inside an enclosure rated
NEMA 3 (IP54) or better.
Vibration Resistance 10 to 55 Hz @ 0.35 mm displacement per IEC 60068-2-6
UNIVERSAL
SAFETY MAT
MUTING
SAFE SPEED
EXTENSION
INTERFACE
Muting
SC22-3
MM2-TA-12B Specifications 98
MMD-TA-1..B Specifications 100
MM(2)-TA-12B Cordset Selection Guide 95
MUTING
Muting Modules
SAFE SPEED
• Quick-disconnect cordsets
• DIN-rail mounted or compact 220.0 mm
IP65-rated housing
• Models for Type 2 and
Type 4 applications
INTERFACE
86.0 mm
CORDSETS
118.0 mm
PAGE 95 67.5 mm
BRACKETS
60.0 mm
MMD-TA-11B & MMD-TA-12B Muting Modules
PAGE 165 40.0 mm (MMD-TA-12B shown)
MM-TA-12B & MM2-TA-12B Muting Modules
(MM-TA-12B shown)
Muting Modules
Output
SC22-3
Safety Input Supply Safety Output Aux. Response Data
Model Category Device Voltage Inputs Outputs Rating Outputs Time Sheet
PICO-GUARD™
Mechanical 2 NC Muteable (dual)
2 PNP
& 24V dc & 0.5 amps 10 ms
OSSD
Solid State 2 NC USSI (dual)
MM2-TA-12B 2 1 PNP 123894
UNIVERSAL
MMD-TA-11B 2 NO 6 amp 1 NC 20 ms
Accessories
SAFETY MAT
Cordsets
See page 163 for a complete list of accessories
MUTING
MODEL NO.
MM-T A-12B
Page 188
Length 8-pin Euro QD to 7-pin Mini QD
GUARDING
2.5 m DESE4-508D SYSTEM
4.5 m DESE4-515D
SAFE SPEED
7.6 m DESE4-525D
LAMP / AUX
Grid and Point with Mini-style QDs Euro (Female) QD to Flying Leads Euro (Male) QD to Flying Leads
M1
EXTENSION
Length 8-pin Mini QD to 7-pin Mini QD Length 4-Pin Straight 4-Pin Right-Angle Length 4-Pin Straight 4-Pin Right-Angle
USSI
M2
Supply Voltage and Current +24V dc ±15% @ 400 mA max (not including draw of the MSSI power, AUX, ML, M1-M4 and OSSD connections)
Supply Protection Circuitry All inputs and outputs are protected from short circuit to +24V dc or dc common.
Output Response Time Muteable Safety Stop Interfaces (MSSI) and the Universal Safety Stop Interfaces (USSI) are less than or equal to
10 milliseconds.
PICO-GUARD™
Safety Outputs Two diverse-redundant solid-state safety outputs: 24V dc, 0.5A sourcing OSSD (output signal switching device).
Compatible with Banner “Safety Handshake” protocol.
ON-State voltage: ≥V in-1.5V dc
Max. leakage current: 1.2 mA; inclusive of faults (including open 0V dc wire)
OFF-State voltage: 1.2V dc max.
Max. load capacitance: 0.1 μF
E-STOP & GUARD
Non-safety auxiliary output: PNP solid-state output, rated at +24V dc @ 250 mA.
OSSD test pulse width: 100 to 300 microseconds
OSSD test pulse period: 12 microseconds
MSSI Power Connections +24V dc ±15% @ 2.5A max. output (dependent on System power input). Resettable 2.5A fuse
Status Indicators 3 Status Indicator LEDs (Red, Green and Yellow): indicate Power ON/OFF, operating mode, lockout, override,
and OSSD status
UNIVERSAL
Inputs The MSSI and the USSI can be interfaced with external safety devices that have either hard contact outputs or
solid-state OSSD safety outputs with Safety Handshake protocol.
SC22-3
Mute Enable Input When Mute Enable is selected (functional), this input must have +24V dc applied in order to start a mute; opening
this input after mute has begun has no effect. If Mute Enable is disabled, this input will be ignored and a mute
cycle can occur regardless of the state of the mute enable input. The switching device must be capable of
switching 15-30V dc at 10-50 mA.
Override Inputs The two-channel inputs must be closed within 3 seconds of each other (simultaneity requirement) and held closed
PICO-GUARD™
during the 10-second Override. To initiate a subsequent Override, open both channels, wait 3 seconds, and then
re-close both channels (within 3 seconds). The switching devices must be capable of switching
15-30V dc at 10-50 mA.
Reset Input Terminals must be closed for a minimum of 0.25 seconds and not more than 2.0 seconds in order to guarantee a
reset. The switching device must be capable of switching 15-30V dc at 10-50 mA.
UNIVERSAL
1 each 7-pin Mini-style female
8 each 5-pin Euro-style female (4-pin, if earth ground connection is not used)
Vibration Resistance Vibration:
Frequency range: 10 to 55 Hz
Sweep rate: 1 octave/minute
SAFETY MAT
Amplitude: 0.35 mm (interpreted as 0.70 mm peak to peak)
Number of sweeps: 20 sweeps (10 cycles) per axis, for 3 axes (no delay at resonance)
Bump:
Acceleration: 10 g
Duration of pulse: 16 milliseconds
Number of bumps: 1000 +/- 10 for each axis, for 3 axes
MUTING
Time between bumps: 2 seconds
Operating Conditions Temperature range: 0° to +50° C Relative humidity: 95% (non-condensing)
Design Standards Designed to comply with Safety Category 4 per ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1)
Certifications Important Notice:
SAFE SPEED
European Community Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC
The MM-TA-12B Muting Module complies with Machine Directive 98/37/EC. After December 29, 2009,
,)34%$
!/0$
when Machine Directive 2006/42/EC will be in force, the MM-TA-12B Muting Module can only be installed
'( as a replacement component within the European Union (EU). For more information, please see
www.bannerengineering.com/144763 or call 1-888-373-6767.
EXTENSION
INTERFACE
Supply Voltage and Current +24V dc ±15% @ 400 mA max (not including draw of the MSSI power, AUX, ML, M1-M4 and OSSD connections)
Supply Protection Circuitry All inputs and outputs are protected from short circuit to +24V dc or dc common.
Output Response Time Muteable Safety Stop Interfaces (MSSI) and the Safety Stop Interfaces (SSI) are less than or equal to
10 milliseconds.
PICO-GUARD™
Safety Outputs Two diverse-redundant solid-state safety outputs: 24V dc, 0.5A sourcing OSSD (output signal switching device).
ON-State voltage: ≥V in-1.5V dc
Max. leakage current: 1.2 mA; inclusive of faults (including open 0V dc wire)
OFF-State voltage: 1.2V dc max.
Max. load capacitance: 0.1 μF
Non-safety auxiliary output: PNP solid-state output, rated at +24V dc @ 250 mA.
E-STOP & GUARD
Diagnostic Code Display Diagnostic Display is a two-digit numeric display that indicates the cause of lockout conditions and the amount of
time, in seconds, remaining for the backdoor timer.
Muting Lamp Output A monitored or non-monitored (selectable) sinking output. If monitoring has been selected, the current draw must
be 10 to 360 mA. Interconnect wire resistance < 30 Ω.
Max. switching voltage: 30V dc
SAFETY MAT
One-channel/two-channel/no EDM
Backdoor timer
Mute on power-up enable
Mute enable functional/disabled
Inputs The MSSI and the SSI can be interfaced with external safety devices that have either hard contact outputs or
SAFE SPEED
SC22-3
Mute Enable Input When Mute Enable is selected (functional), this input must have +24V dc applied in order to start a mute; opening
this input after mute has begun has no effect. If Mute Enable is disabled, this input will be ignored and a mute
cycle can occur regardless of the state of the mute enable input. The switching device must be capable of
switching 15-30V dc at 10-50 mA.
Override Inputs The two-channel inputs must be closed within 3 seconds of each other (simultaneity requirement) and held closed
PICO-GUARD™
during the 10-second Override. To initiate a subsequent Override, open both channels, wait 3 seconds, and then
re-close both channels (within 3 seconds). The switching devices must be capable of switching
15-30V dc at 10-50 mA.
Reset Input Terminals must be closed for a minimum of 0.25 seconds and not more than 2.0 seconds in order to guarantee a
reset. The switching device must be capable of switching 15-30V dc at 10-50 mA.
UNIVERSAL
1 each 7-pin Mini-style female
8 each 5-pin Euro-style female (4-pin, if earth ground connection is not used)
Vibration Resistance Vibration:
Frequency range: 10 to 55 Hz
Sweep rate: 1 octave/minute
SAFETY MAT
Amplitude: 0.35 mm (interpreted as 0.70 mm peak to peak)
Number of sweeps: 20 sweeps (10 cycles) per axis, for 3 axes (no delay at resonance)
Bump:
Acceleration: 10 g
Duration of pulse: 16 milliseconds
Number of bumps: 1000 +/- 10 for each axis, for 3 axes
MUTING
Time between bumps: 2 seconds
Operating Conditions Temperature range: 0° to +50° C Relative humidity: 95% (non-condensing)
Design Standards Designed to comply with Safety Category 2 per EN 954-1
Certifications ,)34%$
!/0$
SAFE SPEED
'(
EXTENSION
INTERFACE
Two diverse-redundant solid-state safety outputs: 24V dc, 0.5 A sourcing OSSD (output signal switching device).
ON-State voltage: ≥V in-1.5V dc
OFF-State voltage: 1.2V dc max. ( 0-1 2V dc)
Max. load capacitance: 0.1 μF
Max. load inductance: 10 H
Leakage current: 0.50 mA max.
SAFETY MAT
In these low-power applications, multiple contacts can also guarantee reliable switching, the following values
should be kept within the min. and max. ranges shown below.
Min. voltage: 1V ac/dc Max. voltage: 60V
Min. current: 5 mA ac/dc Max. current: 300 mA
Min. power: 5 mW (5 mVA) Max. power: 7 W (7 VA)
SAFE SPEED
Min. power: 0.45 W (0.45 VA) Max. power: 160 W (720 VA)
Mechanical life: 50,000,000 operations
Electrical life: 120,000 operations (typical at 144 W/[1380 VA] switched power)
NOTE: Transient suppression is recommended when switching inductive loads. Install suppressors
across load. Never install suppressors across output contacts
INTERFACE
SC22-3
Non-Safety Outputs High Current Rating:
For higher loads, the min. and max. values of the contact(s) changes to:
Min. Voltage: 15V ac/dc Max. Voltage: 250V ac/dc
Min. Current: 30 mA ac/dc Max. Current: 6A ac/dc
Min. Power: 0.45 W (0.45 VA) Max. Power: 200 W (1500 VA)
PICO-GUARD™
Mechanical Life: 50,000,000 operations
Electrical Life: >10 x 106 cycles
Model MMD-TA-12B:
Z4–Z3 = Aux. 24V / 250 mA PNP output follows the two OSSD safety outputs.
Status Indicators 3 Status LEDs (Red, Green and Yellow): indicate waiting for Reset, Lockout, Override, and OSSD status
UNIVERSAL
Max. switching current: 360 mA
Min. switching current: 10 mA
Saturation voltage: ≤ 1.5V dc @ 10 mA; ≤ 5V dc @ 360 mA
Controls and Adjustments All configured on two redundant banks of DIP switches:
Manual/auto reset
One-way/two-way muting
SAFETY MAT
Monitored/non-monitored mute lamp output
One-channel/two-channel/no EDM
Backdoor timer
Mute on power-up enable
Inputs The MSSI and the SSI can be interfaced with external safety devices that have either hard contact outputs or
solid-state sourcing outputs.
MUTING
When connecting the MSSI (S11-S12, S21-S22) or SSI (X5-X6, X7-X8) inputs to safety relay outputs or hard
contacts, these contacts must be capable of switching 15 to 30 V dc at 10-50 mA.
Operating Range for MSSI and SSI Inputs
OFF State: -3V to +5V, 0 to 2 mA
ON State: 15-30V, 10-50 mA
SAFE SPEED
Muteable Safety Stop Interface (MSSI)
This input consists of two channels (MSSI-A and MSSI-B), and can be muted when the requirements for a mute
cycle have been met. When muted, the OSSDs remain ON, independent of the MSSI status. If not muted, when
either or both channels open, the OSSD outputs will go OFF. Maximum external resistance per channel must not
exceed 400 Ω.
Safety Stop Interface (SSI)
EXTENSION
This input consists of two channels (SSI-A and SSI-B), and is always active. When one or both channels open,
the OSSD Outputs will go OFF. Maximum external resistance per channel must not exceed 400 Ω.
External Device Monitoring Two pairs of terminals are provided to monitor the state of external devices controlled by the OSSD outputs.
(EDM) Each device must be capable of switching 15-30V dc at 10-50 mA.
Muting Device Inputs The muting devices work in pairs (M1 and M2, M3 and M4) and are required to be “closed” within 3 seconds of INTERFACE
each other (simultaneity requirement/synchronous actuation) to initiate a mute (assuming all other conditions are
met). Each muting device must be capable of switching 15-30V dc at 10-50 mA.
Mute Enable Input This mute enable input must have +24V dc applied in order to start a mute; opening this input after mute has
begun has no effect. The switching device must be capable of switching 15-30V dc at 10-50 mA.
Override Inputs The two-channel inputs must be closed within 3 seconds of each other (simultaneity/synchronous action
requirement) and held closed during the 30-second Override. To initiate a subsequent Override, open both
channels, wait 3 seconds, and then re-close both channels (within 3 seconds). The switching devices must
be capable of switching 15-30V dc at 10-50 mA.
Reset Input Terminals must be closed for a minimum of 0.25 seconds and not more than 2.0 seconds in order to guarantee a
reset. The switching device must be capable of switching 15-30V dc at 10-50 mA.
More on
next page
Mounting Mounts to standard 35 mm DIN rail track. Safety Module must be installed inside an enclosure rated NEMA 3
(IP54), or better.
Construction Polycarbonate housing
Connections Removable terminal blocks
PICO-GUARD™
Certifications ,)34%$
!/0$
'(
Safe Speed
SC22-3
Safety Modules
• Monitors redundant devices, such as two sensors with PNP
outputs, for rotation and linear movements.
PICO-GUARD™
• Allows locked gates or guards to be opened when speed
drops below the dangerous speed
• Provides two normally open safety contacts and one
normally closed auxiliary contact, each rated at 4 amps
UNIVERSAL
SAFETY MAT
MUTING
SAFE SPEED
SSM Safe Speed Monitoring Modules online
EXTENSION
• Rugged polycarbonate housing
• Removable terminal blocks
• Standard 35 mm DIN rail track mounting
INTERFACE
84.0 mm
118.0 mm BRACKETS
SSM-FM-11A... Models
10 - 80, 80 - 650,
SSM-FM-11A20
600 - 5300, 2400 - 20000
NC = Normally Closed Relay, NO = Normally Open Relay
Supply Voltage and Current 24V ac/dc; 50/60 Hz AC: +10/-15% DC: ±10%
Power Consumption: approx. 4 VA/ 2.5 W
Output Configuration Outputs (K1 & K2): Two redundant (total of four) safety relay (forced-guided) contacts – AgNi, 5 μm gold-plated,
plus 1 NC Auxiliary Monitor output AgNi, 5 μm gold-plated
Low Current rating: Caution: The 5 μm gold-plated contacts allow switching of low current/low voltage.
UNIVERSAL
In these low-power applications, multiple contacts can also be switched in series (e.g., “dry switching”)
To preserve the gold plating on the contacts, the following max. values should not be exceeded at any time:
Min. voltage: 1V ac/dc Max. voltage: 60V
Min. current: 5 mA ac/dc Max. current: 300 mA
Min. power: 5 mW (5 mVa) Max. power: 200 W (1380 VA)
High Current Rating: If higher loads must be switched through one or more of the contacts, the minimun and
SAFETY MAT
NOTE: Transient suppression is recommended when switching inductive loads. Install suppressors
across load. Never install suppressors across output contacts.
Adjustable Setting Ranges SSM-FM-11A10: 5 to 40, 35 to 340, 300 to 2700, 1200 to 10500 Ipm (Impulses per minute)
SSM-FM-11A20: 10 to 80, 80 to 650, 600 to 5300, 2400 to 20000 Ipm (Impulses per minute)
SAFE SPEED
K2 energized
Construction Polycarbonate housing
Environmental Rating Rated NEMA 1; IP20
Mounting Mounts to standard 35 mm DIN rail track. Safety Module must be installed inside an enclosure rated
NEMA 3 (IP54), or better.
Vibration Resistance 10 to 55 Hz @ 0.35 mm displacement per IEC 60068-2-6
Operating Conditions Temperature: 0° to +50° C Relative humidity: 90% @ +50° C (non-condensing)
Certifications
(pending)
Wiring Diagrams WD055: (p. 256)
Extension
Relay Modules
SC22-3
• Provides additional safety outputs for a primary safety device
with relay outputs
PICO-GUARD™
• Offers four safety output channels
• Provides delayed or immediate outputs, depending on model
• Requires no adjustments
• If malfunctioning, signals primary safety device to react
UNIVERSAL
SAFETY MAT
MUTING
Extension Modules online
SAFE SPEED
AUTOCAD, STEP,
IGES & PDF
• 24V dc or 24V ac/dc operation, depending on model
• Three green LED indicators
• Plug-in or fixed terminal blocks
EXTENSION
INTERFACE
PAGE 165
118.0 mm
118.2 mm
22.5 mm 22.5 mm
Extension Modules
Output
SC22-3
EM-F-7G 35 ms — 55799
EM-FD-7G2 6 amps — 0.5 sec.
24V ac/dc 1 NC (single) 4 NO
EM-FD-7G3 30 ms 1.0 sec. 56968
w/delay
EM-FD-7G4 2.0 sec.
E-STOP & GUARD
Supply Protection Circuitry Protected against transient voltages and reverse polarity
Output Configuration Four output channels:
EM-T-7A: Each channel is a series connection of two forced-guided (positive-guided) relay contacts – AgNi, gold flashed
EM-F/FD-7G.. : Each channel is a series connection of two forced-guided (positive-guided) relay contacts – AgSnO2
Contact ratings:
SAFETY MAT
NOTE: Transient suppression is recommended when switching inductive loads. Install suppressors across
load. Never install suppressors across output contacts.
Output Response Time EM-T-7A: 20 milliseconds max. (if channel u-k fails, maximum response time is 200 milliseconds)
EM-F-7G: 35 milliseconds typical
EM-FD-7G..:
SAFE SPEED
Wiring Diagrams EM-T-7A 1-Channel EDM: WD056 (p. 257) EM-T-7A 2-Channel EDM: WD057 (p. 257)
EM-F-7G: WD058 (p. 258) EM-FD-7G: WD059 (p. 258)
Interface
Relay Modules
SC22-3
• Increases the switching current capacity of low-voltage primary
safety devices to 6 amps
PICO-GUARD™
• Serves as a relay for primary safety devices with OSSD solid-
state or hard contact outputs and external device monitoring,
such as the EZ-SCREEN®
• Uses two green LEDs to indicate the output status of internal
relays K1 and K2
UNIVERSAL
SAFETY MAT
MUTING
Interface Modules online
SAFE SPEED
• 22.5 mm polycarbonate housing AUTOCAD, STEP,
IGES & PDF
• Plug-in terminal blocks
• DIN rail mounting
EXTENSION
INTERFACE
84.0 mm
BRACKETS
118.0 mm
PAGE 165
22.5 mm
Interface Models
Interface Modules
Supply Safety Output Aux. Output Data
SC22-3
The normally closed contact 31-32 is a parallel connection of contacts from K1-K2.
Contacts: AgNi, 5 μm gold-plated
Low Current Rating:
Caution: The 5 μm gold-plated contacts allow the switching of low current/low voltage.
To preserve the gold plating on the contacts, the following max. values should not be exceeded at any time:
SAFETY MAT
NOTE: Transient suppression is recommended when switching inductive loads. Install suppressors
across load. Never install suppressors across output contacts.
EXTENSION
Mounting Mounts to standard 35 mm DIN rail track. Interface Module must be installed inside an enclosure rated NEMA 3
(IP54), or better.
Vibration Resistance 10 to 55Hz @ 0.35 mm displacement per IEC 60068-2-6
Operating Conditions Temperature: 0° to +50° C Relative humidity: 90% @ 50° C (non-condensing)
Certifications ,)34%$
!UXILIARY
$EVICE
Two-Hand Control
DUO-TOUCH® SG
MODULES
DUO-TOUCH® SG page 111
• Monitors STB buttons or other actuators
• Delivers highest level of safety for two-hand controls by meeting or
STB BUTTONS
exceeding OSHA/ANSI control reliability requirements
• Designed to meet Safety Category 4 per ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1)
and Type IIIC two-hand control per ISO 13351 (EN 574)
• Offers choice of operating voltages, functions and outputs
DUO-TOUCH®
Run Bars
STB Self-Checking DUO-TOUCH® SG
Touch Buttons page 117 Run Bars page 120
• Delivers highest level of safety for • Provides convenient economical means for
two-hand controls two-hand control actuation
• Self-checks for internal problems • Simplifies installment
• Features ergonomic design to • Includes two STB self-checking touch
prevent repetitive motion stress buttons
1 NPN,
DUO-TOUCH®
115V ac/
Run Bars
1 NPN,
230V ac/
AT-HM-13A 112 IIIC 2 STB* 4 NO 6 amps 1 PNP & 45 mm
24V dc
1 NC
2 STB* 1 NPN,
115V ac/
AT-GM-11KM 112 IIIC & 2 NO 6 amps 1 PNP & 67.5 mm
24V dc
Muting 1 NC
2 STB* 1 NPN,
230V ac/
AT-HM-11KM 112 IIIC & 2 NO 6 amps 1 PNP & 67.5 mm
24V dc
Muting 1 NC
DUO-TOUCH® SG
DUO-TOUCH® SG
MODULES
Two-Hand Control
Modules, STB Compatible
• M odules work with Banner STB self-checking touch buttons or can be
STB BUTTONS
retrofitted with existing mechanical palm buttons to create a complete,
ergonomic two-hand control system (see page 117).
• To ensure OSHA/ANSI Control Reliability, modules have a
diverse-redundant microcontroller circuit and multiple redundant,
force-guided (mechanically linked) output contacts.
DUO-TOUCH®
Run Bars
• Anti-tiedown logic requires that both touch buttons are activated within
one-half second of each other.
• Designed to meet Safety Category 4 per ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1) and
functional Type IIIC two-hand control per ISO 13851 (EN 574).
CORDSETS
• Removable terminal blocks allow convenient wiring and exchanging
of modules without rewiring. PAGE 119
• Optional mute inputs allow release of actuating buttons during the BRACKETS
118 mm
22.5 mm
AT-FM-10K Model
84 mm
84 mm
118 mm
45 mm
118 mm
DUO-TOUCH® SG
MODULES
Kit Kit Components†
Includes 2 STB STB Touch Buttons
Touch Buttons & (see page 118)
a DUO-TOUCH® DUO-TOUCH SG ®
Supply Safety Auxiliary
SG Safety Module Safety Module Voltage Outputs Outputs Model Cable*
STB BUTTONS
ATK-VP6 STBVP6 2m
DUO-TOUCH®
Run Bars
AT-FM-10K
ATK-VP6Q5 STBVP6Q5 4-Pin Euro QD
ATGMK-VP6 STBVP6 2m
1 NPN, 1 PNP
ATGMK-VP6Q 115V ac/24V dc 4 NO STBVP6Q 4-Pin Mini QD
& 1 NC
AT-GM-13A
ATGMK-VP6Q5 STBVP6Q5 4-Pin Euro QD
ATHMK-VP6 STBVP6 2m
1 NPN, 1 PNP
ATHMK-VP6Q 230V ac/24V dc 4 NO STBVP6Q 4-Pin Mini QD
& 1 NC
AT-HM-13A
ATHMK-VP6Q5 STBVP6Q5 4-Pin Euro QD
ATGMKM-VP6 STBVP6 2m
1 NPN, 1 PNP
ATGMKM-VP6Q 115V ac/24V dc 2 NO STBVP6Q 4-Pin Mini QD
& 1 NC
ATHMKM-VP6 STBVP6 2m
1 NPN, 1 PNP
ATHMKM-VP6Q 230V ac/24V dc 2 NO STBVP6Q 4-Pin Mini QD
& 1 NC
To preserve the gold plating on the contacts, the following max. values should not be exceeded at any time:
Min. voltage: 1V ac/dc Max. voltage: 60V
DUO-TOUCH®
Run Bars
NOTE: Transient suppression is recommended when switching inductive loads. Install suppressors
across load. Never install suppressors across output contacts.
Output Response Time 35 milliseconds max. ON/OFF
Input Requirements Outputs from actuating devices (1 NO and 1 NC) must each be capable of switching 20 mA @ 12V dc.
Simultaneity Monitoring ≤ 500 milliseconds
Period
External Device Monitoring One pair of terminals (Y1 and Y2) are provided to monitor the state of external devices controlled by the safety
(EDM) outputs. Each device must be capable of switching 15 to 30V dc at 10-50 mA.
Status Indicators 4 green LEDs: 1 red LED:
Power ON Fault
Input 1 energized
Input 2 energized
Output
Environmental Rating Polycarbonate. Rated NEMA 1; IP20
Mounting Mounts to standard 35 mm DIN rail track. Safety Module must be installed inside an enclosure rated
NEMA 3 (IP54), or better.
Vibration Resistance 10 to 55 Hz @ 0.35 mm displacement per IEC 60068-2-6
Operating Conditions Temperature: 0° to +50° C Relative humidity: 90% @ +50° C (non-condensing)
Design Standards Designed to comply with Category 4 per ISO 13849-1; Type IIIC per ISO 13851 (EN 574)
Certifications
DUO-TOUCH® SG
MODULES
Supply Voltage and Current AT-GM-13A: 115V ac, ±15%; 50/60 Hz & 24V dc, ±15%, 10% max. ripple
AT-HM-13A: 230V ac, ±15%; 50/60 Hz & 24V dc, ±15%, 10% max. ripple
Power Consumption Appox. 4 W/7 VA
Supply Protection Circuitry Protected against transient voltages and reverse polarity
STB BUTTONS
Safety Outputs Outputs (K1 and K2): four redundant (total of eight) forced-guided safety relay contacts
(including Auxiliary NC Contact ratings:
output 51/52) Min. voltage: 15V ac/dc Max. voltage: 250V ac or 250V dc
Min. current: 30 mA Max. current: 6A ac or dc (resistive load)
Min. power: 5 VA, 5 watts Max. power: 1500 VA, 200 watts
Mechanical life: 50,000,000 operations
DUO-TOUCH®
Electrical life: 150,000 cycles (typically @ 1.5 kVA switching power)
Run Bars
NOTE: Transient suppression is recommended when switching inductive loads. Install suppressors
across load. Never install suppressors across output contacts.
Auxiliary Supply Voltage 24V dc @ 1A
(for Solid-State outputs) (between Y30 & Y31)
Auxiliary Solid-State Output 500 mA max., short circuit protected
Current (Y32 or Y33)
Output Response Time 35 milliseconds max. ON/OFF
Input Requirements Outputs from actuating devices (1 NO and 1 NC) must each be capable of switching 20 mA @ 12V dc.
Simultaneity Monitoring ≤ 500 milliseconds
Period
Z1/Z2 Courtesy Voltage 24V dc @ 150 mA (for STB button power)
External Device Monitoring One pair of terminals (Y1 and Y2) are provided to monitor the state of external devices controlled by the safety
(EDM) outputs. Each device must be capable of switching 15 to 30V dc at 10-50 mA.
Status Indicators 4 green LEDs: 1 red LED:
Power ON Fault
Input 1 energized
Input 2 energized
Output
Environmental Rating Polycarbonate. Rated NEMA 1; IP20
Mounting Mounts to standard 35 mm DIN rail track. Safety Module must be installed inside an enclosure rated
NEMA 3 (IP54), or better.
Vibration Resistance 10 to 55 Hz @ 0.35 mm displacement per IEC 68-2-6
Operating Conditions Temperature: 0° to +50° C Relative humidity: 90% @ +50° C (non-condensing)
Design Standards Designed to comply with Category 4 per ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1); Type IIIC per ISO 13851 (EN 574)
Certifications Important Notice:
European Community Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC
The DUO-TOUCH SG AT-..M-13A Two-Hand Control Modules comply with Machine Directive 98/37/EC. After
December 29, 2009, when Machine Directive 2006/42/EC will be in force, the DUO-TOUCH SG AT-..M-13A
Two-Hand Control Modules can only be installed as a replacement component within the European Union (EU).
For more information, please see www.bannerengineering.com/144763 or call 1-888-373-6767.
Supply Voltage and Current AT-GM-11KM: 115V ac, ± 15%; 50/60Hz & 24V dc, +/- 15%, 10% max. ripple
AT-HM-11KM: 230V ac, ± 15%; 50/60Hz & 24V dc, +/- 15%, 10% max. ripple
Power Consumption Approx. 4 W / 7 VA
Supply Protection Circuitry Protected against transient voltages and reverse polarity
STB BUTTONS
Safety Outputs Outputs (K1 and K2): two redundant (total of four) safety relay (forced-guided) contacts
Contact ratings:
Min voltage: 15V ac/dc Max. voltage: 250V ac or 250V dc
Min. current: 30 mA Max. current: 6A ac or dc (resistive load)
Min. power: 5 W (5 VA) Max. power: 1500 VA, 200 watts
Mechanical life: 50,000,000 operations
DUO-TOUCH®
NOTE: Transient suppression is recommended when switching inductive loads. Install suppressors
across load. Never install suppressors across output contacts.
Auxiliary Supply Voltage 24V dc @ 1A
(for solid-state outputs) (applied between Y30 & Y31)
Auxiliary Solid-State 500 mA max., short circuit protected, Y32 is a PNP output, Y33 is an NPN output
Output Current
Output Response Time 35 milliseconds max. ON/OFF
Input Requirements Outputs from actuating devices must each be capable of switching up to 20 mA @ 12V dc.
Simultaneity Monitoring ≤ 500 milliseconds
Period
Z1/Z2 Courtesy Voltage 24V dc @ 150 mA (for STB button power, separate from Auxiliary output, unregulated)
External Device Monitoring One pair of terminals (Y1 and Y2) are provided to monitor the state of external devices controlled by
(EDM) the safety outputs. Each device must be capable of switching 15 to 30V dc at 10-50 mA.
Muting Device Inputs (M1, M2) The muting devices work as a pair (M1 and M2). The simultaneity requirement is that they be “closed”
within 3 seconds of each other to initiate a mute condition or allow a mute cycle, assuming all other
conditions are met. Each muting device must be capable of switching 15 to 30V dc at 10-50 mA.
Mute Enable Input (ME) Mute Enable input must be closed in order to start a mute cycle. Opening this input after a mute cycle
has begun has no effect. The switching device must be capable of switching 15 to 30V dc at 10-50 mA.
Safety Stop Interface (SSI) This input consists of two concurrent channels (SSI-A and SSI-B) and is always active. Any time
either or both channels open, the Safety Outputs will go OFF. When using the SSI, the external device
must be capable of switching 15 to 30V dc at 10-50 mA.
Status Indicators 6 green LED indicators 1 red LED indicator
Power ON Fault
Input 1 energized
Input 2 energized
SSI inputs closed
Muting activated
Output
Environmental Rating Polycarbonate. Rated NEMA 1; IP20
Mounting Mounts to standard 35 mm DIN rail track. Safety Module must be installed inside an enclosure rated
NEMA 3 (IP54), or better.
Vibration Resistance 10 to 55 Hz @ 0.35 mm displacement per IEC 60068-2-6
Operating Conditions Temperature: 0° to +50° C Relative humidity: 90% @ +50° C (non-condensing)
Design Standards Designed to comply with Category 4 per ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1); Type IIIC per ISO (EN 574)
Certifications For certification information, please call 1-888-373-6767.
Wiring Diagrams AT-..M-11KM: WD068 (p. 263)
AT-..M-11KM to STB Buttons: WD069 (p. 264)
STB
DUO-TOUCH® SG
MODULES
Self-Checking Touch Buttons
• Provides highest level of safety for two-hand control input
devices, per independent certification tests
STB BUTTONS
• Provides redundant microprocessor and optical path
• Responds to a finger blocking light rather than to pressure
• Features ergonomic design to prevent repetitive motion stress
• Includes yellow field cover to prevent unintended switching
DUO-TOUCH®
• Immune to ambient light, EMI and RFI
Run Bars
• Available with e/m relays rated for 1 amp switch capacity or
solid-state outputs rated for 150 mA
• Withstands exposure to a variety of chemicals, depending on
model CORDSETS
PAGE 119
51 mm
69 mm
STBVR81 2m
STBVR81Q 5-Pin Mini QD Polyetherimide 2 Complementary SPST 64136
(1 NC, 1 NO)
STBVR81Q6 5-Pin Euro QD
NC = Normally Closed, NO = Normally Open
* For 9 m cable, add suffix W/30 to the 2 m model number (example, STBVP6 W/30). A model with a QD requires a mating cordset (see page 119).
DUO-TOUCH® SG
MODULES
Ambient Light Immunity Up to 100,000 lux
EMI/RFI Immunity Immune to EMI and RFI noise sources per IEC 60947-5-2 and IEC 61496-1 Type 4 requirements
Operating Conditions Temperature: 0° to +50° C Relative humidity: 90% @ +50° C (non-condensing)
Application Notes Environmental considerations for models with Polyetherimide (PEI) upper housings:
STB BUTTONS
The Polyetherimide upper housing will become brittle with prolonged exposure to outdoor sunlight. Window glass
effectively filters ultraviolet light and provides excellent protection from sunlight. Avoid contact with strong alkalis
hydrocarbons and fuels. Clean periodically using mild soap solution and a soft cloth.
Certifications
DUO-TOUCH®
Run Bars
Hookup Diagrams STB Solid State (PNP): WD065 (p. 262)
STB e/m Relay: WD066 (p. 262)
Accessories
STB Self-Checking Touch Buttons
STB Self-Checking Button Field Covers
Models Description Data Sheet
OTC-1-BK Black cover
OTC-1-GN Green cover
28436
OTC-1-RD Red cover
OTC-1-YW Yellow cover
ield covers are designed to prevent inadvertent activation of buttons due to objects (loose clothing, debris, etc.) which might
F
accidentally block their sensing beams. Field covers are constructed of rugged polypropylene and are highly resistant to
abrasion and to damage by most chemicals. Standard model numbers are shipped with a yellow cover.
Cordsets
Euro-Style to Flying Leads Euro-Style to Flying Leads Mini-Style QD to Flying Leads
Brackets
STB
pg. 173 pg. 173 pg. 173 pg. 173 pg. 174
SMB30A SMB30MM SMB30SC SMBAMS30P SMBAMS30RA
Run Bar
DUO-TOUCH® SG
MODULES
BRACKETS
PAGE 122
STANDS
PAGE
198
INDICATORS
PAGE 192
474 mm
138.8 mm
DUO-TOUCH® SG
MODULES
STB Touch Buttons Environmental Data
Models* Connection Model Output Rating E-Stop Button Sheet
STBVP6-RB1 Terminal Strip Not included
STBVP6-RB1Q8 8-pin Mini* QD** Not included
IP20
STB BUTTONS
Model SSA-EBM-02L
STBVP6-RB1E02 Terminal Strip E-stop button (two NC
Solid-State safety contacts)
STBVP6 Complementary PNP 131634
STBVP6-RB2 Terminal Strip Not included
STBVP6-RB2Q8 8-pin Mini QD** Not included
IP65
DUO-TOUCH®
Model SSA-EBM-02L
Run Bars
STBVP6-RB2E02 Terminal Strip E-stop button (two NC
safety contacts)
* DUO-TOUCH Run Bar kits available with two-hand control module. Contact factory for combinations.
** Order QDS-8..C cordsets separately, see page 122.
Output Protection Circuitry Protected against false pulse on power-up; overload and short-circuit protection.
Output Response Time 20 milliseconds ON/OFF
STB Indicators 2 green LEDs:
Power: ON–power applied
Output/fault: ON–button is activated
OFF–button is deactivated
Flashing internal fault or blocked button on power-up detected
Construction STB Buttons: Totally encapsulated, non-metallic enclosure; black polyetherimide yoke housing; fiber-reinforced
polyester base; electronics fully epoxy-encapsulated.
E-Stop Button: Polyamide red button with metal base.
Run Bar Housing: 13 ga. cold rolled steel with powder coat paint; polypropylene copolymer STB mount.
Environmental Rating STBVP6-RB1 Run Bar models meet IP20
STBVP6-RB2 Run Bar models meet IP65
Connections Models STBVP6-RB1/RB2 and -RB1E02/RB2E02: Terminal strip connections inside run bar housing (STBs are
pre-wired). E-stop button and EZ-LIGHT indicator (if used) are
wired separately.
Models STBVP6-RB1Q8/RB2Q8: 8-pin Mini-style quick-disconnect fitting. Accessory QD mating cordsets required
for QD models. QD cordsets are ordered separately. See page 122.
Ambient Light Immunity Up to 100,000 lux
EMI/RFI Immunity Immune to EMI and RFI noise sources, per IEC 60947-5-2
Operating Conditions Temperature: 0º to +50º C
Relative humidity: 90% @ +50º C (non-condensing)
Certification
Accessories
DUO-TOUCH® SG
MODULES
pg. 184
Length 8-Pin
4.5 m QDS-815C pg. 175 pg. 175 pg. 175
7.6 m QDS-825C
Used with STBVP6-RB1 models
DUO-TOUCH®
15.2 m QDS-850C
Run Bars
EZ-LIGHT™
INTERLOCK SWITCHES
PICO-GUARD™
PICO-GUARD™ page 125 Compact Plastic page 135
• Fiber optic switches for non-contact • Designed to minimize tampering
applications • Five actuator types
MAGNET STYLE
• Straight, right-angle, dual-lens, • Actuator engagement from different
extreme-duty and heavy-duty models locations
• Low-cost alterative to cumbersome
machine guarding methods
• Rugged construction for tough
HINGE STYLE
environments
• Easy to install
LIMIT STYLE
Magnet Style page 126 Compact Metal page 141
• Magnet switches for non-contact • Rigid and flexible in-line actuators
applications • Rotating actuator heads
• Compact, 3-piece non-contact system
• Sealed to resist water and dirt
LOCKING STYLE
• Designed to resist intentional defeat
SFI-S1../R1.. Plastic
SFI-D1../A1.. Plastic
MAGNET STYLE
PICO-GUARD™
—
SFI-M12.. 125 Fiber Optic 2-Piece Metal —
SFI-D1E../A1E.. Metal
HINGE STYLE
SFI-D1H../A1H.. Metal
SI-MAG1.. Plastic
LIMIT STYLE
Magnet
SI-MAG3.. Plastic
SPDT
SI-HG80.. 131 Metal —
(Form C)
Hinge
Mechanical
1-Piece
Non-Locking
1 NC & 1 NO,
SI-LS31R.. 133 Plastic
2 NC
—
1 NC & 1 NO,
SI-LS31H.. 132 Plastic
2 NC
2 NC & 1 NO,
Compact Plastic
1 NO & 1 NC,
Metal
Mechanical
SI-LM40.. 141 2-Piece Metal 2 NC, —
Non-Locking
2 NC & 1 NO
1 NC & 1 NO,
2 NC, 1 NC & 1 NO,
SI-LS42.. 144 Plastic
2 NC & 1 NO, 1 NC
Locking
Mechanical 3 NC
2-Piece
Locking
1 NC & 1 NO,
SI-QM100.. 147 Metal 1 NC & 1 NO
2 NC
INTERLOCK SWITCHES
PICO-GUARD™
PICO-GUARD Fiber Optic
• Interlock switches interface with PICO-GUARD SFCDT-..
fiber optic controllers.
MAGNET STYLE
• Compact, non-contact and easy to install, the switches
interlock doors, guards, gates and covers.
• Fiber optic interlock switches eliminate the need to run
electrical wires to a hazardous area.
• Fibers connect and disconnect quickly.
HINGE STYLE
• Switches meet Safety Category 4 requirements with one switch
pair per guard (per ISO 13849-1).
• Impact-resistant polycarbonate plastic, extreme-duty chemically
resistant stainless steel or heavy-duty
impact-resistant zinc die-cast models are available.
LIMIT STYLE
• Switches have an environmental rating of IP67 and are ATEX and
FM approved for use in explosive environments when used with a
PICO-GUARD controller.
• Attenuator is available for reducing excess gain in
LOCKING STYLE
short-run applications.
• Splices are available for easily connecting two fiber sections.
• See page 59 for a complete PICO-GUARD controller.
FIBERS
Magnet Style
PICO-GUARD™
Non-Contact Safety
Interlock Switches
• Sealed components resist water, dirt and are more
MAGNET STYLE
INTERFACE
PAGE 127
88.0 mm 13.0 mm
25.0 mm
15.0 mm
SI-MAG1SM.. and SI-MAG1MM.. Models
13.0 mm
ø 35.0 mm
ø 30.0 mm 43.0 mm
35.0 mm 26.0 mm
PICO-GUARD™
Sensor Switching Distance*** Data
Models Contacts Cable* Min. ON Max. OFF Sheet
SI-MAG1SM
Sensor — —
SI-MAG1SMCO†
MAGNET STYLE
SI-MAG1MM
0-3 mm 3-14 mm
SI-MAG1MM90** Coded Magnet
HINGE STYLE
SI-MAG2SM Sensor 1 NO — —
& 3m 60998
1 NC
SI-MAG2MM Coded Magnet 0-4 mm 4-8 mm
LIMIT STYLE
SI-MAG3SM Sensor — —
LOCKING STYLE
NC = Normally Closed Output, NO = Normally Open Output
* For 9 m cable, add W/30 to the 3 m model number (example, SI-MAG1SM W/30).
** Difference is in Direction of Approach. See page 212 for more information.
*** For proper reset, switches must be positioned greater than 14 mm apart.
†
Cable opposite
NOTE: The sensor and its magnet must be mounted at a minimum distance of 15 mm from any magnetized or ferrous material (example, steel) for proper operation. SFA-IMB1 or SFA-IMB2
can be used as spacers (see pages 171 and 172). Depending on the installation, multiple brackets may be required.
Hinge Style
PICO-GUARD™
Interlocking Switches
• Three types are available—load-bearing hinge, hinged
lever and rotating hinge.
MAGNET STYLE
• One-piece switch eliminates need for alignment,
engagement and risk of breakage of a separate actuator.
• Design meets positive opening requirements for safety
interlocks .
HINGE STYLE
LIMIT STYLE
LOCKING STYLE
CORDSETS
PAGE 130
GLANDS
SI-HG63FQDRR SI-HG63FQDR*
LIMIT STYLE
SI-HG63FQDR In-line
Integral load
bearing
CORDSETS
PAGE 177
SI-HG63FQDRR Right-angle
Integral load
bearing
SI-HG63A –
Blank hinge
Accessories
Cordsets
Micro-Style QD to Flying Leads
pg. 183
Length Straight Right-Angle
2 m MQEAC-606 MQEAC-606RA
5 m MQEAC-615 MQEAC-615RA
9.1 m MQEAC-630 MQEAC-630RA
PICO-GUARD™
• In-line and right-angle models
AUTOCAD, STEP,
• Corrosion-resistant IGES & PDF
MAGNET STYLE
80.0 mm
cordset fittings
• Positive opening safety contact
(IEC 60947-5-1) 42.6 mm
HINGE STYLE
SI-HG80DQDR Right-Angle (top) Models and
SI-HG80DQD In-Line (bottom)
LIMIT STYLE
19.0 mm
97.0 mm
72.0 mm
LOCKING STYLE
SI-HG80 Hinge Style Switches, 80 mm
Contact Config. & Data
Models Actuator Type Contact(s) Switch Diagram Sheet
CORDSETS
PAGE 177
SI-HG80DQD In-line
Integral load
bearing SPDT
(Form C)
SD002
SI-HG80DQDR Right-angle 46735
(Page 213)
Integral load
bearing
SI-HG80A —
Blank hinge
Accessories
Cordsets
Micro-Style QD to Flying Leads
pg. 182
Length Straight Right-Angle
2 m MQEAC-406 MQEAC-406RA
5 m MQEAC-415 MQEAC-415RA
9.1 m MQEAC-430 MQEAC-430RA
95 mm
LIMIT STYLE
30.5 mm
31.0 mm
LOCKING STYLE
SD005
SI-LS31HGRD 1 NC & 1 NO
(Page 213)
Right-Hand 50165
Hinged Lever SD006
SI-LS31HGRE 2 NC
180° (Page 213)
SD007
SI-LS31HGLD 1 NC & 1 NO
(Page 214)
Left-Hand
Hinged Lever SD008
SI-LS31HGLE 2 NC
180° (Page 214)
Hinge 90° One-Directional 180° One-Directional 180° NC = Normally Closed Contact, NO = Normally Open Contact
SI-LS31R online
Rotary Hinge Style Switches
PICO-GUARD™
• Glass reinforced thermoplastic AUTOCAD, STEP,
switch housing IGES & PDF
MAGNET STYLE
• Rotating actuator head
• Insulated device on all models 84.0 mm
(IEC 60947-5-1)
• Positive opening safety contacts
(IEC 60947-5-1)
HINGE STYLE
30.5 mm 31.0 mm
LIMIT STYLE
Contact Config. & Data
Models* Actuator Type Contact(s) Switch Diagram Sheet
SD009
SI-LS31RTD 1 NC & 1 NO
LOCKING STYLE
(Page 214)
50163
SD010
SI-LS31RTE Rotary Shaft 2 NC
(Page 214)
Contact Rating 3 A @ 250V ac max., 0.5 A @ 60V dc max. 2.5 kV max. transient tolerance NEMA A300 P300
European Rating Utilization categories: AC15 and DC13 (IEC 90497-5-1)
Ui = 250V ac, Ith= 3A
Minimum Switching Speed 20 operations per minute
MAGNET STYLE
Wire Connections 4-pin Micro-style quick-disconnect (QD) fitting. Cordsets are ordered separately. See page 182.
Construction Zinc Die-cast (GD-Zn)
Environmental Rating NEMA 4; IP67
Operating Conditions Temperature: -25° to +70° C
LIMIT STYLE
Weight 0.40 kg
Application Notes To avoid excessive radial stress in applications containing large doors, the hinge switch should be mounted either in
pairs of two, or in conjunction with a blank hinge (see page 131).
Certifications
LOCKING STYLE
Contact Configuration and SI-LS31R models: SD009 and SD010 (p. 214)
Switching Diagrams SI-LS31H models: SD003, SD004, SD005, SD006, SD007 and SD008 (p. 213-214)
Compact Plastic
PICO-GUARD™
Flat Pack and
Limit Switch Styles
MAGNET STYLE
• Mechanically coded actuators use two independent operating
elements to minimize intentional tampering or defeat.
• Rotating head requires no tools.
• Four standard actuators are available, as well as an
optional high-extraction-force adapter.
HINGE STYLE
• IP65 switch housing rating increases to IP67 with addition of a
screw to the wiring chamber door.
LIMIT STYLE
SI-LS83 and SI-LS100 Models Page 135
SI-QS75 and SI-QS90 Models 137
LOCKING STYLE
GLANDS
PAGE 187
online ACTUATORS
30.5 mm
30.0 mm
27.0 mm
SI-QS-SSA-2
SI-LS100SF Straight SI-LS100F
MAGNET STYLE
Rigid In-Line
SI-QS-SSA-3 2 NC
SI-LS100SRAF SI-LS100F SD011
Rigid In-Line & 59622
(Page 214)
1 NO
HINGE STYLE
SI-LS100MRFF SI-LS100F
SI-QS-SSU
LIMIT STYLE
Flexible In-Line
SI-QS-SSA-2
SI-LS83SD Straight SI-LS83D
Rigid In-Line
SI-QS-SSA-3 1 NC
SI-LS83SRAD SI-LS83D SD012
Rigid In-Line &
(Page 214)
1 NO
SI-LS83MRFD SI-LS83D
SI-QS-SSU
Flexible In-Line
59622
SI-QS-SSA-2
SI-LS83SE Straight SI-LS83E
Rigid In-Line
SI-QS-SSA-3 SD013
SI-LS83SRAE SI-LS83E 2 NC
Rigid In-Line (Page 215)
SI-LS83MRFE SI-LS83E
SI-QS-SSU
Flexible In-Line
PICO-GUARD™
• A ctuator engagement from front, online
back, or either of two top positions
AUTOCAD, STEP,
• Insulated device on all models IGES & PDF
(IEC 60947-5-1)
MAGNET STYLE
• Positive opening safety contacts
(IEC 60947-5-1)
HINGE STYLE
90.0 mm
75.0 mm
LIMIT STYLE
52.0 mm SI-QS90 Models
33.0 mm
LOCKING STYLE
SI-QS75 Models
(both models shown with rigid in-line actuator)
SI-QS-SSA-4
SI-QS75MC SI-QS75C
Rigid In-Line
SD014
SI-QS75MFC SI-QS75C 1 NC 49370
(Page 215)
SI-QS-SSU
Flexible In-Line
SI-QS-SSA
Rigid In-Line
SI-QS75MC-100 &
SI-QS75C
(High-Force) SI-QS-100
High-force
Accessory
SI-QS-SSA-4
MAGNET STYLE
SI-QS90MD SI-QS90D
Rigid In-Line
1 NC
SD015
HINGE STYLE
SI-QS-SSA
Rigid In-Line
SI-QS90MD-100 &
LIMIT STYLE
SI-QS90D
(High-Force) SI-QS-100
High-force
Accessory
LOCKING STYLE
SI-QS-SSA-4
SI-QS90ME SI-QS90E
Rigid In-Line
SD016
SI-QS90MFE SI-QS90E 2 NC 49370
(Page 215)
SI-QS-SSU
Flexible In-Line
SI-QS-SSA
Rigid In-Line
SI-QS90ME-100 &
SI-QS90E
(High-Force) SI-QS-100
High-force
Accessory
SI-QS-SSA-4
SI-QS90MF SI-QS90F
Rigid In-Line
2 NC
SD017
SI-QS90MFF SI-QS90F & 49370
(Page 215)
SI-QS-SSU 1 NO
Flexible In-Line
SI-QS-SSA
Rigid In-Line
SI-QS90MF-100 &
SI-QS90F
(High-Force) SI-QS-100
High-force
Accessory
Multi-Directional NC = Normally Closed Contact, NO = Normally Open Contact
* A kit contains an interlock and actuator. Individual interlocks (without actuator) are for replacement purposes only.
Contact factory for integral quick-disconnect (QD) and pigtail QD options.
PICO-GUARD™
Contact Rating 10A @ 24V ac, 10A @ 110V ac, 6A @ 230V ac, 6A @ 24V dc
2.5 kV max. transient tolerance
NEMA A300 P300
European Rating Utilization categories: AC15 and DC13 (IEC 60947-5-1) 40-60 Hz
Switches with 1 & 2 contact pairs: Ui= 500V ac, Ith= 10A Ue Ie/AC-15 Ie/DC-13
MAGNET STYLE
V A A
Switches with 3 contact pairs: Ui= 400V ac, Ith= 5A 24 10 6
110 10 1
230 6 .4
HINGE STYLE
Maximum Actuator Speed 1 m/second
LIMIT STYLE
Actuation Extraction Force 12 N
Short Circuit Protection 6 amp Slow Blow, 10 amp Fast Blow. Recommended external fusing or overload protection.
Wire Connections Stranded and solid: 20 AWG (0.5 mm2) to 18 AWG (1.0 mm2) for one wire
Stranded: 20 AWG (0.5 mm2) to 18 AWG (1.0 mm2) for two wires
LOCKING STYLE
Cable Entry M20 x 1.5 for SI-LS100 and M16 x 1.5 for SI-LS83 threaded entrance.
Adaptor supplied to convert to ½"- 14 NPT threaded entrance.
Construction Glass fiber-reinforced thermoplastic UL94-VO rating
Contact Rating 10A @ 24V ac, 10A @ 110V ac, 6A @ 230V ac, 6A @ 24V dc
2.5 kV max. transient tolerance
NEMA A300 P300
European Rating Utilization categories: AC15 and DC13 (IEC 60947-5-1) 40-60 Hz
Switches with 1 & 2 contact pairs: Ui= 500V ac, Ith= 10A Ue Ie/AC-15 Ie/DC-13
MAGNET STYLE
V A A
Switches with 3 contact pairs: Ui= 400V ac, Ith= 5A 24 10 6
110 10 1
230 6 .4
Stranded: 20 AWG (0.5 mm2) to 18 AWG (1.0 mm2) for two wires
Compact Metal
PICO-GUARD™
Limit Switch Style with
In-Line Actuator
MAGNET STYLE
• Rigid and flexible in-line actuators are available.
• Actuator head rotates to four possible positions,
in 90º increments.
• Aluminum die cast construction
HINGE STYLE
LIMIT STYLE
LOCKING STYLE
GLANDS
PAGE 187
ACTUATORS
118.8 mm
40.0 mm
42.0 mm
SI-LM40MKV Models
(with flexible in-line actuator) 42.0 mm 40.0 mm
SI-LM40MKH Models
(shown with rigid in-line actuator)
SI-QM-SSA
MAGNET STYLE
1 NO
SD018
&
(Page 215)
1 NC
HINGE STYLE
SI-LM40MKHFD SI-LM40KHD
SI-QM-SMFA
Flexible In-Line
LIMIT STYLE
SI-QM-SSA
SI-LM40MKHE Straight SI-LM40KHE
Rigid In-Line
LOCKING STYLE
SD019
2 NC 49372
(Page 216)
SI-LM40MKHFE SI-LM40KHE
SI-QM-SMFA
Flexible In-Line
SI-QM-SSA
SI-LM40MKHF Straight SI-LM40KHF
Rigid In-Line
2 NC
SD020
&
(Page 216)
1 NO
SI-LM40MKHFF SI-LM40KHF
SI-QM-SMFA
Flexible In-Line
1 NO
SD021
SI-LM40MKVD SI-LM40KVD &
(Page 216)
1 NC
50159
SI-QM-90A SD022
SI-LM40MKVE Flexible In-Line SI-LM40KVE 2 NC
(Page 216)
PICO-GUARD™
Contact Rating 10A @ 24V ac, 10A @ 110V ac, 6A @ 230V ac, 6A @ 24V dc
2.5 kV max. transient tolerance
NEMA A300 P300
European Rating Utilization categories: AC15 and DC13 40-60 Hz
Ui= 500V ac, Ith= 10A Ue Ie/AC-15 Ie/DC-13
MAGNET STYLE
V A A
24 10 6
110 10 1
230 6 .4
HINGE STYLE
Maximum Actuator Speed SI-LM40MKH models: 1.5 m/second
SI-LM40MKV models: 0.5 m/second
Mechanical Life SI-LM40MKH models: 1 million operations
SI-LM40MKV models: 25,000 operations
Minimum Actuator Rigid actuator: 400 mm
LIMIT STYLE
Engagement Radius Flexible actuator: 150 mm
Actuation Extraction Force SI-LM40MKH models: 10 N
SI-LM40MKV models: 20 N
Short Circuit Protection 6 amp Slow Blow, 10 amp Fast Blow. Recommended external fusing or overload protection.
LOCKING STYLE
Wire Connections Screw terminals with pressure plates accept the following wire sizes –
Stranded and solid: 20 AWG (0.5 mm2) to 16 AWG (1.5 mm2) for one wire
Stranded: 20 AWG (0.5 mm2) to 18 AWG (1.0 mm2) for two wires
Cable Entry M20 x 1.5 threaded entrance
Adapter supplied to convert M20 x 1.5 to ½" - 14 NPT threaded entrance
Construction Aluminum alloy die cast
Environmental Rating IP65
Operating Conditions Temperature: -30° to +80° C
Weight SI-LM40MKH models: 0.34 kg
SI-LM40MKV models: 0.31 kg
Certifications LISTED
Auxiliary
Device
Contact Configuration and SI-LM40MKH..D models: SD018 (p. 215) SI-LM40MKH..F models: SD020 (p. 216)
Switching Diagrams SI-LM40MKH..E models: SD019 (p. 216) SI-LM40MKV.. models: SD021 and SD022 (p. 216)
Locking Style
PICO-GUARD™
GLANDS
PAGE 187
ACTUATORS
PAGE 149
SI-LS42 Locking Style Switches
• Insulated device on all models
(IEC 60947-5-1)
• Solenoid voltages: 24V ac/dc; and
24 to 48V dc or 24 to 230V ac
• Stainless steel actuator
• Positive opening safety contacts
(IEC 60947-5-1)
170.0 mm
45.0 mm
42.5 mm
SI-LS42 Models
(shown with rigid in-line actuator)
PICO-GUARD™
Kits Solenoid Contact Config. & Data
Kit Model * Actuator Type Interlock Contact(s) Voltage Switch Diagram Sheet
MAGNET STYLE
Straight
Rigid In-Line Actuator Contacts: 24-48V dc/
SI-LS42UMSG SI-LS42USG 1 NC & 1 NO 24-230V ac
SD023
Solenoid Monitor (Page 216)
SI-LS42DMSGF SI-LS42DSG Contacts: 24V ac/dc
HINGE STYLE
1 NC & 1 NO
LIMIT STYLE
SI-QM-SSA
Straight
Rigid In-Line Actuator Contacts: 24-48V dc/
SI-LS42UMSH SI-LS42USH 2 NC 24-230V ac
SD024
Solenoid Monitor (Page 216)
LOCKING STYLE
SI-LS42DMSHF SI-LS42DSH Contacts: 24V ac/dc
1 NC & 1 NO
SI-QM-SSA
SI-LS42DMSJ Straight SI-LS42DSJ
Rigid In-Line Actuator Contacts:
3 NC
SD026
24V ac/dc
Solenoid Monitor (Page 217)
Contact:
1 NC
SI-LS42DMSJF SI-LS42DSJ
SI-QM-SMFA
Flexible In-Line
Straight
Rigid In-Line Actuator Contacts: 24-48V dc/
SI-LS42UMMG SI-LS42UMG 1 NC & 1 NO 24-230V ac
SD023
Solenoid Monitor (Page 216)
SI-LS42DMMGF SI-LS42DMG Contacts: 24V ac/dc
1 NC & 1 NO
HINGE STYLE
SI-QM-SSA
Straight
Rigid In-Line Actuator Contacts: 24-48V dc/
SI-LS42UMMH SI-LS42UMH 2 NC 24-230V ac
SD024
Solenoid Monitor (Page 216)
LOCKING STYLE
SI-QM-SSA
SI-LS42DMMJ Straight SI-LS42DMJ
Rigid In-Line Actuator Contacts:
3 NC
SD026
24V ac/dc
Solenoid Monitor (Page 217)
Contact:
1 NC
SI-LS42DMMJF SI-LS42DMJ
SI-QM-SMFA
Flexible In-Line
PICO-GUARD™
• Keyed actuators
• Solenoid voltages: 24V dc or
120V ac
• Protective earth terminal on all
MAGNET STYLE
models (IEC 60947-1)
• Standard mounting hole pattern
(EN 50041)
• Positive opening safety contacts 141.3 mm
(IEC 60947-5-1)
HINGE STYLE
LIMIT STYLE
90.0 mm
50.0 mm
LOCKING STYLE
SI-QM100 Models
(shown with rigid in-line actuator)
V A A
SI-LS42 models: Ith= 2.5 A 24 4 3
SI-QM100 models: Ith= 10 A 110 4 0.7
230 4 0.3
SI-QM100 models:
Screw terminals with pressure plates accept the following wire sizes –
16 AWG (1.5 mm2) max. solid; 14 AWG (2.5 mm2) max. stranded, 18 AWG (1 mm2) when using all 11 terminals
Cable Entry M20 x 1.5 threaded entrance
Adapter supplied to convert M20 x 1.5 to ½" - 14 NPT threaded entrance
Construction SI-LS42 models: Glass fiber-reinforced polyamide thermoplastic housing; UL 94-V0 rating
SI-QM100 models: Aluminum die cast
Environmental Rating IP67
Operating Conditions Temperature:
SI-LS42 models: -30° to +70° C
SI-QM100 models: -30° to +60° C
Weight SI-LS42 models: 0.3 kg
SI-QM100 models: 0.81 kg
Application Notes When rotating the actuator head, the actuator MUST BE FULLY ENGAGED. When using a model with solenoid
locking, the lock mechanism will disengage upon solenoid power failure.
Certifications LISTED
Auxiliary
Device
Contact Configuration and SI-LS42 models: SD023, SD024, SD025 & SD026 (pp. 216-217)
Switching Diagrams SI-QM100 models: SD027 and SD028 (p. 217)
PICO-GUARD™
Model Description Used With Model Description Used With
Flexible in-line, trumpet-
style, metal actuator used
for doors or covers where Rigid in-line metal (die- • SI-QS75
alignment is difficult to cast steel) actuator for
MAGNET STYLE
(high-force)
SI-QM-90A maintain. Flexes in all • SI-LM40MKV SI-QS-SSA doors or covers with
• SI-QS90
directions. Minimum a radius of 150 mm or
(high-force)
engagement radius greater.
for hinged closures is
150 mm.
Rigid in-line metal
HINGE STYLE
Rigid in-line metal (stamped stainless steel)
actuator used for doors actuator used for doors
or covers. Slide-bolt • SI-LM40MKH or covers with accurate
• SI-LS83
SI-QM-SB design for use in heavy- • SI-LS42 SI-QS-SSA-2 alignment, such as
• SI-LS100
duty applications where • SI-QM100 sliding doors. Minimum
alignment is difficult to engagement radius
maintain. for hinged closures is
LIMIT STYLE
150 mm.
Rigid in-line metal
Flexible in-line metal (stamped stainless
actuator used for doors or steel) actuator used for
covers where alignment doors or covers with
• SI-LM40MKH
LOCKING STYLE
is difficult to maintain. accurate alignment, such • SI-LS83
SI-QM-SMFA • SI-LS42 SI-QS-SSA-3
Flexes in all directions. as sliding doors. Right- • SI-LS100
• SI-QM100
Minimum engagement angle mounting flange.
radius for hinged closures Minimum engagement
is 150 mm. radius for hinged closures
is 150 mm.
Rigid in-line metal
actuator used for doors
Rigid in-line metal
or covers with accurate
• SI-LM40MKH (stamped stainless steel)
alignment, such as • SI-QS75
SI-QM-SSA • SI-LS42 SI-QS-SSA-4 actuator for doors or
sliding doors. Minimum • SI-QS90
• SI-QM100 covers with a radius of
engagement radius
150 mm or greater.
for hinged closures is
400 mm.
Flexible in-line metal
High-extraction-force
(die-cast steel) actuator
adaptor for particularly
for hinged doors with • SI-LS83
heavy or large doors.
a radius of 50 mm or
Adjustable from 50 to 100 • SI-QS75 • SI-LS100
SI-QS-100 SI-QS-SSU greater. Flexes in all
Newtons (force). • SI-QS90 • SI-QS75
directions. Minimum
Used only for switches • SI-QS90
engagement radius
with in-line actuator
for hinged closures is
SI-QS-SSA.
150 mm.
Replacement terminal
SI-LS42-COVER • SI-LS42
cover
E-STOP BUTTONS
• Mechanical and optical palm buttons push to stop and
twist to release.
• Modular design makes assembly and installation easy.
• Kits simplify selection and ordering.
ROPE PULL
SWITCHES
Rope Pull Switches page 157
• vailable spans range from 6 to 100 m.
A
• Trip and latch switch models are available.
• Minimum switch life is 1 million operations.
• Heavy-duty switch housings withstand harsh environments
and outdoor use.
PICO-GUARD™
E-STOP BUTTONS
ATEX, FM and CSA certified for use in Class 1 Division 1 and Same side Opposite sides
SFS-EBM-01E1 SFS-EBM-01E2
Zone 0 potentially explosive environment
• Paint booths • Film and web processing
• Paint and stain manufacturing • Chemical processing
• Gaseous fill areas (example, • Battery manufacturing
cigarette lighters) • Pharmaceutical manufacturing
• Cosmetic and perfume manufacturing • Semiconductor processing
E-Stop Button
E-STOP BUTTONS
Emergency Stop Push Buttons
• Electromechanical palm buttons push to stop and twist to release.
• Modular design makes assembly and installation easy.
ROPE PULL
SWITCHES
• Kits simplify selection and ordering.
• Latching design complies with ANSI NFPA 79, IEC 60204-1 and
ISO 13850 (EN 418).
• Options include station enclosures, contact elements and disc labels.
Data
Models Description Product Sheet
* Twist to release, mechanical latching ISO 13850 (EN 418) compliant. Diameter 40 mm (without mounting adapter).
** Direct (positive) opening operation per IEC/EN 60947-5-1.
† Additional E-Stop background labels are available (see p/n 121976).
SSA-EBM-02L 2 NC
SSA-EBM-12L 2 NC & 1 NO
E-STOP BUTTONS
Models E-Stop Button Contacts Enclosure Legend
SSA-EBP- 02L 2 NC
ROPE PULL
SWITCHES
SSA-EBP-11L Plastic 1 NC & 1 NO No Yes
SSA-EBP-12L 2 NC & 1 NO
SSA-EBM-02E 2 NC
SSA-EBM-12E 2 NC & 1 NO
SSA-EBP-02E 2 NC
SSA-EBP-12E 2 NC & 1 NO
Contact Specifications
European Rating Utilization categories: AC15 and DC13
Ui = 690V ac
Ith = 10A
UL designation = A 600 Q600
Mechanical Life 1,000,000 operations
Connections (1 or 2) 12 AWG (2.5 mm2) maximum wire size
Construction Polyamide and polycarbonate
Environmental Rating IP20
Operating Temperature -25° to +60° C
Certifications
E-STOP BUTTONS
Multiple Location
Emergency Shutdown
ROPE PULL
SWITCHES
• Available spans range from 6 to 100 m.
• Trip and latch switch models are available.
• Minimum switch life is 1-million operations.
• Heavy-duty switch housings withstand harsh environments and
outdoor use. GLANDS
COMPONENTS
ROPE PULL
PAGE 161
(IEC 60947-5-1)
• See page 161 for wire rope
components
RP-RM83 Series, 83 mm
E-STOP BUTTONS
Models
Contact Config.
Max. Rope Max. Rope Safety Auxiliary Action/ & Data
Length 75 m Length 38 m Actuation Contacts** Contacts Contact State** Switch Diagram Sheet
RP-RM83F-75LTE RP-RM83F-38LTE normal rope tension normal rope tension
rope is pulled
Safety Auxiliary
RP-RM83F-75LRE RP-RM83F-38LRE Latch
2 NC 2 NO SD029 & SD030
ROPE PULL
SWITCHES
rope breaks
(Rope open open closed closed 141245
RP-RM83F-75LT RP-RM83F-38LT in in (p. 217)
Pulled)
RP-RM83F-75LR
normal rope tension
RP-RM83F-38LR
rope is pulled rope breaks open open closed closed
Run Position Cable Pulled Cable Break NC = Normally Closed Contact, NO = Normally Open Contact
** See data sheet or Contact Configuration and Switching Diagrams for more information/clarification.
online
RP-LS42 Rope Pull Switches
• Rope span up to 75 meters AUTOCAD, STEP,
IGES & PDF
• Manual reset
• Extra contacts for switch
monitoring
• Latch design
• Tension indicator
• Model with E-stop button
and quick rope fixing and
tensioning
• 42 mm wide at base 294.0 mm 294.0 mm
• Insulated device
(IEC 60947-5-1)
244.0 mm
• Positive opening safety
contacts (IEC 60947-5-1)
• See page 161 for wire rope
components
RP-LS42 Series, 42 mm
Max. Rope Safety Auxiliary Action/ Contact Config. & Data
Model Actuation Length Contacts** Contact Contact State** Switch Diagram Sheet
RP-LS42F-75L rope is pulled Safety Auxiliary
normal rope tension normal rope tension
Latch
2 NC 2 NO rope breaks open open closed closed SD031
RP-LS42F-75LE (Rope 75 m 67709
in in (p. 218)
Pulled)
open open closed closed
RP-LS42F-75LF
normal rope tension rope is pulled rope breaks
Run Position Cable Pulled Cable Break NC = Normally Closed Contact, NO = Normally Open Contact
** See data sheet or Contact Configuration and Switching Diagrams for more information/clarification.
E-STOP BUTTONS
• Five latch-design models from online
which to choose
• Models with 6, 12 or 20 m AUTOCAD, STEP,
181.5 mm IGES & PDF
rope spans
• Manual reset
ROPE PULL
SWITCHES
• Models with extra contacts for
monitoring or for dual-channel
input to a safety device
• Protective earth terminal 69.0 mm
(IEC 60947-1) 82.0 mm
• Tension indicator
RP-QMT72 Models
• 82 mm wide at base
142.0 mm
• Positive opening safety contacts
(IEC 60947-5-1)
RP-QM72 Models
• See page 161 for wire rope
components
RP-QM72/QMT72 Series, 72 mm
Max. Rope Safety Auxiliary Action/ Contact Config. & Data
Model Actuation Length Contacts* Contact Contact State* Switch Diagram Sheet
SD032
RP-QM72D-6L 6m
rope is pulled Safety (p. 218)
normal rope tension
4 NC SD035
RP-QMT72F-12L 12 m — rope breaks open open closed closed
in (p. 218)
closed closed open open
2 NC 1 NO SD036
RP-QMT72E-12L 12 m rope breaks open closed closed
in in (p. 218)
normal rope tension rope is pulled rope breaks
closed open open
• Limit-switch style
AUTOCAD, STEP,
• Rope span up to 6 meters IGES & PDF
• Trip and latch models
• Protective earth terminal
(IEC 60947-1)
ROPE PULL
SWITCHES
SD037
RP-LM40D-6 Trip normal rope tension
* Jumper Contacts together for use in a single-channel E-stop application. See data sheet or Contact Configuration and Switching Diagrams for more information/clarification.
• Manual reset
137.0 mm
• Extra contacts for switch monitoring
• Protective earth terminal (IEC 60947-1)
• 90 mm wide at base
• Positive opening safety contact
(IEC 60947-5-1) 90.0 mm
• See page 161 for wire rope components
206.0 mm
RP-QM90 Model
RP-QM90 Series, 90 mm
Max.
Rope Safety Auxiliary Action/ Contact Config. & Data
Model Actuation Length Contacts** Contacts Contact State** Switch Diagram Sheet
rope is pulled
normal rope tension normal rope tension Safety Auxiliary
Latch
2 NC 2 NO rope breaks SD039
RP-QM90F-100L (Rope 100 m open open closed closed 62086
in in (p. 219)
Pulled)
normal rope tension rope is pulled rope breaks open open closed closed
Run Position Cable Pulled Cable Break NC = Normally Closed Contact, NO = Normally Open Contact
** See data sheet or Contact Configuration and Switching Diagrams for more information/clarification.
E-STOP BUTTONS
Package
Models Quantity Description Used With
RPA-C1-10 10 m
2 mm steel wire rope with 0.5 mm • RP-LM40 models
RPA-C1-20 20 m
red PVC jacket (unterminated) • RP-RM83 modules
ROPE PULL
SWITCHES
RPA-C1-100 100 m
Wire Ropes
RPA-C2-10 10 m
RPA-C2-20 20 m • RP-LS42 models
3 mm steel wire rope with 0.5 mm
• RP-QM72/QMT72 models
RPA-C2-50 50 m red PVC jacket (unterminated)
• RP-RM83 models
RPA-C2-80 80 m
RPA-C3-20 20 m 4 mm steel wire rope with 0.5 mm • RP-QM90 models
RPA-C3-100 100 m red PVC jacket (unterminated) • RP-RM83 modules
• RP-LS42 models
RPA-T2-4 4 pcs Thimble for 3 mm wire rope • RP-QM72/QMT72 models
• RP-RM83 models
RPA-T3-4 4 pcs Thimble for 4 mm wire rope • RP-QM90 models
RPA-CC1-4 4 pcs Clamp for 2 mm wire rope • RP-LM40 models
Clamps
• RP-LS42 models
RPA-CC2-4 4 pcs Clamp for 3 mm wire rope • RP-QM72/QMT72 models
• RP-RM83 models
RPA-CC3-4 4 pcs Clamp for 4 mm wire rope • RP-QM90 models
• RP-LM40 models
Turnbuckles
• RP-LS42 models
RPA-TA1-1 1 pc #4 Turnbuckle
• RP-QM72/QMT72 models
• RP-RM83 models
RPA-TA2-1 1 pc #5 Turnbuckle • RP-QM90 models
• RP-LM40 models
Eye Bolts
• RP-LS42 models
RPA-EB1-1 1 pc 1/4" - 20 Eye bolt (3″ bolt shaft)
• RP-QM72/QMT72 models
• RP-RM83 models
RPA-EB2-1 1 pc 5/16" - 18 Eye bolt (3″ bolt shaft) • RP-QM90 models
• RP-LM40 models
• RP-LS42 models
Pulleys
RPA-P1-1 RPA-DP1-1
1 pc Pulley for Pulley for corner • RP-QM72/QMT72 models
in-line use turns (90-180°) • RP-RM83 models
RPA-P1-1 RPA-DP1-1 • RP-QM90 models
RPA-S1-1 1 pc Tensioning Spring #1 • RP-QM90 models
Tensioning Springs
Contact Rating 10A @ 24V ac, 10A @ 110V ac, 6A @ 230V ac, 6A @ 24V dc
2.5 kV max. transient tolerance
NEMA A300 P300
Monitoring Solid-State Rated operational voltage: Ue= 10 to 30V dc
Output Rating Rated operational current: Ie= 50 mA
ROPE PULL
Contact Configurations and RP-LM40 models: SD037 & SD038 (p. 219)
Switching Diagrams RP-LS42 models: SD031 (p. 218)
RP-QM72/QMT72 models: SD032, SD033, SD034, SD035 & SD036 (p. 218)
RP-RM83 models: SD029 & SD030 (p. 217)
RP-QM90 models: SD039 (p. 219)
Safety Accessories
Mounting Brackets page 164
• Broad offering of bracket styles makes it easy to install sensors vertically,
horizontally or diagonally.
• Swivel brackets offer greater range of motion.
• Adapter brackets provide mounting flexibility.
• Retrofit brackets enable you to install a different emitter/receiver using
existing mounting holes.
• Replacement brackets are available for brackets included with emitters/receivers.
BRACKETS
• Rotating endcaps allow mirrors to rotate to any angle.
• Glass and stainless steel models include brackets for quick installation.
CORDSETS &
WIRING
Stands page 198
• S tands reliably support Banner light screens and corner mirrors.
• Standalone and mounting models have dual channels to allow easy and
CORNER MIRRORS
accurate height adjustment.
STANDS
Area Scanner
AG4-4E AG4-MBK1
page 53 page 166
BRACKETS
Fiber Optic
PICO-GUARD
CORNER MIRRORS
SMB12MM SMB1812SF
12 mm Point page 172 page 172
page 63
PICO-GUARD SMB30A SMB30MM SMB30SC SMBAMS30P SMBAMS30RA
30 mm Point page 173 page 173 page 173 page 173 page 174
page 63
SC22-3 DIN-35-..
page 76 page 166
Safety Mat
Modules DIN-35-..
page 91 page 166
BRACKETS
page 111
STB Self-Checking SMB30MM SMB30SC SMBAMS30P SMBAMS30RA
Touch Buttons SMB30A
page 173 page 173 page 173 page 173 page 174
page 117
DUO-TOUCH® SG STBA-RB1-MB1 STBA-RB1-MB2 STBA-RB1-MB3
CORDSETS &
Run Bars page 175 page 175 page 175
WIRING
page 120
CORNER MIRRORS
STANDS
ENCLOSURES
C
A B B
A A
155.4 35 60 50
29.2 29.2
L
7.6
192 74.2 63.2
• Metal swivel bracket for mounting Hole center spacing: 35.1 • Two end-cap replacement brackets • Two end-cap replacement brackets
and aligning Hole size: 25.4 x 5.3 for one emitter/receiver for one emitter/receiver
• 8-ga. cold-rolled steel with black • 8-ga. cold-rolled steel with black
corrosion-resistant zinc chromate corrosion-resistant zinc chromate
• Available in 70, 105 & 140 mm finish finish
lengths • M5 and M6 mounting hardware •M5 and M6 mounting hardware
Back Mount Controllers & Modules End Mount End Mount
Flanges Flanges Flanges Flanges
In Out In Out
BRACKETS
ES Modules
WIRING
SM Modules
MMD Modules
IM Modules
EM Modules
CORNER MIRRORS
SSM Modules
UM Modules
Two-Hand Control Modules
STANDS
ENCLOSURES
B
55 21.3 133.9
B
C
39.2
ø 60 B
76.7
40 58.2
B
98.2
A
• Two-piece center bracket for • Bracket adapter (Qty 2) for attaching • Retrofit for MINI-SCREEN, MICRO- • Mounting bracket system for “L”
one emitter/receiver EZA-MBK-1 to any MSA series SCREEN and MACHINE-GUARD configuration of two cascaded light
• 8 -ga. cold-rolled steel with black stand • Universal adapter bracket for screens
corrosion-resistant zinc chromate mounting to engineered/slotted • 8-ga. cold-rolled steel with black
finish aluminum framing (example, corrosion-resistant zinc chromate
•M 5 and M6 mounting hardware 80/20™, Unistrut®) finish
Center Mount Bracket-to-Bracket • 8-ga. cold-rolled steel with black • M5 and M6 mounting hardware
Flanges Flanges corrosion-resistant zinc chromate
In Out finish
End Mount Cascading Mount
Flanges Flanges
In Out
BRACKETS
Used with Used with
EZ-SCREEN Standard 14 & 30 EZ-SCREEN Standard 14 & 30
EZ-SCREEN Point & Grid
Used with Used with
PICO-GUARD Grid
EZ-SCREEN Standard 14 & 30 EZ-SCREEN Standard 14 & 30
CORDSETS &
MSA Stands
WIRING
CORNER MIRRORS
STANDS
ENCLOSURES
58.7 35.2 52
29
A 109.4 100 29
58.7
66.5 84
• Two-piece side-swivel bracket kit • Top-mounting kit with SMB30SC • Bottom-mounting kit with SMB30SC • Two-bracket kit with 30 mm range of
• 180º range of motion swivel bracket and threaded adapter swivel bracket and threaded adapter motion for mounting sensor
• 8-ga. cold-rolled steel with black • 45° rotation in any direction plate • 8-ga. cold-rolled steel with black
corrosion-resistant zinc chromate • Black reinforced thermoplastic • 45° rotation in any direction corrosion-resistant zinc chromate
finish polyester • Black reinforced thermoplastic finish
polyester • M5 and M6 mounting hardware
Side Mount End Mount End Mount End Mount
Flanges Flanges
In Out
BRACKETS
32 A
32.5 40
29 29
C
32 32 A
A
B 32.5 B
25 C 32.5
29
109.7 100.2
95.5 100.2
A
40.5
• End-cap bracket kit • Side-mount bracket kit • Pair of angled “L” brackets for two • Pair of angled “L” brackets for two
• 360° sensor rotation +10°/-30° sensor rotation cascaded emitter/receiver pairs cascaded emitter/receiver pairs
• 14-ga. (1.9 mm) steel, black zinc • 14-ga. (1.9 mm) steel, black zinc • Fixed 120° orientation • Fixed 135° orientation
plated; die-cast metal clamp plated; die-cast zinc clamp • +10°/-30° sensor rotation • +10°/-30° sensor rotation
• Includes 2 brackets and hardware • Includes 1 bracket and hardware • 14-ga. (1.9 mm) steel, black zinc • 14-ga. (1.9 mm) steel, black zinc
plated plated
BRACKETS
Used with Used with Used with Used with
EZ-SCREEN LP 14 & 25 mm EZ-SCREEN LP 14 & 25 mm EZ-SCREEN LP 14 & 25 mm EZ-SCREEN LP 14 & 25 mm
CORDSETS &
WIRING
CORNER MIRRORS
STANDS
ENCLOSURES
B
32 B A C A
C B 29 41
29
34.5
70 32.5
32.5
175.6 32
175.6
A
60
Hole size: A , B , C = 15.5 x 5.5 Hole size: A = 4.8 x 10.2, Hole size: A , B = 15.5 x 5.5
B , C = 7 x 25
• Pair of inline (straight) brackets for • Universal adapter bracket for • Pivoting “L” bracket system for two • End-cap bracket for mounting inside
two cascaded emitter/receiver pairs mounting to engineered/slotted cascaded emitters/receivers; uses Unistrut® metal framing
• Fixed 180° orientation aluminum framing (example, clamps from side-mount bracket • Fits Unistrut® P1000 size (1 5/8″),
• +10°/-30° sensor rotation 80/20™, Bosch) LPA-MBK-12 with M6 or 1/4″ channel nuts
• 14-ga. (1.9 mm) steel, black zinc • Use with LPA-MBK-11, -12 or -13 • Adjustable 90° to 180° orientation • 14-ga. (1.9 mm) steel, black zinc,
plated • 12-ga (2.66 mm) steel; black zinc • +10°/-30° sensor rotation plated; die–cast zinc clamp
plated • 14-ga. (1.9 mm) steel, black zinc • Includes 2 brackets and hardware
• Includes 1 bracket and hardware plated
Cascading Mount Bracket-to-Bracket Cascading Mount Bracket-to-Bracket
BRACKETS
29 B A
57.2
C E 32.5 A
136.5
32 A
B D A B
21.5 88
98.8 117.8
192.8
53.5
76.3
6.3
• Pair of angled “L” brackets for two • Bracket for 45º mounting of mirror • Two-bracket replacement kit for • Retrofit bracket for replacing
cascaded emitter/receiver pairs • 11-ga. cold-rolled steel with black brackets that come with MSM SI-MAG1 Magnetic Interlock
• Fixed 90° orientation corrosion-resistant zinc chromate mirrors switches with PICO-GUARD switches
• +10°/-30° sensor rotation finish • 11-ga. cold-rolled steel with black • Black reinforced thermoplastic
• 14-ga. (1.9 mm) steel, black zinc • Bracket hardware included corrosion-resistant zinc chromate polyester
plated finish
• Bracket hardware included
BRACKETS
Used with Used with Used with Used with
EZ-SCREEN LP 14 & 25 mm MSM4A Mirror MSM Mirror PICO-GUARD Switches
CORDSETS &
Note: For a kit containing a bracket and
WIRING
MSM4A mirror, order model
number MSA-MBM-K45
CORNER MIRRORS
STANDS
ENCLOSURES
25.4
27 50.8
60 A
A
B
29.2 43.2
43 38.1
B
101.2 A
42.9 A
6.3
25.4
• Retrofit bracket for replacing • Two-bracket replacement kit for • ±10° of lateral movement • Swivel bracket with 12 mm
SI-MAG2 Magnetic Interlock brackets that come with SSM Mirrors • 12-ga. stainless-steel mounting hole
switches with PICO-GUARD switches • 8-ga. cold-rolled steel with black • Mounting holes for M4 (#6) hardware • Black reinforced thermoplastic
• Black reinforced thermoplastic corrosion-resistant zinc chromate polyester
polyester finish • Stainless steel mounting and swivel
• Bracket hardware included locking hardware included
45
66.5
69.9 57.2
61 58.7 93 B
57.2
B
B
A
A
69 29 A
45
• ± 15º of lateral movement • Mounting hole for 30 mm sensor • Swivel bracket with 30 mm mounting • Flat SMBAMS series bracket
• Right-angle bracket curved mounting • 90º of lateral movement hole for sensor • 30 mm hole for mounting sensors
slot for versatility and orientation • 12-ga. stainless steel bracket with • Black reinforced thermoplastic • Articulation slots for 90+º rotation
• Clearance for M6 (1/4¨) hardware curved mounting slot for versatility polyester • 12-ga. (2.6 mm) cold-rolled steel
• Mounting hole for 30 mm sensor and orientation • Stainless steel mounting and swivel
• 12-ga. stainless-steel • Clearance for M6 (1/4″) hardware locking hardware included
BRACKETS
Used with Used with Used with Used with
STB STB STB STB
EZ-LIGHT K50L EZ-LIGHT K50L EZ-LIGHT K50L EZ-LIGHT K50L
CORDSETS &
EZ-LIGHT TL50 EZ-LIGHT TL50 EZ-LIGHT TL50 EZ-LIGHT TL50
WIRING
Barrel Mount Barrel Mount Barrel Mount Barrel Mount
CORNER MIRRORS
B
B 72.9
53
A 48
A 65 C 34.8
48 B 48
A
• Right-angle SMBAMS series bracket • Right-angle base piece for • Flat-mounting bracket • Mounts to T-slotted or narrow flat
• 30 mm hole for mounting sensors SMBAMS series of versatile • Eliminates need for DIN rail surfaces
• Articulation slots for 90+° rotation mounting hardware • Black reinforced thermoplastic • 19-ga. stainless-steel
• 12-ga. (2.6 mm) cold-rolled steel • Four point hole pattern to intergrate polyester
with articulation slots in SMBAMS
series brackets
• 12-ga. (2.6 mm) cold-rolled steel
EZ-LIGHT TL50
WIRING
Barrel Mount
CORNER MIRRORS
Used with
PICO-GUARD Point
EZ-LIGHT T30
STANDS
ENCLOSURES
A
A 126
135.4 158.7
44
12
144
18
• Side-mounted bracket • Pair of wall-mount brackets; run bar • Universal-mount bracket; allows • Swivel-mount bracket; mounts to
• Eliminates need for DIN rail “hangs” on vertical surface run bar to mount to vertical stand or telescoping stand
• 19-ga. stainless-steel • Slotted holes for vertical adjustment surface • Holes for radial adjustment, 0° to
• 12-ga. cold-rolled steel with black • Slotted holes for adjustment 30° in 10° increments
powdercoat paint • 12-ga. cold-rolled steel with black • 12-ga. cold-rolled steel with black
powdercoat paint powdercoat paint
BRACKETS
Used with Used with Used with Used with
PICO-GUARD SFA-RD DUO-TOUCH Run Bar DUO-TOUCH Run Bar DUO-TOUCH Run Bar
CORDSETS &
Note: Included with telescoping stands
WIRING
STBA-RB1-S1 and STBA-RB1-S2
CORNER MIRRORS
STANDS
ENCLOSURES
C
111.3 A
27.2 8
41.9
32.8 31.8
42.4
37.6 40.3
28.4
• Two-piece center mounting • Two-bracket replacement kit for • Two-bracket universal-mounting • Two-bracket kit for one emitter/
replacement kit for bracket that brackets that come with emitter/ surface kit receiver
comes with emitter/receiver receiver • 13-ga. cold-rolled steel with black • Mounting plate for 90° sensor
• 13-ga. cold-rolled steel with black • 13-ga. cold-rolled steel with black corrosion-resistant zinc chromate direction
power coat paint corrosion-resistant zinc chromate finish • Black anodized aluminum
• Bracket hardware included finish • Bracket hardware included
• Bracket hardware included
900 mm long
USCMB-2 fits emitters/receivers more
than 900 mm long
CORNER MIRRORS
STANDS
ENCLOSURES
32 Typ.
MQDC-406RA 2m
MQDMC-406 2m 40 Typ.
• Muting Module
Male MQDMC-415 5m
1 Straight
2
MQDMC-430 10 m
4 M12 x 1
3
MQDMC-450 15.5 m ø 14.5
32 Typ.
MQDMC-406RA 2m
BRACKETS
4-Pin Male Euro
CORDSETS &
Voltage Rating: 2 50V ac/300V dc
WIRING
Pinout Style Model Length Dimensions (mm) Used With
40 Typ.
MQDEC-403SS 0.9 m • Muting Module
Male
1
2 MQDEC-406SS 1.8 m
CORNER MIRRORS
4 M12 x 1
3
Male Straight/ MQDEC-412SS 3.6 m ø 14.5
MQDEC-430SS 9.2 m
M12 x 1
Female MQDEC-450SS 15.2 m ø 14.5
2
STANDS
1
3
MQDEC-403RS 0.9 m 32 Typ.
4
MQDEC-406RS 1.8 m 30 Typ.
Male MQDEC-412RS 3.6 m
Right-Angle/ M12 x 1
ENCLOSURES
2 = White ø 14.5
3 = Blue MQDEC-430RS 9.1 m
M12 x 1
4 = Black 44 Typ.
MQDEC-450RS 15.2 m
Ø 4.5
18.0 44 Typ.
40 Typ.
1 = Brown
2 = White Ø 14.5
3 = Blue
4 = Black Ø 14.5
M12 x 1
M12 x 1
35.0 43.0
4-Pin Male Euro
BRACKETS
1
44 Typ.
3 MQDC1-506 2m
4 5
Straight
MQDC1-515 5m M12 x 1
ø 14.5
1 = Brown
MQDC1-530 9m
2 = White
STANDS
3 = Blue
4 = Black MQDC1-506RA 2m
32 Typ.
5 = Gray
30 Typ.
Right-Angle MQDC1-515RA 5m
ENCLOSURES
M12 x 1
MQDC1-530RA 9m ø 14.5
BRACKETS
4 Male Straight 40 Typ.
3 5 DEE2R-525D 7.6 m
DEE2R-550D 15.2 m
1 = Brown M12 x 1
2 = White ø 14.5
DEE2R-575D 22.9 m
CORDSETS &
3 = Blue
WIRING
4 = Black
5 = Green/Yellow DEE2R-5100D 30.5 m
CORNER MIRRORS
Cable: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, nickel-plated brass coupling nut
Conductors: 22 AWG high-flex stranded, gold-plated contacts
Temperature: -40° to +90° C
Voltage Rating: 2 50V ac/300V dc
3
4 Receivers w/8-pin QD
1
7
5
QDE-825D 7.6 m 44 Typ. (14 & 30 mm Resolution)
6 • EZ-SCREEN LP Emitters &
8 Receivers w/8-pin QD
Straight QDE-850D 15.2 m
(14 & 25 mm Resolution)
ENCLOSURES
1 7
6 • EZ-LIGHT Indicator Light
2
3
5 CSB-UNT825M1281 7.6 m Unterminated • Muting Module
4
8 Dimensions
Ø 4.5
18.0 44 Typ.
1 = Brown
2 = Or/Bk 40 Typ.
STANDS
3 = Orange
4 = White Ø14.5
5 = Black
6 = Blue Ø 14.5
7 = Gn/Ye M12 x 1
8 = Violet M12 x 1
ENCLOSURES
35.0 43.0
BRACKETS
6 = Blue
7 = Gn/Ye
8 = Violet RDLP-8100D 30.5 m
CORDSETS &
WIRING
Cable: EURO: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, nickel-plated brass coupling nut
RD: Nylon (polyamide)/PUR (polyurethane)
Conductors: 22 AWG high-flex stranded, gold-plated contacts
Temperature: -40° to +90° C
Voltage Rating: 2 50V ac/300V dc
CORNER MIRRORS
Pinout Style Model* Length Dimensions Used With
RD DELPE-81D 0.3 m • EZ-SCREEN LP Emitters and
Receivers w/RD
DELPE-83D 1m (14 & 25 mm Resolution)
Male DELPE-88D 2.5 m
1 7
STANDS
6
2
5
RD/ DELPE-815D 4.6 m
3
Male
4 40 Typ.
Straight DELPE-825D 8m
8
DELPE-850D 15.3 m
ENCLOSURES
M12 x 1
1 = Brown 5 = Black
DELPE-875D 23 m ø 14.5
2 = Or/Bk 6 = Blue
3 = Orange 7 = Gn/Ye
4 = White 8 = Violet DELPE-8100D 30.5 m
* Standard cordsets are yellow PVC with black overmold. For black PVC cable and overmold,
add suffix B to model number (example, RDLP-815DB).
More information online at bannerengineering.com 181
ACCESSORIES
RD to RD Cordsets
Cable: PVC jacket, Nylon (polyamide)/PUR (polyurethane) connector body
Conductors: 24 AWG high-flex stranded, gold-plated contacts
Temperature: -40° to +90° C
Voltage Rating: 2 50V ac/300V dc
DELP-118E 2.5 m
RD/
DELP-1115E 4.6 m
RD
DELP-1125E 8m
DELP-1150E 15.3 m
DELP-1175E 23 m
DELP-11100E 30.5 m
• EZ-SCREEN LP Receiver
Female
2 3 (Cascade) w/8-pin pigtail
1 4 QD (14 & 25 mm); requires
5 QDE2R4-8…D cordset
7
6
8
RD/
Female DELPEF-81D 0.3 m
44 Typ.
Straight
BRACKETS
1 = Brown 5 = Black
2 = Or/Bk 6 = Blue
3 = Orange 7 = Gn/Ye
4 = White 8 = Violet M12 x 1
ø 14.5
CORDSETS &
WIRING
1 M12 x 1
2
MQEAC-430 9.1 m ø 14.5
32 Typ
MQEAC-406RA 2m
1 = Red/Bk
ENCLOSURES
2 = Red/Wh 28 Typ
3 = Red Right-Angle MQEAC-415RA 5m
4 = Green
MQEAC-430RA 9.1 m M12 x 1
ø 14.5
* Standard cordsets are yellow PVC with black overmold. For black PVC cable and overmold,
182 More information online at bannerengineering.com add suffix B to model number (example, DELP-110EB).
ACCESSORIES
32 Typ
MQEAC-606RA 2m
1 = Red/White
2 = Red
3 = Green 28 Typ
Right-Angle MQEAC-615RA 5m
4 = Red/Yellow
5 = Red/Black
6 = Red/Blue MQEAC-630RA 9.1 m M12 x 1
ø 14.5
BRACKETS
1 = Green/Ye
QDS-375C 22.8 m 7/8-16UNF
2 = Brown
3 = Blue QDS-3100C 30.4 m
CORDSETS &
WIRING
4-Pin Mini-Style Cordsets
Cable: PVC jacket, PUR (polyurethane) connector body, nylon coupling nut
CORNER MIRRORS
Conductors: 18 AWG high-flex stranded, PVC insulation, gold-plated contacts
Temperature: -40° to +90° C
Voltage Rating: 2 50V ac/300V dc
1 3
Straight MBCC-412 4m
1 = Brown 7/8-16UN-2B
ENCLOSURES
2 = White ø 25.5
3 = Blue MBCC-430 10 m
4 = Black
Straight MBCC-512 4m
1 = Black
7/8-16UN-2B
2 = Blue
ø 25.5
3 = Yellow
4 = Brown MBCC-530 10 m
5 = White
5-Pin Mini
1 = Black
2 = Blue 7/8-16UN-2B
3 = Gn/Ye ø 25.5
4 = Brown QDS-550C 15.2 m
5 = White
CORDSETS &
WIRING
5-Pin Mini
QDS-850C 15.2 m
1 = Brown 5 = Black
ENCLOSURES
184 MoreMini
8-Pin information online at bannerengineering.com
ACCESSORIES
Male
44.5 mm
BRACKETS
AG4-PCD9-10 10 m
16.2 mm
31.5 mm
CORDSETS &
WIRING
DB15 Configuration/Machine Interface Cordsets
Pinout Style Model Length Dimensions Used With
CORNER MIRRORS
• AG4-4E
AG4-CPD15-5 5m
57 Typ.
AG4-CPD15-10* 10 m
STANDS
Female
DB15
AG4-CPD15-25 25 m
53.0 mm
ENCLOSURES
AG4-CPD15-50 50 m
QD End-Caps
Replace or convert EZ-SCREEN Grid and Point hard-wire terminal chamber end cap to QD model.
UTB-325C 7.6 m
UTB-3250C 76.2 m
BRACKETS
UTB-525C 7.6 m
UTB-5250C 76.2 m
UTB-825C 7.6 m
CORNER MIRRORS
UTB-8250C 76.2 m
STANDS
ENCLOSURES
Cable Glands
• Secures the cable end in the housing and seals the point of connection.
• Available for EZ-SCREEN Point and Grid, rope pulls and safety interlock switches.
Conduit Adapters
• Connects conduit of different diameters.
• Available for EZ-SCREEN Point and Grid, rope pulls and safety interlock switches.
BRACKETS
23.5 mm
1/2"-14 NPT
Internal Thread
• EZ-SCREEN w/Terminal Chamber
1/2" NPT to (Point & Grid)
PG 13.5 to
SI-QM-13 PG13.5
1/2" NPT
Metal PG13.5 24.0 mm
CORDSETS &
M20 • EZ-SCREEN w/Terminal Chamber
WIRING
Internal Thread
19.3 mm
(Point & Grid)
M20 to PG13.5 PG 13.5 to
SI-QM-13-M20
Metal M20 PG13.5
CORNER MIRRORS
1/2"-14 NPT
Internal Thread
24.0 mm • SI-QS75 Safety Interlock Switches
25.0 mm
• SI-LS83 Safety Interlock Switches
1/2" – 14 NPT M16 x 1.5 to
SI-QS-M16
Plastic 1/2" – 14 NPT M16 x 1.5
1/2"-14 NPT
Internal Thread
24.0 mm • SI-QS90 Safety Interlock Switches
25.0 mm
• SI-LS100 Safety Interlock Switches
1/2" – 14 NPT M20 x 1.5 to • SI-LS31 Safety Interlock Switches
SI-QS-M20
STANDS
23.0 mm
Internal Thread • SI-QM100 Safety Interlock Switches
ENCLOSURES
60 mm
• Muting Module
10 mm
Male
FIC-M12M4 20 mm
Straight 15.0 mm M12 x 1
41 mm
20 mm
M12 x 1
Male
FIC-M12M4A 30.5 mm
Right Angle
15.0 mm
DESE5-515D 4.6 m to
7-Pin Male Mini QD
DESE5-525D 7.6 m
CORNER MIRRORS
QDS-750C 15.2 m
Emitter/ Output
Safety Receiver AC Power and EDM Data
Model Outputs EDM Connection Connection Connections Used with Sheet
• EZ-SCREEN
EZAC-R9-QE8 3 NO Hard-wired Hard-wired
Selectable
1- or 2-Channel
2 NO or no EDM
EZAC-R11-QE8 & Hard-wired Hard-wired
1 NC
1 NO
8-Pin 3-Pin 8-Pin
EZAC-R15A-QE8-QS83 & 1-Channel 120321
M12/Euro QD Mini QD Mini QD
1 SPDT
1 NO
3-Pin 5-Pin
EZAC-R8N-QE8-QS53 &
Mini QD Mini QD
1 NC Power
CORDSETS Monitoring
3-Pin 5-Pin
EZAC-R10N-QE8-QS53 2 NO
PAGE 179 Mini QD Mini QD
BRACKETS
Model Connection Connection Used with Sheet
• EZ-SCREEN SLSE..-..Q8
EZAC-E-QE8 8-Pin M12/Euro QD Hard-wired (without Test input)
• EZ-SCREEN SLPE..
CORDSETS &
• EZ-SCREEN SLSE..-..Q5
WIRING
EZAC-E-QE5 5-Pin M12/Euro QD Hard-wired
(with Test input)
120321
• EZ-SCREEN SLSE..-..Q8
3-Pin
EZAC-E-QE8-QS3 8-Pin M12/Euro QD (without Test input)
CORNER MIRRORS
Mini QD
• EZ-SCREEN SLPE..
CORDSETS
5-Pin • EZ-SCREEN SLSE..-..Q5
EZAC-E-QE5-QS5 5-Pin M12/Euro QD
PAGE 179
Mini QD (with Test input)
Construction Welded steel box with yellow polyester powder paint finish
Environmental Rating IP65
Vibration Resistance 10 to 50 Hz @ 0.35 mm displacement per IEC 68-2-6
CORNER MIRRORS
Mounting Box provides flanges for screw mounting; can be mounted directly to EZ-SCREEN receiver or emitter housing.
Operating Conditions Temperature: 0° to +55° C Relative humidity: 90% @ +55° C (non-condensing)
Application Notes The box offers a field-replaceable relay module; see Repairs section of data sheet for more information.
Certifications Listed as an accessory to EZ-SCREEN products.
Wiring Diagrams EZAC-R9QE8: WD013 (p. 226)
EZAC-R11-QE8: WD014 (p. 227)
STANDS
3 NO
BF1801A-12060 120V ac & 18 amps** 80 x 44 x 80 mm 111881
1 NC
18 amps**
BF1801L-024 24V dc 80 x 44 x 80 mm
(inductive)
NC = Normally Closed, NO = Normally Open, minimum switching current (power): 5 mA @ 17V dc (85 mw)
* One Arc Suppressor is needed for each relay across the coil (see below).
** NC contact is rated at 10 amps
Positively Data
Models Contacts Guided Used With Sheet
No
11-BGX10-40 4 NO • 11-BG Series
(Aux. only)
111881
BRACKETS
NC = Normally Closed, NO = Normally Open
CORDSETS &
Suppressors for Mechanically Linked Contactors
WIRING
Extends the life of the actuating device—such as a light screen or control module—that uses a mechanically linked contactor.
Data
Models Voltage Used With Sheet
CORNER MIRRORS
11-BGX77-048 48V dc • 11-BG00-31-D024
111881
18 mm mount
M18RGX8PQ8*
Nickel-plated brass
18 mm mount
T18RGX8PQ8* Thermoplastic
polyester
30 mm mount
T30RGX8PQ8* Thermoplastic
polyester 2 Color:
Red/Green
M12/
indication follows
8-pin PNP • EZ-SCREEN 121901
OSSD output of
Euro QD
30 mm dome/ the EZ-SCREEN
22 mm mount receiver
K30LRGX8PQ8*
Thermoplastic
polyester
50 mm dome/
30 mm mount
K50LRGX8PQ8*
Thermoplastic
BRACKETS
polyester
50 mm dome/
Flat or DIN-mount
CORDSETS &
K80LRGX8PQ8*
Thermoplastic
WIRING
polyester
CORNER MIRRORS
30 mm mount
T30GRYB11P Thermoplastic
polyester
4 Color:
• DUO-TOUCH SG
2m Green, Red, PNP 131634
Run Bars
Yellow, Blue
50 mm dome/
STANDS
30 mm mount
K50LGRYB11P
Thermoplastic
polyester
* A mating cordset is required (see page 180). Typically a CSB splitter and DEE2R-8..D cordsets are used.
ENCLOSURES
Indicator Lamps
• Indicates whether a switch is open or closed
• Available in red or green, 120V ac or 24V ac/dc
Muting Lamps
• Indicates when muting is active for optical safety systems with a muting module.
• Uses a solid-state LEDs light, eliminating the need to replace bulbs.
18-30V dc or
TL50YQ Yellow 142406
24V ac
61.2 mm
BRACKETS
TL50WQ White
Red
CORDSETS &
WIRING
m18rgr5pnq +24V dc Green Ø 18 mm 121899
Yellow (Amber)
CORNER MIRRORS
SSA-ML-A Amber
L1
72.9 mm
* The mounting brackets may be inverted from the positions shown (flanges pointing “inward” instead of “outward,” as shown). When this is done, dimension L1 decreases by 57 mm.
** MSAMB adapter bracket kit included with each MSA stand.
ENCLOSURES
115.0 mm
BRACKETS
SSM-375 375 mm 486 mm 453 mm
SSM-475 475 mm 586 mm 553 mm
SSM-550 550 mm 661 mm 628 mm
SSM-675 675 mm 786 mm 753 mm
CORDSETS &
WIRING
SSM-825 825 mm 936 mm 903 mm
SSM-875 875 mm 986 mm 953 mm
61934
SSM-975 975 mm 1086 mm 1053 mm
CORNER MIRRORS
SSM-1100 1100 mm 1211 mm 1178 mm
SSM-1175 1175 mm 1286 mm 1253 mm
SSM-1275 1275 mm 1386 mm 1353 mm
SSM-1400 1400 mm 1511 mm 1478 mm
STANDS
* The mounting brackets may be inverted from the positions shown (flanges pointing “inward” instead of “outward,” as shown). When this is done, dimension L1 decreases by 58 mm.
** One EZA-MBK-2 adapter bracket kit required if used with a MSA stand.
NOTE: The total range decreases by approximately 30% per mirror.
STANDS
ENCLOSURES
21 mm
BRACKETS
PICO-GUARD SFP30 Safety Points LAT-1-SFP30 SFA-LAT-30
CORDSETS &
Supply Voltage and Current One standard 9V battery, included (replaceable); approximately 20 hours of continuous operation
WIRING
Sensing Beam Class 2 laser, 640-660 nm visible red IEC
Pulse Width: 7 microseconds
Rep rate: 30 microseconds
Peak output power: 2.8 mW, 33kHz, 25% duty cycle
CORNER MIRRORS
Beam Size at Aperture Approximately 2 mm diameter
Beam Divergence ± 1.0 milliradian within specified temperature range
± 0.5 milliradians at room temperature
Beam Placement Within ± 4 milliradians (approximately ±0.25 degrees) of parallel to front, back, top and bottom of housing
Construction Aluminum housing; black anodized finish
Black polypropylene cover with flexible hinge for battery access
STANDS
Application Note The useable range (red dot viewed at the target) depends on the color/reflectance of the target, the level
of ambient light, air-borne contaminates, and the use of mirrors. Under average lighting with no airborne
contaminates or mirrors, the red dot is viewable at approximately 30+ m on a 90% white-card. When
using a 100 x 100 mm retroreflector target (included with the LAT), useable range can exceed 91+ m.
127.0 mm
MSA Stand
Run Bar
Telescoping Stands Adjustable 800
• Locates touch buttons 800 to 1232 mm Adjustable 800
to 1232 mm
above the floor surface to 1232 mm
• Includes swivel-mount bracket
to mount Run Bar
• Made of cold-rolled steel 611 mm
145 mm 611 mm
145 mm
STBA...S1 STBA...S2
Telescoping Stands
Model Used with Description Data Sheet
STBA-RB1-S1 STB-VP6-RB1 • Floor-mounted telescoping stand
STBA-RB2-S1 STB-VP6-RB2 • Stationary base with 4 mounting holes in corners
131634
STBA-RB1-S2 STB-VP6-RB1 • Free-standing, telescoping stand
STBA-RB2-S2 STB-VP6-RB2 • Movable H-shaped floor base with mounting holes 560 mm apart
BRACKETS
with an adhesive-backed neoprene
foam gasket
• Reduces range by approximately L
10% per shield (20% per pair)
CORDSETS &
WIRING
CORNER MIRRORS
Lens Shield
** Copolyester construction
Used With
Emitter/Receiver Emitter/Receiver Data
Model Model Defined Area Lens Shield Length (L) Sheet
LSS-150
CORDSETS &
LSS-1500
ENCLOSURES
Tubular Enclosure
(EZA-TE model shown)
BRACKETS
EZA-TE-150 SLS..-150 150 mm 439 mm
CORDSETS &
EZA-TE-450 SLS..-450 450 mm 744 mm
WIRING
EZA-TE-600 SLS..-600 600 mm 846 mm
CORNER MIRRORS
EZA-TE-900 SLS..-900 900 mm 1151 mm
117107
EZA-TE-1050 SLS..-1050 1050 mm 1354 mm
ø 177.8 mm
Emitter/
Emitter/Receiver Receiver Enclosure No. of Application Data
Model* Model Protected Area Height (L) Openings Standard Sheet
EZA-S300
ANSI/RIA R15.06
SG..4-300 900 mm 1543 mm 4
ISO 13855
CORDSETS &
EZA-S300-M
WIRING
EZA-S400
ANSI/RIA R15.06
SG..3-400 800 mm 1238 mm 3
ISO 13855
EZA-S400-M
CORNER MIRRORS
EZA-S500
SG..2-500 500 mm
EZA-S500-M 1035 mm 2 ISO 13855
109308
EZA-S500-M45 SP..1 —
EZA-S533
SG..3-533 1066 mm 1543 mm 3 ANSI/RIA R15.06
STANDS
EZA-S533-M
EZA-S584
SG..2-584 584 mm
EZA-S584-M 1238.2 mm 2 ANSI/RIA R15.06
ENCLOSURES
EZA-S584-M45 SP..1 —
* Model numbers with suffix M include vertical mirrors for perimeter-guarding applications.
Model numbers with suffix M45 include two 45°-mounted mirrors for access-guarding applications.
NOTE: The rear-surfaced glass mirrors are rated at 85% efficiency per mirror and reduce maximum range by 8% per mirror.
Explosion-Proof Enclosures
• Protects light screen in environments with online
flammable gases, liquids or dust
• Complies with UL and CSA for use in AUTOCAD, STEP,
specific hazardous atmospheres IGES & PDF
1321 mm
968 mm
BRACKETS
117 mm 197 mm
254 mm
114 mm
Model ..-XPE-32 Model ..-XPE-43
CORDSETS &
Explosion-Proof Enclosure Explosion-Proof Enclosure
WIRING
Explosion-Proof Enclosures
CORNER MIRRORS
Used With
Data
Model Model Family Emitter/Receiver Defined Area Sheet
SS-XPE-32 EZ-SCREEN 450 to 600 mm 63443
NOTE: Use of enclosure affects the sensing range of emitter/receiver used: when used in pairs, range can be reduced by 25%.
ENCLOSURES
bannerengineering.com
Wiring Diagrams
Safety Light Screens
EZ-SCREEN 14 & 30 mm Resolution 220
EZ-SCREEN LP 14 & 25 mm Resolution 220
EZ-SCREEN Type 2 30 mm Resoultion 223
EZ-SCREEN Grids & Points 225
Safety Laser Scanners 230
Safety Controllers and Modules
PICO-GUARD 232
SC22-3 Safety Controllers 235
E-Stop & Guard 237
Universal Safety 248
Safety Mat 251
Muting Modules 252
Safe Speed 256
Extension Relay Modules 257
Interface Relay Modules 259
Two-Hand Control
DUO-TOUCH SG Modules 261
STB Self Checking Touch Buttons 262
DUO-TOUCH Run Bar with STB Buttons 265
Glossary 266
Index 276
Hazard
PLC
FSD
Emergency Stopping
iKNOW®
Two-Hand Control
CONTACT/SWITCHING
Personnel Protection
DIAGRAMS
Basics of Safeguarding
DIAGRAMS
Machine and Personnel safeguarding refers to the combination of requirements, methods and solutions
HOOKUP
used to protect people who come in contact with dangerous machines in the industrial environment.
Key regulations regarding general machine guarding include the following: To be considered a safety device, the following methods must be
• Machinery Directive - EU used to ensure reliable operation: fault exclusion, redundancy, and
• OSHA General Duty Clause – USA self-checking.
(see page 210 for an abridged version list of industry safety standards)
REPRESENTATIVES
INTERNATIONAL
iKNOW®
components • If unsafe fault is found, system safety function
• Redundancy not required will default to safe state or • Faults detected immediately or at
indicate that unsafe system exists next demand on system
CONTACT/SWITCHING
Safety function is ensured with a
Greater reliability, but possible
Fault
Possible loss of safety function Fault detected at each test single fault. An accumulation of
DIAGRAMS
loss of safety function
faults is not possible or detected.
Low Mid Range High or Very High
Very Low Normally reserved for hand-fed
Minor first aid, infrequent Injuries that are slight or normally
Risk
DIAGRAMS
HOOKUP
Control Reliable ANSI B11.19
ANSI / B11
(Clause 4.5)
Simple Single Channel Single Channel with Monitoring Control reliability for robots typically
exceeds a Cat 3 but is not
REPRESENTATIVES
Safeguarding Devices: components, attachments or mechanisms designed to perform a specific safeguarding function.
Safety Light Arrests power to • Excellent ergonomics • Limited to machines that can • Initiate immediate stop • ANSI B11.19
Screen machine when sensing • Allows frequent access be stopped quickly when sensing field is • IEC 61496
field is interrupted • Protects all individuals • No protection from ejected interrupted • ISO 13855
• Cost effective for large areas parts • Appropriate resolution
• Allows for good visibility • May require the use of required to detect objects
additional guards the size of a torso, ankle,
• May create a pass-through hand or finger
hazard
Multiple-Beam Arrests power to • Low initial investment • Limited to machines that can • Initiate immediate stop • ANSI B11.19
System: machine when sensing • Allows frequent access be stopped quickly when sensing field is • IEC 61496
• Grids field is interrupted • Allows for good visibility • No protection from ejected interrupted • ISO 13855
• Points • Protects all individuals parts • Appropriate resolution
• Large safety distance required to detect objects
• May create a pass-through the size of a torso
hazard
iKNOW®
Two-Hand Operator must use • Operator’s hands are away • Potential ergonomic impact • Concurrent actuation • ANSI B11.19
Control both hands to actuate from hazardous area • Provides protection only for • Release and reactivation • NFPA 79
machine motion hereby • Low initial investment operator required before machine • ISO 13855
• ISO 13856
preventing operator • Low maintenance • No protection from ejected motion may be reinitiated
• IEC 60204-1
CONTACT/SWITCHING
Safety Mat Interrupts power to • Excellent ergonomics • Costly for large areas Minimum object sensitivity • ANSI B11.19
Monitor machine when a • Protects all individuals • Maintenance intensive of 66 lbs on and 3-1/8" • ISO 13855
minimum pressure is • Allows for good visibility • Large safety distance surface to detect a foot • ISO 13856
applied
DIAGRAMS
HOOKUP
done by electromechanical
components
*This represents a partial list of available safeguards & devices.
iKnowChoosing
Solutions:
iKnow
S A
When
Supplementaland
Information
Locating a Safeguard
Supplemental Information
F E a Tsafeguard,
choosing Y Choosing and Locating a Safety Product
ask yourself the following questions:
1) isS it safe,
A F2) isE it legal, Choosing
T Yand 3) does and Locating a Safety Product
it make sense for the application.
iKnow
Choosing a Safety Product
iKnow
□:KRZLOOXVHLW"
Ejected
to Hazard
( ([FHOOHQW
□W
StopStop
Ejected
to Hazard
I R E L E S S
Operators
:KRZLOOXVHLW"
Access
+RZZLOOWKH\XVHLW" $ $FFHSWDEOH
Access
( ([FHOOHQW
Against
3 3RRU
$ $
□W
Machine
I hazards
R E LareE S S
Operators
Access
$ $FFHSWDEOH
CloseClose
+RZZLOOWKH\XVHLW"
Maintenance
What
Access
; 1RW$FFHSWDEOH
Ergonomic
Against
Infrequent
3 3RRU
Machine
□ What
Frequent
DVVRFLDWHGZLWKZKLFK
Visibility
Maintenance
Multiple
Material
hazards are
Guards
; 1RW$FFHSWDEOH
Locate
Ergonomic
Infrequent
WDVN"
LongLong
TimeTime
Frequent
DVVRFLDWHGZLWKZKLFK
Visibility
Multiple
Material
Guards
Guarding Solutions Comments
Locate
□WDVN"
:KDWDUHWKHW\SHVRI
Guarding Solutions Comments
□KD]DUGV"
:KDWDUHWKHW\SHVRI )L[HG+DUG*XDUG P P E E E P P E E /LPLWHGDFFHVV
□:KD]DUGV"
KHUHZLOOWKHVDIHJXDUG )L[HG+DUG*XDUG P P E E E P P E E /LPLWHGYLVLELOLW\WRWKHPDFKLQH
/LPLWHGDFFHVV
/RFNLQJ*XDUG P P E E E P P E E /LPLWHGYLVLELOLW\WRWKHPDFKLQH
□:KHUHZLOOWKHVDIHJXDUG
EHORFDWHG" /LPLWHGYLVLELOLW\WRWKHPDFKLQH
&RVWO\IRUODUJHDUHDV
EHORFDWHG" /RFNLQJ*XDUG P P E E E P P E E /LPLWHGYLVLELOLW\WRWKHPDFKLQH
,QWHUORFN*XDUG P P A E A P P E E &RVWO\WRPDLQWDLQDQGIL[
&RVWO\IRUODUJHDUHDV
,QWHUORFN*XDUG P P A E A P P E E &RVWO\WRPDLQWDLQDQGIL[
2-Hand Control A A A A A A A P P 2QO\SURWHFWVRSHUDWRU V
2-Hand Control A A A A A A A P P 2QO\SURWHFWVRSHUDWRU V
+LJK5HVROXWLRQ6/6 E E P E P E E E X /RFDWHFORVHUWRKD]DUG
+LJK5HVROXWLRQ6/6 E E P E P E E E X /RFDWHFORVHUWRKD]DUG
/RZ5HVROXWLRQ6/6 E E P E P E E E X &RVWVOHVVWKDQKLJKUHVROXWLRQ6/6
/RZ5HVROXWLRQ6/6 E E P E P E E E X &RVWVOHVVWKDQKLJKUHVROXWLRQ6/6
RU%HDP3HULPHWHU E A A P A E E E X 7DNHVOHVVVSDFHWKDQEHDP
RU%HDP3HULPHWHU E A A P A E E E X 7DNHVOHVVVSDFHWKDQEHDP
%HDP3HULPHWHU E A A P A E E E X &RVWVOHVVWKDQRUEHDP
%HDP3HULPHWHU E A A P A E E E X &RVWVOHVVWKDQRUEHDP
6DIHW\0DWV P A A P A E E E X 0DLQWHQDQFHLQWHQVLYH
6DIHW\0DWV P A A P A E E E X 0DLQWHQDQFHLQWHQVLYH
Locating a Safety Product
Locating a Safety Product Ds
iKNOW®
K * Ttotal Ds + Dpf Safety Distance
K * Ttotal + Dpf Ds = K (Ts + Tr) + Dpf
Safety Distance
Ds 6HSDUDWLRQ'LVWDQFH
Ds = K (Ts + Tr) +LQFKHV
Dpf
K 26+$+DQG6SHHG&RQVWDQW
Ds 6HSDUDWLRQ'LVWDQFH LQFKHV
CONTACT/SWITCHING
Ts 0DFKLQH5HVSRQVH VHF
K 26+$+DQG6SHHG&RQVWDQW
Tr 6DIHW\'HYLFH VHF
DIAGRAMS
Ts 0DFKLQH5HVSRQVH VHF
Dpf 'HSWK3HQHWUDWLRQ)DFWRU LQFKHV
Tr 6DIHW\'HYLFH VHF
Dpf 'HSWK3HQHWUDWLRQ)DFWRU LQFKHV
DIAGRAMS
Hard guard or solenoid-locking guard HOOKUP
Low-resolution two-beam safety grid 'SI
'SI
Hard guard or solenoid-locking guard Low-resolution two-beam safety grid 'SI
'SI
Standard or magnetic interlock hard guard Horizontal sensing fields, LQFOXGLQJVDIHW\PDWV
LQWHUORFNHGJXDUGRSHQVDZD\RUODWHUDOO\ KRUL]RQWDOVDIHW\OLJKWVFUHHQVDQGDUHDVFDQQLQJ
Standard or magnetic interlock hard guard Horizontal sensing fields, LQFOXGLQJVDIHW\PDWV
GLOSSARY
127(,OOXVWUDWLRQH[DPSOHVDUHEDVHGXSRQWKHGHVFULEHGVDIHJXDUGVEHLQJXVHGDVWKHSULPDU\VDIHJXDUGLQJGHYLFHDOOH[DPSOHVKDYLQJLGHQWLFDOVWRSSLQJWLPHDQG
INTERNATIONAL
IROORZLQJJHQHUDOO\DFFHSWHGLQGXVWULDOHQJLQHHULQJSUDFWLFHVWKDWDUHIRXQGZLWKLQ$16,%DQG$16,5,$5VDIHW\VWDQGDUGV
127(,OOXVWUDWLRQH[DPSOHVDUHEDVHGXSRQWKHGHVFULEHGVDIHJXDUGVEHLQJXVHGDVWKHSULPDU\VDIHJXDUGLQJGHYLFHDOOH[DPSOHVKDYLQJLGHQWLFDOVWRSSLQJWLPHDQG
IROORZLQJJHQHUDOO\DFFHSWHGLQGXVWULDOHQJLQHHULQJSUDFWLFHVWKDWDUHIRXQGZLWKLQ$16,%DQG$16,5,$5VDIHW\VWDQGDUGV
MS_T8_S1_E.pdf
MS_T8_S1_E.pdf
©%DQQHU(QJLQHHULQJ&RUS7HQWK$YH1R0LQQHDSROLV0186$3KRQHZZZEDQQHUHQJLQHHULQJFRP(PDLOVHQVRUV#EDQQHUHQJLQHHULQJFRP
©%DQQHU(QJLQHHULQJ&RUS7HQWK$YH1R0LQQHDSROLV0186$3KRQHZZZEDQQHUHQJLQHHULQJFRP(PDLOVHQVRUV#EDQQHUHQJLQHHULQJFRP
More information online at bannerengineering.com 209
REFERENCE – iKNOW
Requirements: Standards
Safeguarding standards are minimum Standards: Specific Machine OSHA 29CFR1910.216
requirements for product and machine Applications, Grouped by Type Mills and Calenders in the Rubber and
design, manufacture, use and evaluation Machine Tools Plastics Industry
that guide the methods used to improve OSHA 29CFR1910.217 ANSI B28.1
safety. (Guarding of) Mechanical Power Press Safety Code for Rubber Mills and Calenders
ANSI B11.1 EN 1417
Go online for a more comprehensive Rubber and Plastics Machines – Two-Roll
Mechanical Power Presses
and up-to-date list of standards. Mills
EN 692
General Requirements Mechanical Power Presses Packaging
U.S. More online.... ANSI/PMMI B155.1
OSHA 29CFR1910.212 Packaging and Packaging-Related Converting
Conveyors
General Requirements for (Guarding of) Machinery – Safety
ANSI/ASME B20.1
All Machines Conveyors and Related Equipment EN 415
International/European Safety of Packaging Machines
ISO 4123
ISO 12100-1&2 (EN 292) Belt Conveyors Semiconductor
Safety of Machinery: Basic Concepts, SEMI S1
ISO 9851
General Principles for Design Safety Guideline for Equipment Safety Labels
Overhead Electrical Monorail Conveyors
ISO 14121 (EN 1050) SEMI S2
Industrial Robots
Safety of Machinery: Risk Assessment Environmental, Health, and Safety Guideline
ANSI/RIA R15.06
for Semiconductor Manufacturing Equipment
Standards: Safeguarding Design Industrial Robots and Robot Systems
SEMI S3
U.S. ISO 10218 Safety Guidelines for Heated Chemical Baths
ANSI/NFPA 79 Manipulating Industrial Robots – Safety
SEMI S7
Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery Injection Molding Safety Guidelines for Environmental,
ANSI Z535 ANSI B151.1 Safety, and Health (ESH) Evaluation of
Safety Signs, Symbols and Color Codes Horizontal Injection Molding Machines Semiconductor Manufacturing Equipment
ANSI Z136.1 ANSI B151.21 SEMI S8
Safe Use of Lasers Injection Blow Molding Machines – Safety Safety Guidelines for Ergonomics Engineering
ANSI Z244.1 Lockout/Tagout of Energy ANSI B151.26 of Semiconductor Manufacturing Equipment
Sources Dynamic Reaction – Injection Molding SEMI S9
ANSI B11.21 Machines Safety Guideline for Electrical Design
Machine Tools Using Lasers – Safety ANSI B151.27 Verification Tests for Semiconductor
Plastics Machinery – Robots Used With HIM
iKNOW®
International/European
IEC 60204-1 EN: European Norm
Electrical Equipment of Machines IEC: International Electrotechnical Commission
ISO 14118 (EN 1037) ISO: International Organization for Standardization
Prevention of Unexpected Start Up MIL-STD: USA Military Standard
REPRESENTATIVES
iKNOW®
25 0.0179 0.455 — — 3.2
26 0.0159 0.404 0.020 0.51 4.1
27 0.0142 0.361 0.018 0.46 5.2
28 0.0126 0.320 0.015 0.38 6.5
CONTACT/SWITCHING
29 0.0113 0.287 — — 8.2
DIAGRAMS
30 0.0100 0.254 0.012 0.30 10
1
xact diameter is dependent upon the wire gage used for the strands. Diameter listed represents the most common wire type for AWG.
E
2
Resistance values assume the resistivity of solid copper wire. Stranding and/or copper alloy increase the resistance values.
DIAGRAMS
Trigonometric Formulas for Distance or Angle Calculation HOOKUP
Relationships:
sin ø = Y/Z
GLOSSARY
Z cos ø = X/Z
Y tan ø = X/Y
csc ø = Z/Y = 1/sin ø
Ø sec ø = Z/X = 1/cos ø
cot ø = X/Y = 1/tan ø
X
REPRESENTATIVES
INTERNATIONAL
y
an
an
erm
erm
G
G
in
inn
1S M 1S M
de
de
a
a
M
M
AG AG
C
D
D
SI-M SI-M
V
30
30
9
9
98
98
46
46
YA
MM
G1
MA
SI-
M
SI-
0
99
46
0
Magnet-Style Interlocks: Direction of Approach for Sensor/Magnet Pairs
99
46
Model SI-MAG1 Model SI-MAG1 Model SI-MAG1
Sensing
Face Sensing Coded Magnet
Coded
Face
Sensor Magnet X1 X1
X1
y
an
an
Sensor
erm
erm
G
y
an
in
inn
1S M 1S M
errm
de
de
X1 X1
G
M
M
AG AG
in
1S M
de
C
C
D
D
SI-M SI-M X1
a
y
y
V
M
an
an
AG
30
30
erm
erm
C
D
SI-M
9
G
y
V
98
98
an
in
inn
30
46
46
1S M SM
errm
de
de
1
G
M
98
AG YA AG
in
46
Y1AS M
de
C
C
YA
D
SI-M SI-M
a
V
M
AG
30
30
YA
C
D
M M -M
9
M
V
98
98
2M 2 M SI
30
1M
46
46
G G G
MA MA MA
9
98
YA SI- 1 MM SI-
SI-
46
2
2
99
99
G
MA
46
46
YA
MM SI-
0
99
46
G1
MA MM
0
SI-
99
46
G1
MAXL
SI-
Sensing
0
99
46
M M
2S 2S
y0
a n 99
AG AG
6
erm4
SI-M SI-M
e
G
G
ad 1
ad 1
in
in
M 699
M 99
e
e
46
4
Face
Sensor
Coded Magnet
Correct Correct Correct
Movement is perpendicular to the sensing face. Movement is perpendicular to the sensing face. Movement is perpendicular to the sensing face.
X1 X1
X1
y
y
an
an
erm
erm
X1 X1
G
y
an
in
inn
1S M 1S M
errm
de
de
YA X1 YA
y
y
an
an
G
M
M
erm
erm
AG AG
in
1S M M XI
de
C
C
G
y
D
D
SI-M SI-M M
an
a
in
inn
V
M
1S M 1S M 2M AG AG2 M
errm
30
30
de
de
a
AG
C
G
M
AG AG
D
SI-MSI- M
9
in
V
98
98
M
1S M
2 0
de
SI-
C
S I-
46
46
99 3
D
SI-M SI-M YA YA
a
V
M
AG
30
30
99
S II--
46 9
MA
98
YA X1 X1 X1
46
46
D
SI-M M
9
V
98
98
MM MM
30
56 3 MM
46
46
X1
y
y
YAAG 2
y
G2
an
an
an
9
erm
erm
98
A
erm
YA 98 X1 5
MM -M -M XL
46
G
G
7
an
G1 SI SI
in
inn
in
1S M 1 SXLM
M 92
errm
1S M
de
de
99
de
MA
y
9
YA
an
a
a
C 46
XL
46
M
y Ma
G
M
SI- AG 1 M -M AG
erm
AG2 S M
in
M
1S M
de
C
1M
C
AG
G
D
D
SI-M
erm D
SI-MAG
in
V
M
SI
G V
G AG
M 1S M
30
30
an
in 30
de
MA MM SI- M SM
a
C
0
XL
M
SI- 2S SI-M
99
D
SI-M AG
9
y9
ad 1 9
2
V
98
a n98
M 69998
46
G1
30
AG AG
an
C
46
4 46
erm4
D
A SI-M
e
erm
V
-M XL XL
30
SI-M SI-M
99
98
YA
G
SI
0
46
ad 1
ad 1
46
in
in
99
M 699
M 699
2S
9
e
98
46
y
4
4
AG
46
an
YA
erm
M M
0
2S 2S SI-M
99
MM
G
46
ad 1
AG AG
in
an
an
M 699
G1
in
e
erm
erm
1S M
de
MA SI-M SI-M
G
MM
a
M
SI-
ad 1
ad 1
in
in
AG
M 699
M 99
G1
e
46
C
4
D
MA SI-M
V
30
SI-
0
99
9
98
46
46
0
99
46
Correct Correct Correct
Movement is parallel to the sensing face. Movement is parallel to the sensing face. Movement is parallel to the sensing face.
46
S I-99 2
XI
MA
XI
46 2M G
S I-99 2 M
X1 X1 MA
S I- G YA
X1 MA S II--
y
2M
an
an
erm
erm
XI MA
M
YA YA G
56 3 MM
G
G XI
an
in
inn
YA
I-MAG 3MM
SM SM
errm
56 3 MM
de
de
1 1 M M 98
a
G
M
M 2M
AG AG YA G2 A S I-
in
SM Y G 7 98
de
C
M MA MA
D
S II--
XI
46
SI-M 1 MA 7
a
V
569 87
S I-99 2
AG
30
30
MM SI- MM SI- G MA
C
2
2
D
MA
99
99
GSI2-M
89
G2 56 3 MM
V
98
G
46
46
30
G
46
X1 MA X1 MA 56 3 MM
2M
SI- SI- 98
89
M
YA X1
9
7 98
2
462
X1 X1
99
99
X1 XL
S I-
y
y
an
7
an
46
46
YA
XL
erm
erm
y
YA
an
1
y
y
G
YXA
y
an
an
erm
YA
an
MMM
in
inn
erm
erm
1S M XL XL
errm
XL M
de
de
G
G11 S 2S
a
in
G
M
y
XL
G
M
1S M
an
MAAG AG 2S
y
in
inn
de
AG
in
an
1S M SM MM MM
errm
1S M
de
de
MMXL a
de
y
C
erm
AG
M
SISI- -M
an
AG
D
SI-M M AG 1
a
G2 2 SI-M
a
G
M
M
V
erm
G1
M
AG AG XL M AG
G
30
30
M
in
2S MA 2S SI-M
ad 1
- 1MS M 2S
in
D
MA M-M
M 699
de
C
G
C
2 S SI
e
D
D
30 y
SI-M AG SI-M
ad 1
SI- AG
D
30
SI-M
in
y
a
an
an
89
AG
M 699
SI-
V
an
M
4
V
98
ASIG
30
e
98 erm
erm
9
30
460
D 2
erm
AG
46
99
a9n
4
99
V 99
SI-M SI-M
C
SI-M
98
46
e6rm
46
30 46
46 G
M M
SI-M
9
G
y 89
ad 1
ad 1
98
2S 2S
in
in
SI-M
ad 1
M 99
M 699
in
YA X1
G4
M 99
a n 69
e
e
46
46
e
y
ad 1
AG AG
G 0
46
in
4
an
M 699
in 99
e
9
erm
erm
6
98
YA
4
X1
ad 1 4
SI-M SI-M
y
46
YA
G
an
XL
ad 1
in
erm
M 699
M 99
MM
e
e
46
4
y
G
YA
an
G1
in
XL XL
erm
MM 1S M
de
MA MM M
G
M
SI- G1 AG 2S AG
in
G1 AG1 S M
dye
MA
an
D
MA MM SI-M SI-M
M
SI-
erm
V
M
1 M2 S SI-MAG
30
2S
ad 1
SI-
M 99
CG
AGAG
0
e
y
a3d 91
inD
AG
99
SI-M
46
an
an
0eV
9 M 69
98
- M-M
46
erm
erm
98 4
46
SI SI SI-M
0
G
99
ad 1
ad 1
in
in
46
99
M 699
M 99
e
46
46
46
4
0
99
46
®
iKNOW
X1
XI
46
S I-99 2
y
XI
an
erm
X1
MA
G
G
XI S I-
in
2M
1S M
de
y
MA XI S II--
M
an
a
M
erm
AG
DIAGRAMS
G MA
YA
C
G
D
S I- 56 3 MM SI-M
in
V
G 1S M
30
de
I-MAG 3MM
YA YA MA S II-- 56 3 MM
a
98
M
AG
9
98
G 7 MA 98
C
46
D
56 3 MM G SI-M V
XI
M MM 7
30
I-MAG 3MM
569 87
2M X1
56 3 MM
46
G2 98 S I-99 2
9
XI
98
MA 7 98
46
46
SI-
MA
y
XI
an
XI
7
99
2
erm
569 87
G 2 S I-
X1
99
2M
46
MA
G
S I-
M
in
S I-
1S M
G2
de
X1
y
MA S II--
an
MM
a
YA
M
AG
erm
G MA XL
C
G
XL
y
D
SI-M
an
56 3 MM
inn
YA
YA YA
S I-
V
G
30
errm
e
I-MAG 3MM
98 56 3 MM
G
XL XL
9
YA YA SM
in
98
MM 1S M MM 7 98
de
M 2
46
2S
y
a
2 AG
an
2
XI
M
G AG G 7
y
erm
569 87
MM MM AG
an
erm
D
SI-M
G
ad 1
X1
in
30
M 699
G
erm 92
erm 92
MA MA
e
y
ad 1
AG AG
in
an
an
M 99
G 9
G 9
4
in 46
in 46
SI- SI-
9
46
98
SI-M SI-M X1 X1
y
2
an
46
99
99
ad 1
ad 1
erm
M 99
46
M 699
46
S I-
e
e
46
XL
y
4
YA
an
an
inn
1S M XL
errm
erm
de
a
XL
G
M
AG
in
in
XL
1S M 1S M
de
XL XL
C
de
M
D
SI-M 2S
a
MM
a
V
M
M
AG
30
AG 2S
y
AG
an
G1 XL XL M
C
erm
AG
D
SI-M 2S
an
D
9
MA SI-M M
V
SI-M
98
erm
30
M M 2S
y
30
AG
G
46
an
SI- 2S 2S SI-M
ad 1
in
M 699
y
erm
G
AG
an
e
y
y
9
ad 1
AG AG
9
in
SI-M
an
an
98
M 699
erm
4
98
M M X1
G
e
erm
erm
46
2S 2S SI-M
ad 1
46
in
4
M 699
SI-M SI-M
G
e
y
ad 1
G
AG AG
G
in
0
an
an
M 99
ad 1
ad 1
4
99
in
in
M 699
M 699
e
erm
erm
46
YA
46
an
SI-M SI-M
4
erm
G
G
ad 1
ad 1
in
in
M 699
M 699
G
e
in
4
1S M
de
MM
a
M
G1 AG
C
D
MA SI-M
V
30
SI-
9
98
46
0
99
DIAGRAMS
46
HOOKUP
Incorrect
Label to label approach of sensor and magnet
Incorrect Detail of Interiors
90° approach of sensor and magnet is not possible.
XI is not possible. X1
Sensing
y
XI
an
erm
G
S I-
in
1S M
de
MA S II--
a
M
G MA AG
C
D
56 3 MM SI-M
Sensor
V
G
30
I-MAG 3MM
56 3 MM
GLOSSARY
98
Face
9
98
7 98
46
X1
46
XI
7 S I-99 2
569 87
XI MA
X1
y
XI
an
XI
G
erm
2M
y
XI
G
an
–
S I-
in
erm
1S M
de
MA S II--
S I-
YA
a
G
M
S I- AG
in
MA 1S M
de
G
C
MA S II--
D
SI-M
a
YA
56 3 MM
M
V
+
G AG
30
I-MAG 3MM
G 56 3 MM MA
C
98
D
56 3 MM SI-M
9
NO
G
98
46
30
7 98
I-MAG 3MM
46
S I-99 2
98 56 3 MM
XI
7
9
98
569 87
MA
7 98
46
G
XI
– NC
7
2M
569 87
M
YA
X1
N
S I-
YA XL
XL
S I-
y
an
NO S
errm
XL M M
G
2M 2S
in
M
1S M AG
de
2S
y
AG
an
a
M
y
M
erm
AG
an
SI- SI-M
erm
M
G
C
2S SI-M
ad 1
D
99
in
M 699
G
V
46
e
y
30
N
ad 1
AG
in
an
M 699
4
e
erm
SI-M X1
G
ad 1
in
XL
M 699
e
XL
4
y
an
erm
XL M
G
2S
in
M
1S M 2S
y
de
AG
an
a
erm
AG
M
an
AG SI-M
erm
M
G
C
2S SI-M
ad 1
in
D
SI-M
M 99
G
REPRESENTATIVES
e
y
ad 1
AG
46
30
in
an
M 699
e
erm
SI-M
9
98
G
ad 1
in
46
M 99
INTERNATIONAL
e
46
Coded Magnet
NOTE: With SI-MAG1C Controller, approach speed for all magnet-style switches must be greater than 0.2 ms.
With GM-FA-10J Controller, approach speed must be greater than 0.1 ms.
212 bannerengineering.com
X1
XI
an
erm
G
in
1S M
de
S II--
a
M
MA AG
C
D
SI-M
V
G
30
I-MAG 3MM
56 3 MM
9
98
98 X1
46
XI
46
7
569 87
S I-99 2
y
XI
an
erm
MA
G
G
in
2M
1S M
de
S I-
M
a
M
AG
I-
M
C
YA
D
0V
REFERENCE – CONTACT/SWITCHING DIAGRAMS
1-2
33 34 33 34
rd/bu rd/bk rd/bu rd/bk
6°
21 22 21 22 10°
gn rd/ye 9° gn 3° rd/ye
Operating
Operating
3°
Angle
Angle
11 12 11 12
rd rd/wh rd rd/wh
Operating
4 3 2 1
Angle
9° 3°
3°
6°
OFF State OFF State 10°
Non-Safety
Safety
34 33 34
Safety
rd/bk rd/bu rd/bk
22 21 22
rd/ye gn rd/ye
12 11 12
rd/wh rd rd/wh
Open 4 3 2 1 Open
Closed Page 130 Closed Page 131
Transition Transition
21-22
11-12
0° 0°
±5° ±5°
11 12
±8° 11 12 ±8°
±10°
23 24 21 22
Safety
Monitor
Safety
Monitor
Safety
Lever Rotated Lever Rotated
0° ±90° 0° ±90°
iKNOW®
90° 90° 90° 90°
11 12 Open 11 12 Open
CONTACT/SWITCHING
Closed Page 132 Closed Page 132
23 24 21 22
Transition Transition
DIAGRAMS
SD005 - SI-LS31HGRD Series SD006 - SI-LS31HGRE Series
Contact Configuration Switching Diagram Contact Configuration Switching Diagram
Lever in Normal Position Lever in Normal Position
DIAGRAMS
HOOKUP
0° 0°
23-24
11-12
21-22
11-12
0° 0°
11 12 11 12
5° 5°
23 24 8° 21 22 8°
10°
GLOSSARY
Safety
Monitor
0° 0°
11 12 Open 11 12 Open
Closed Page 132 Closed Page 132
23 24 21 22
Transition Transition
0° 0°
21-22
11-12
23-24
11-12
0° 0°
11 12 11 12
5° 5°
23 24 8° 21 22 8°
10°
Safety
Safety
Lever Rotated Lever Rotated
Safety
Monitor
180° 180° 180°
180°
0º 0°
11 12 Open 11 12 Open
Closed Page 132 Closed Page 132
23 24 21 22
Transition Transition
0°/360° 0°/360°
23-24
11-12
23-24
11-12
0° 0°
10° 10°
11 12 30° 11 12
30°
45° 45°
23 24 21 22
315°
330° 330°
Axle Rotated 45° 350° Axle Rotated 45° 350°
360° 360°
Safety
Monitor
Safety
Safety
>45° >45°
iKNOW®
11 12 11 12
Open Open
CONTACT/SWITCHING
15 16
HOOKUP
15-16
25-26
33-34
23-24
11-12
25 26 Engaged 0 11 12 Engaged 0
7.6 4
33 34 8.3 23 24 4.3
8.8 4.4
GLOSSARY
mm
Safety
Monitor
mm
15 16
25 26 11 12
REPRESENTATIVES
INTERNATIONAL
33 34 23 24
Open Open
Closed Page 136 Closed Page 136
Transition Transition
21-22
11-12
11-12
11 12 Engaged 0 11 12 Engaged 0
4.2
21 22 4.5
6.2
7.2
Safety
Monitor
mm
Safety
mm
11 12
11 12
21 22
Open Open
Closed Page 136 Closed Page 137
Transition Transition
21-22
11-12
11 12 11 12
Engaged 0 Engaged 0
23 24 2.4 21 22
3.2 6.2
3.4 7.2
mm
Safety
Safety
mm
iKNOW®
11 12 11 12
23 24 21 22
Open Open
CONTACT/SWITCHING
Closed Page 138 Closed Page 138
Transition Transition
DIAGRAMS
SD017 - SI-QS90MF Series SD018 - SI-LM40MKHD Series
Contact Configuration Switching Diagram Contact Configuration Switching Diagram
Actuator Engaged Actuator Engaged
DIAGRAMS
HOOKUP
23-24
15-16
25-26
33-34
11-12
15 16
11 12 Engaged 0
Engaged 0
25 26 3.0
23 24 9
3.5
33 34 5.0 10
11
GLOSSARY
Monitor
mm
15 16
11 12
REPRESENTATIVES
INTERNATIONAL
25 26
23 24
33 34
Open Open
Closed Page 138 Closed Page 142
Transition Transition
15-16
25-26
33-34
21-22
11-12
15 16
11 12 Engaged 0 Engaged 0
25 26
21 22 10.5
11 11
14 33 34
12
Safety
Safety
Monitor
mm
Safety
Safety
15 16
11 12
25 26 * 1 mm of movement will open
21 22 contact
33 34
Open Open
Closed Page 142 Closed Page 142
Transition Transition
21-22
11-12
11 12 11 12
Engaged 0 0
1* Engaged
23 24 21 22
3 3
7 7
mm
Safety
Safety
mm
iKNOW®
11 12 11 12
23 24 21 22
Open Open
CONTACT/SWITCHING
21-22
11-12
31 32 31 32
Engaged 0 11 12 Engaged 0
21 22 43 44 43 44
7.0 7.0
8.0 21 22
13 14 E1 E2 9.0 E1 E2 9.0
+ – + –
GLOSSARY
mm
Safety
Safety
31 32 31 32
REPRESENTATIVES
11 12
INTERNATIONAL
21 22
43 44 43 44
21 22
13 14
E1 E2 Open E1 E2 Open
+ – Closed Pages 145-146 + – Closed Pages 145-146
Transition Transition
31-32
13-14
21-22
31-32
21-22
11-12
Engaged 0 11 12 Engaged 0
41 42 41 42
31 32
7.0 7.0
8.0 21 22
21 22 E1 E2 9.0 E1 E2
9.0
+ – 31 32 + –
13 14
Safety
Monitor
Safety
mm
Safety
Safety
Safety
Contacts Solenoid Monitor Contacts Contacts Solenoid Monitor Contacts mm
41 42 11 12 41 42
31 32
21 22
21 22 E1 E2 E1 E2
Open Open
31 32
13 14 + – Closed Pages 145-146 + – Closed Pages 145-146
Transition Transition
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
Safety
Monitor
Safety
Monitor
iKNOW®
21 22 31 32 21 22 31 32
13 14 43 44 11 12 43 44
Open Open
CONTACT/SWITCHING
Closed Page 147 Closed Page 147
Transition Transition
DIAGRAMS
SD029 - RP-RM83..LTE/LTR Series SD030 - RP-RM83..LT/LR Series
Contact Configuration Switching Diagram Contact Configuration Switching Diagram
Run Position Run Position
Actuator
DIAGRAMS
Actuator
HOOKUP
Contacts Solenoid Monitor Contacts Contacts Solenoid Monitor Contacts
S1 S2
S1 S2 Aux.
23-24
23-24
11-12
11-12
23-24
23-24
11-12
11-12
Break (91N/156N)
2-3
Break (91N/156N) -6
-6
-4.8
-4.8
11 12 11 12 11 12 11 12 Latch -4
Latch -4
-3
23 24 23 24 23 24 23 24 Tension
Tension Set Point
GLOSSARY
Safety
Pull (175N/300N)
Monitor
Monitor
mm
Aux.
Safety
Safety
Monitor
Monitor
mm
REPRESENTATIVES
INTERNATIONAL
11 12 11 12 11 12 11 12
13-14
25-26
13-14
21-22
33-34
41-42
Break (180N) -5 90N 0
13 14
13 14 -3.8
Latch 25 26
-3
21 22 2
33 34 Cable Pulled
Tension
41 42 Set Point
240N
4
Cable Pulled or Cable Break +3 13 14
Latch
+3.8
25 26 6
120N
Pull (300N) +5
Break
Pull
mm
mm Cable Break
13 14
21 22
33 34
Open 13 14
Open
41 42 Closed Page 158 Page 159
25 26 Closed
Transition
13-14
25-26
13-14
25-26
150N 0 50N 0
13 14 13 14
25 26 25 26
1.5
2
Cable Pulled Cable Pulled
5 11
13 14 13 14
25 26 7.5 25 26 13
240N 180N
iKNOW®
Break
Pull
Break
Pull
mm mm
Cable Break Cable Break
13 14 13 14
CONTACT/SWITCHING
13-14
25-26
33-34
45-46
13-14
25-26
33-34
13 14
80N 0 13 14 80N 0
25 26
33 34 25 26
45 46 33 34
2 2
Cable Pulled Cable Pulled
GLOSSARY
6 6
13 14
13 14
25 26
33 34 25 26
45 46 200N 8 33 34 200N 8
Break
Pull
Break
Pull
Break
Pull
Break
mm mm
Cable Break Cable Break
REPRESENTATIVES
INTERNATIONAL
13 14
13 14
25 26
Open Page 159
Open
33 34 25 26 Page 159
45 46
Closed 33 34
Closed
13-14
25-26
13-14
25-26
50N 0 50N 0
13 14 13 14
25 26 1.6 25 26 1.2
Break
Pull
Break
Pull
mm mm
Cable Break Cable Break
13 14 Open 13 14 Open
Closed Page 160 Closed Page 160
25 26 25 26
Transition Transition
23 - 24
11 - 12
11 - 12
24 12 12 24
40° 70N
30° Lock
23 11 11 23
Left Right
Lever
30° Lock
iKNOW®
40° 70N
24 12 12 24
23 11 11 23 Open
CONTACT/SWITCHING
Page 160
Closed
DIAGRAMS
DIAGRAMS
HOOKUP
GLOSSARY
REPRESENTATIVES
INTERNATIONAL
WD001
EZ-SCREEN® System (Type 4)
Emitter
8-Pin (standard)
Euro-Style (Standard Emitter)
Bu (#6)
Page 23 Bk (#5) n.c.*
Wh (#4) n.c.*
Models
Vi (#8) n.c.*
Or (#3) n.c.*
Or/Bk (#2) n.c.*
• EZ-SCREEN 14 & 30 mm Wiring diagrams are for
emitter models with 8-pin
Euro QD
*NOTE: Pins 2, 3, 4, 5, and 8 are not connected, or are paralleled ! information only. See
appropriate manuals for
to same color wire from the 8-pin receiver cable all specific warnings, cautions and
(see Section 3.7 and Figure 3-16). information for use.
Bu (#3)
Wiring diagrams are for
Bk (#4)
Wh (#2)
Jumper or open to test ! information only. See
appropriate manuals for
all specific warnings, cautions and
information for use.
†
See Euro-style connectors on page 179 for female mating cordset.
†
See Table 2.2 for further cable information
WD002
EZ-SCREEN® LP System (Type 4)
8-Pin Euro-Style (Reset Hookup)
iKNOW®
+24V dc 0V dc
8-pin male
Euro-style Bn (Pin #1)
face view
Gn/Ye (#7)
CONTACT/SWITCHING
Bu (#6)
Page 31
DIAGRAMS
Models
Bk (#5)
n.c.*
Wh (#4) n.c.*
*NOTE: Pins 2, 3, 4 and 5 either are not
• EZ-SCREEN LP connected, or are paralleled to Vi (#8)
Wiring diagrams are for
14 & 25 mm emitter
models with 8-pin Euro QD
same color wire from the 8-pin
receiver cable. Or (#3)
Close to reset
n.c.* ! information only. See
appropriate manuals for
Or/Bk (#2) n.c.*
all specific warnings, cautions and
DIAGRAMS
*NOTE: Pins 2, 3, 4 and 5 either are not connected, or are paralleled to same
8-Pin Euro-Style (Test Hookup)
color wire from the 8-pin receiver cable.
Models
+24V dc 0V dc
8-pin male
• EZ-SCREEN LP 14 & 25 Euro-style Bn (Pin #1)
GLOSSARY
Bk (#5)
n.c.*
*NOTE: Pins 2, 3, 4 and 5 either are not
REPRESENTATIVES
Wh (#4) n.c.*
INTERNATIONAL
*NOTE: Pins 2, 3, 4 and 5 either are not connected, or are paralleled to same
color wire from the 8-pin receiver cable.
WD003
EZ-SCREEN® System (Type 4)
Receiver with 2 Solid-State OSSDs, 2 FSDs and 2-Channel EDM
+24V dc 0V dc
8-pin male
Euro-style† Bn (Pin #1) +24V dc
Page 22 Gn/Ye (#7) Ground
Models
Bu (#6) 0V dc
• EZ-SCREEN 14 &
30 mm receiver models Bk (#5) OSSD1
FSD1
with 8-pin Euro QD
• EZ-SCREEN LP Wh (#4) OSSD2
FSD2
14 & 25 mm receiver
models with 8-pin Euro QD Vi (#8) Reset *
Or (#3) EDM1
Single-Channel
Safety Stop
Circuit
Dual-Channel
Safety Stop
Circuit
WD004
See Table 2.2 for further
†
iKNOW®
Receiver 2 Solid-State OSSDs and 2-Channel EDM of SC22-3
+24V dc 0V dc
Receiver
CONTACT/SWITCHING
8-pin male Bn (Pin #1) +24V dc
Euro-style†
DIAGRAMS
Gn/Ye (#7) Ground
Page 22
Models
Bu (#6) 0V dc
DIAGRAMS
• EZ-SCREEN LP
HOOKUP
2-channel EDM (E2). If the
14 & 25 mm models with
Auxiliary output is to be used, Vi (#8) Reset*
8-pin Euro QD configure the EZ-SCREEN
receiver for 1-channel EDM S1 S2 S3
(E1) and connect pin #3 (Or) to Or (#3) EDM1
+24V dc.
Jumper SC22-3
Or/Bk (#2) EDM2
Safety Controller
GLOSSARY
A1 A1 A2 A2
*Trip (auto reset) – Not connected
†
See Euro-style connections on
page xxx for female mating cordsets.
REPRESENTATIVES
INTERNATIONAL
WD005
EZ-SCREEN® System (Type 4)
1-Channel EDM of IM-T-9A Interface Module
Bn (Pin #1)
Gn/Ye (#7)
Page 22 Bu (#6)
Models Bk (#5)
Wh (#4)
• EZ-SCREEN
14 & 30 mm models Vi (#8)
with 8-pin Euro QD Or (#3)
Reset **
• EZ-SCREEN LP
Or/Bk (#2) not
14 & 25 mm models with connected
8-pin Euro QD
IM-T-9A IM-T-9A
Terminal Locations S3 S1
K2 K1
S4 S2
3 3 9
Y3 Y4
9
Y1 Y2
13 14 MPCE
*Installation of transient (arc) 1
)-suppressors
4 !
across the coils of MPCE1 and MPCE2 is Machine 23 24 *
recommended (see Warning). MPCE
Control 2
**Other interfacing modules and solutions 33 34 *
available, see Section 2.3 or the
Banner Safety Catalog.
9 Wiring diagrams are for
!
†
See Table 2.2 for further QDE-8D cable information. * Feedback (optional)
Arc Suppressors. See manual for information only. See
9 3 3 specific warnings. appropriate manuals for
** Trip (auto reset) not recommended. all specific warnings, cautions and
†
See Euro-style connectors on page 179 for female mating cordset. information for use.
WD006
EZ-SCREEN® System (Type 4)
2-Channel EDM of IM-T-9A Interface Module
iKNOW®
Bn (Pin #1)
CONTACT/SWITCHING
Gn/Ye (#7)
DIAGRAMS
Bu (#6)
Page 23
Models Bk (#5)
IM-T-9A IM-T-9A
Terminal Locations S3 S1
K2 K1
S4 S2
3 3 9 Y3 Y4
GLOSSARY
9 Y1 Y2
13 14 MPCE
1
)- 4 ! Machine 23 24 *
MPCE
Control 2
REPRESENTATIVES
INTERNATIONAL
33 34 *
WD007
EZ-SCREEN® System (Type 4)
Hookup of E-Stop Button to the Last Receiver in a Cascade
Page 22
Models bn
• EZ-SCREEN 14 & 30 mm 22 awg wh
models
• EZ-SCREEN LP bu
14 & 25 mm models
bk
WD008
EZ-SCREEN® System (Type 2)
Emitter
iKNOW®
CONTACT/SWITCHING
DIAGRAMS
Page 39
Models
DIAGRAMS
HOOKUP
Bu (#6)
Bk (#5) n.c.*
Wh (#4) n.c.*
Vi (#8) n.c.*
Or (#3) n.c.*
Or/Bk (#2) n.c.*
GLOSSARY
**NOTE:
NOTE: Pins
Pins2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5and
and88are
arenot
notconnected,
connected, or are
or are paralleled to
paralleled
tosame
samecolor
colorwire wire from the
thereceiver
receivercable
cable.
(see Section 3.2.4 and Figures 3-17 and 3-18).
REPRESENTATIVES
INTERNATIONAL
†
See Euro-style connectors on page 179 for female mating cordset.
! See appropriate manuals for all specific
warnings, cautions and information for use.
WD009
EZ-SCREEN® System (Type 2)
Receiver with 2 Solid-State OSSDs, 2 FSDs and Power Monitoring
+24V dc 0V dc
Receiver
8-pin male Euro-style† Bn (Pin #1) +24V dc
Bu (#6) 0V dc
Page 39
Vi (#8) Reset/Test
FSD
Monitoring
Circuit
Or (#3)
n.c.
Or/Bk (#2)
n.c.
†
See Euro-style connectors on page 179 for female mating cordset.
! See appropriate manuals for all specific
warnings, cautions and information for use.
WD010
EZ-SCREEN® System (Type 2)
Power Monitoring of IM-T-9A Interface Module
iKNOW®
Page 39
DIAGRAMS
Bu (#6) 0V dc
Models Bk (#5) OSSD 1
• EZ-SCREEN Type 2
30 mm models
NOTE: Pins 2 and 3 are not
connected, or are paralleled
DIAGRAMS
IM-T-9A
IM-T-9A to same color wire from the
HOOKUP
13 14
Or/Bk (#2)
n.c.
L1/+Vdc
)- 4 ! 23 24 MPCE
Machine 1
Control
33 34 *
MPCE
REPRESENTATIVES
2
INTERNATIONAL
9 *
L2/-V dc Wiring diagrams are for
9 3 3
! information only. See
appropriate manuals for
* Arc Suppressors. See manual for specific warnings. all specific warnings, cautions and
information for use.
†
See Euro-style connectors on page 179 for female mating cordset.
WD011
EZ-SCREEN® System (Type 4)
Emitter Receiver with 2 Solid-State OSSDs, 2 FSDs and 2-Channel EDM
+24V dc 0V dc
Page 44
+24V dc 0V dc
Models EZ-SCREEN
Receiver
PE 1
EZ-SCREEN dc Com 2
Emitter +24V dc 3
PE 1
• EZ-SCREEN Grid & Point (Not Used) 4
dc Com 2
+24V dc 3 RESET 5
Reset
Open to test
TEST2 4 EDM1 6
(2)
or 1) TEST input must be EDM2 7
TEST1 5 + *
jumpered if not used. FSD
(Not Used) 6 +
Typically a Normally OSSD1 8 * 1
Open switch held closed. FSD
+24V dc 7 OSSD2 9 2
Auxiliary power See Section 3.7.4 for
dc Com 8 connections information on TEST
Single-Channel
input and hookup.
PE 9 Safety Stop Circuit
Dual-Channel
Safety Stop Circuit
* In
a
NOTE: Do not exceed OSSD maximum load capacitance specification.
Wiring diagrams are for information only. Wiring diagrams are for information only.
! See appropriate manuals for all specific
warnings, cautions and information for use.
* Arc Suppressors. See
manual for specific warnings.
! See appropriate manuals for all specific
warnings, cautions and information for use.
WD012
EZ-SCREEN® System (Type 4)
1-Channel EDM of IM-T-9A Interface Module 2-Channel EDM of IM-T-9A Interface Module
iKNOW®
+24V dc 0V dc +24V dc 0V dc
EZ-SCREEN EZ-SCREEN
Receiver Receiver
CONTACT/SWITCHING
PE 1 PE 1
dc Com 2 dc Com 2
Page 44
DIAGRAMS
+24V dc 3 +24V dc 3
Models (Not Used) 4 (Not Used) 4
RESET 5 RESET 5
Reset Reset
EDM1 6 EDM1 6
• EZ-SCREEN Grid
& Point + EDM2 7 + EDM2 7
+ OSSD1 8 + OSSD1 8
DIAGRAMS
OSSD2 9 OSSD2 9
HOOKUP
IM-T-9A
Terminal Locations
IM-T-9A IM-T-9A
S4 S1 S4 S1
3 3 9 + +
S3 + K2 K1 S2 S3 + K2 K1 S2
9 Y1 Y1
GLOSSARY
Y2 Y2
Y3 Y3
Y4 Y4
)- 4 !
13 14 MPCE 13 14 MPCE
1 * 23 24 1 *
23 24 MPCE MPCE
Machine 33 2 * Machine 33 34 2 *
34
REPRESENTATIVES
Control Control
INTERNATIONAL
9
WD013
EZ-SCREEN® AC Interface Box
EZAC-R9-QE8 – Hard-Wired with 3 NO and EDM
P4
2-ch. 1-ch. 1
1
2
13 2
Page 189 P3 3
EDM 14 3
4
Models X1
23 4
5
24 5
X2
33 6
X3
1
• EZAC-R9-QE8 X4
34 7
P5 2
8
P1 P2
3
Connections
(Hard Wired)
(Line) P5 3
(Neutral) P5 2
(Gnd) P5 1 Machine
Control
23 24 MPCE2
33 34 *
X3
MPCE2
(EDM2) X4
iKNOW®
X3
CONTACT/SWITCHING
(EDM2) X4
DIAGRAMS
X1 No EDM
X3
(EDM2) X4
DIAGRAMS
HOOKUP
WD014
EZ-SCREEN® AC Interface Box
EZAC-R11-QE8 – Hard-Wired with 2 NO, 1 NC and EDM
P4
2-ch. 1-ch. 1
1
2
13 2
P3 3
EDM 14 3
Page 189 4
23 4
X1 5
Models X2
24 5
31 6
X3
32 7 1
X4 P5 2
8
• EZAC-R11-QE8 P1 P2
3
Connections
(Hard Wired)
L N
EZAC-R11-QE8
100 - 230V ac
1/2 NPT threads
for outputs
(Line) P5 3
(Neutral) P5 2
(Gnd) P5 1 Machine
Control
MPCE1
K1 K2
1/2 NPT threads 8-pin female *
for AC inputs Euro-style QD 13 14
to emitter/receiver
23 24 MPCE2
31 32 *
X3
MPCE2
(EDM2) X4
iKNOW®
MPCE1 MPCE2
2-ch. 1-ch. (EDM1) X2
X3
(EDM2) X4
CONTACT/SWITCHING
DIAGRAMS
X1 No EDM
X3
(EDM2) X4
DIAGRAMS
Wiring diagrams are for information only. HOOKUP
* Arc Suppressors. See manual for specific warnings. ! See appropriate manuals for all specific
warnings, cautions and information for use.
GLOSSARY
REPRESENTATIVES
INTERNATIONAL
WD015
EZ-SCREEN® AC Interface Box
EZAC-R15A-QE8-QS83 – Mini-Style QD with 1 NO, 1 SPDT and 1-Channel EDM
L N
EZAC-R15A-QE8-QS83 100 - 230V ac
3-Pin Mini-Style Power Connector
Male Face View
Green/Yellow
(Neutral) P5 2 3 wire
Bu N
Page 189 Brown Blue
wire wire
Models (Line) P5 3 2
Bn L Mating Cordset: QDS-3..C
Pin Color Function
(Gnd) P5 1 1
Gn/Ye Machine
1 Green/Yellow Gnd/PE
• EZAC-R15A-QE8-QS83 2 Brown Line
Control
3 Blue Neutral
7
Gn/Ye
Connections
8-Pin Mini-Style Output Connector
(8-Pin Mini) Male Face View
5 MPCE1
K1 K2 Bk N.O. (to load) Green/Yellow
Brown Blue
* Orange/Black Black
PIN MALE 13 14 1 Orange
-INI STYLE Bn N.O. Violet
White
FOR OUTPUTS
Mating Cordset: QDS-8..C
23 24 4 MPCE2
Wh N.O. (to load) Pin Color Function
1 Brown N.O.
*
31 32 8 2 Orange/Black +24V dc (EDM)
Vi N.C. Aux (see Warning)
Lamp 3 Orange EDM
X1 3 6 Blue Common
PIN MALE PIN FEMALE Or +24V dc (switched)
-INI STYLE %URO STYLE 1$ MPCE1 MPCE2 7 Green/Yellow Gnd/PE
FOR !# INPUTS TO EMITTERRECEIVER
(EDM1) X2 2
Or/Bk EDM 8 Violet N.C. Aux.
X3 Monitoring Contacts
(EDM2) X4
WD016
EZ-SCREEN® AC Interface Box
EZAC-R8N-QE8-QS53 – Mini-Style QD with 1 NO, 1 NC and Power Monitoring
iKNOW®
, .
%:!# 2. 1% 13
6 AC
CONTACT/SWITCHING
.EUTRAL 0 Green/Yellow
Page 189 "U . -0#% -0#% wire
Brown Blue
Models ,INE 0
wire wire
Connections 'N9E
HOOKUP
(5-Pin Mini)
5-Pin Mini-Style Output Connector
-0#% Male Face View
+ + 7H ./ B White
Black
5-pin male
Mini-style Blue Brown
for outputs
"K ./ A Green/Yellow
8
%$- 8
WD017
EZ-SCREEN® AC Interface Box
EZAC-R10N-QE8-QS53 – Mini-Style QD with 2 NO and Power Monitoring
L N
EZAC-R10N-QE8-QS53
100 - 230V ac 3-Pin Mini-Style Power Connector
Male Face View
Green/Yellow
(Neutral) P5 2 3 wire
Page 189 Bu N MPCE1 MPCE2
Brown Blue
wire wire
Models (Line) P5 3 2
Bn L Mating Cordset: QDS-3..C
Mini-style
1
Bk N.O. (1a) Green/Yellow
for outputs
X3
(EDM2) X4
WD018
EZ-SCREEN® AC Interface Box
EZAC-E-QE.. – Hard-Wired Emitters with or without Test
iKNOW®
CONTACT/SWITCHING
DIAGRAMS
Page 189
EZAC-E-QE8 or
Models EZAC-E-QE5
• EZAC-E-QE8
• EZAC-E-QE5 (Line) L L
90-230V ac
(Neutral) N N
DIAGRAMS
HOOKUP
Connections
TEST
(Gnd)
5-Pin Euro
{
TEST function TEST #1
available only
for model
EZAC-E-QE5 TEST #2
GLOSSARY
8-Pin Euro
REPRESENTATIVES
INTERNATIONAL
WD019
EZ-SCREEN® AC Interface Box
EZAC-E-QE8-QS3 – Mini-Style QD Emitter EZAC-E-QE5-QS5 – Mini-Style QD Emitter with Test
EZAC-E-QE8-QS3 EZAC-E-QE5-QS5
Brown Brown
(Line) L 2 L (Line) L 4 L
90-230V ac 90-230V ac
Blue Blue
(Neutral) N 3 N (Neutral) N 2 N
Page 189
Green/Yellow Green/Yellow TEST
(Gnd) 1 (Gnd) 3
Models
Black
TEST #1 1
• EZAC-E-QE8-QS3
•EZAC-E-QE5-QS5 White
TEST #2 5
Connections
Wiring diagrams are for information only. Wiring diagrams are for information only.
5-pin male
Mini-style
5-pin
Euro-style QD
! See appropriate manuals for all specific
warnings, cautions and information for use.
! See appropriate manuals for all specific
warnings, cautions and information for use.
AC inputs to emitter
WD020
AG4-4E Laser Scanner
AG4-4E to FSD1 & FSD2
+24V dc 0V dc
iKNOW®
AG4 Fuse
1.6A
1
0V dc
Restart 2
CONTACT/SWITCHING
(Reset)
Page 53
3
+24V dc
DIAGRAMS
Models 4
FP1*
Alarm 1 5 +
• AG4-4E (Auxiliary 1) **
6
FP2*
7
FP3*
8
X1 FP4*
DIAGRAMS
HOOKUP
10
11
OSSD1 FSD
1
12
OSSD2 FSD
2
13 Shield
GLOSSARY
14
Alarm 2 15
(Auxiliary 2) **
Single-Channel
Safety Stop
* Figure shows Field Pair #1 selected. See Circuit
manual for further information on Zone
REPRESENTATIVES
INTERNATIONAL
Pair Changeover.
Dual-Channel
** See manual for further information on Safety Stop
the non-safety Alarm/Auxiliary outputs. Circuit Wiring diagrams are for information only.
WD021
AG4-4E Laser Scanner
AG4-4E to SC22-3
+24V dc 0V dc
AG4
1
0V dc
Restart 2
(Reset) ***
Page 53 3
+24V dc Fuse
1.6A
Models 4
FP1*
Alarm 1 5
(Auxiliary 1) ** +24V dc 0V dc
• AG4-4E 6
FP2*
PLC/Switching
7 Device to
FP3*
Select Required
8 Field Pair
X1 FP4*
9
10
AG4 +24V dc
11
OSSD1
1
12 0V dc
OSSD2
Restart 2
13 (Reset)
3 Fuse
14 +24V dc
S1 S2 S3 1.6 A
4
FP1* ***
15
Alarm 2 SC22-3 Alarm 1 5
(Auxiliary 2) **
Safety Controller (Auxiliary 1) ** UM-FA-9A
6
FP2* ***
Wiring diagrams are for A1
!
* See manual*forSee further information
section on Zone
3.xx for further Pair Changeover.
information 7
** See manual foronfurther
Zone information
Pair Changeover
on the non-safety Auxiliary outputs. A1 A1 A2 A2 FP3* information only. See***
*** The Manual **Reset 8 appropriate manuals***for
See function can for
section 3.xx be further
accomplished by the SC22-3 or other
information X1 FP4*
safety rated logic device. In this case the AG4-4E is configured for all specific warnings, cautions and
on the non-safety Alarm/Auxiliary AG4 +24V dc 9 0V dc
automatic Reset. information for use.
outputs.
1 10
*** The Manual Reset function can be 0V dc
accomplished by the SC22-3 or other 11
Restart 2 OSSD1 S11
safety rated logic device. In this case the (Reset)
3 12
AG4-4E is configured for Automatic +24V dc Fuse OSSD2 S12
Reset. 1.6 A 13 Shield 6A max.
WD022 FP1*
4
***
14
K1A K2A
Alarm 1 5 S13
AG4-4E
(Auxiliary 1) ** Laser Scanner UM-FA-9A
6 Alarm 2 15 6A max.
FP2* *** (Auxiliary 2) **A2 K1B K2B
A1 Machine
AG4-4E
FP3*
7to UM Modules *** Control S23
* See manual for further information on Circuits
8 6A max.
X1 FP4* *** Zone Pair Changeover.
+24V dc 0V dc K1C K2C
iKNOW®
AG4 9 MSC1 MSC2
** See manual for further information on MSC3 S33
the non-safetyS11
Alarm/Auxiliary outputs.
1 10
0V dc Reset
*** FP1 - FP4 See PLC/Switching device
hookup.
Restart 2 OSSD1
11
S11 S33
(Reset)
3 12
+24V dc Fuse OSSD2 S12 S34 (No Connection)
1.6 A PLC/Switching Device UM Module Au
CONTACT/SWITCHING
4 13 Shield 6A max.
Page 53 FP1* *** K1A K2A
14 S13 S14 MSC1
Alarm 1 5
DIAGRAMS
4
Models (Auxiliary 1) ** UM-FA-9A15 FP1*
6 Alarm 2 6A max. * +24V dc
FP2* *** (Auxiliary 2) ** Machine K1B K2B
A1 A2 PLC/Switching MSC Monitor
Control S23 S24 MSC2
7 ***
6 Device to Contacts
• AG4-4E FP3* * See manual for further information on Circuits FP2*
Select Required or Jumper for No
6A max.
7 *
8 Zone Pair Changeover. K1CFP3* K2C Field Pair Monitoring
X1 FP4* *** Note:
** See manual for further information on S33 8 S34 MSC3
0V dc must be
9 MSC1 MSC2 MSC3
the non-safety Alarm/Auxiliary outputs. FP4*
UM-FA-..A common with the AG4 See WARNING
S11
*** FP1 - FP4 See PLC/Switching device * Below
Terminal Locations 10
hookup. Reset *Arc suppressors
DIAGRAMS
HOOKUP
11 (see WARNING)
OSSD1 S11 S33
12 PLC/Switching Device UM Module Auto Reset
OSSD2 S12 S34 (No Connection)
13 Shield 6A max.
K1A 4 K2A
14 S13 FP1* S14 MSC1
S21 S33 S11 +24V dc S11 (No Connection)
Alarm 2 15 6A max. PLC/Switching
* MSC Monitor
MSC1 MSC2 MSC3
A1 13 23 33 (Auxiliary 2) ** Machine K1B 6 K2B
FP2*
Device to Contacts
Select Required or Jumper for No S33
GLOSSARY
FP4*
8
Note:
0V dc must be
common with the AG4
More information
S34
online at bannerengineering.com 231
See WARNING
Below
REFERENCE – HOOKUPS/WIRING DIAGRAMS
WD023
PICO-GUARD™ Controller
One PICO-GUARD System with 1-Channel EDM of IM-T-9A Interface Module
+24V dc 0V dc
PICO-GUARD
Controller
21 +24V dc 0V dc 20
23 System Reset Ch1* 33 Load
Ch2* 34 Load
1 USSl 1 Reset * only for model
Ch3* 35 Load
Page 59
Contact Outputs
SFCDT-4A1C
Safety Device
2 a Ch4* 36 Load
Models 3 b
USSl 1
4 c Input Aux 25 Load
5 d Weak 26 Load
Fault 27
• SFCDT-4A1 + Load
Safety Device
7 a
Solid-State
• SFCDT-4A1C
Outputs
8 b EDM1a 12
+ USSl 2
9 c
Input EDM1b 13
10 d EDM2a 14
+V OV
IM-T-9A Terminal Locations 28 +V EDM2b 15
Interface
29 OVdc +
Remote
17
RS-232 30 Tx- + OSSD1
Diagnostics 31 Tx+ 18
OSSD2
3 3 9
9
IM-T-9A
S4 S1
S3 K2 K1 S2
Y1
)- 4 ! Y2
Y3
Y4
13 14 MPCE
23 24 1
MPCE
9 Wiring diagrams are for
!
Machine 33 34 2
Control information only. See
9 3 3 appropriate manuals for
all specific warnings, cautions and
Feedback (optional) information for use.
WD024
PICO-GUARD™ Controller
One PICO-GUARD System with 2-Channel EDM of IM-T-9A Interface Module
iKNOW®
+24V dc 0V dc
PICO-GUARD
Controller
21 +24V dc 0V dc 20
CONTACT/SWITCHING
23 System Reset
Ch1* 33 Load
1 USSl 1 Reset Ch2* 34 Load
DIAGRAMS
a
Safety Device
2
Ch4* 36 Load
3 b
Models USSl 1
Input
Aux 25 Load
4 c
Weak 26 Load
5 d
Fault 27 Load
+
• SFCDT-4A1 7 a
Safety Device
Solid-State
• SFCDT-4A1C
Outputs
8 b EDM1a 12
+ USSl 2
9 c Input EDM1b 13
DIAGRAMS
(2)
HOOKUP
10 d EDM2a 14
+V OV
IM-T-9A 28 +V EDM2b 15
Terminal Locations
Interface
29 OVdc
Remote
+
30 Tx- 17
RS-232 + OSSD1
Diagnostics 31 Tx+ 18
OSSD2
3 3 9
GLOSSARY
(1)See
9Section 3.4.1 for IM-T-9A
information on Reset input
and hookup. S4 S1
S3 K2 K1 S2
(2) 2-Channel EDM shown. See
Section 3.9.3 for information Y1
on EDM input and hookup.
)- 4(3)!
Must meet External Stop Y2
Device requirements. Y3
See Section 3.7.
Y4
REPRESENTATIVES
14
INTERNATIONAL
13 MPCE
23 24 1
MPCE
Wiring diagrams are for
!
9 Machine 33 34 2
Control information only. See
9 3 3 appropriate manuals for
all specific warnings, cautions and
Feedback (optional) information for use.
WD025
PICO-GUARD™ Controller
Two PICO-GUARD Systems with 2-Channel EDM
+24V dc 0V dc
PICO-GUARD
Page 59 Controller
Models 21 +24V dc 0V dc 20
23 System Reset Ch1* 33 Load
Contact Outputs
• SFCDT-4A1C SFCDT-4A1C
a
Safety Device
2
Ch4* 36 Load
3 b
USSl 1 Aux 25 Load
4 c Input
Weak 26 Load
5 d
Fault 27 Load
+
a
Safety Device
7
Solid-State
Outputs
8 b EDM1a 12
+ USSl 2
9 c Input EDM1b 13
10 d EDM2a 14
+V OV 28 +V EDM2b 15
Interface
29 OVdc
Remote
+
30 Tx- 17
RS-232 + OSSD1
Diagnostics 31 Tx+ 18
OSSD2
PICO-GUARD
Controller
21 +24V dc 0V dc 20
23 System Reset Ch1* 33 Load
1 USSl 1 Reset Ch2* 34 Load
* only for model
Ch3* 35 Load SFCDT-4A1C
2 a
Ch4* 36 Load
3 b
USSl 1
iKNOW®
Aux 25 Load
4 c Input
Weak 26 Load
5 d
Fault 27 Load
Contact Outputs
7 a
Safety Device
8 b EDM1a 12
USSl 2
CONTACT/SWITCHING
9 c Input EDM1b 13
DIAGRAMS
10 d EDM2a 14
28 +V EDM2b 15
Interface
29 OVdc
Remote
+
OSSD1 17
RS-232 30 Tx- + FSD 1
Diagnostics OSSD2 18 FSD 2
31 Tx+
Single Channel
DIAGRAMS
HOOKUP
Safety Stop Circuit
Dual Channel
Safety Stop Circuit
WD026
PICO-GUARD™ Controller
One PICO-GUARD System with 2-Channel EDM and 2 Generic FSDs
+24V dc 0V dc
PICO-GUARD
Controller
Page 59 21 +24V dc 0V dc 20
23 System Reset Ch1* 33 Load
Models Ch2* 34 Load
1 USSl 1 Reset * only for model
Ch3* 35 Load SFCDT-4A1C
Contact Outputs
2 a
Safety Device
Ch4* 36 Load
• SFCDT-4A1 3 b
USSl 1 Aux 25 Load
• SFCDT-4A1C 4 c Input
Weak 26 Load
5 d Fault 27 Load
+
7 a
Safety Device
Solid-State
Outputs
8 b EDM1a 12
+ USSl 2
9 c Input EDM1b 13
10 d EDM2a 14
+V OV 28 +V EDM2b 15
Interface
29 OVdc
Remote
+
30 Tx- 17 FSD 1
RS-232 + OSSD1
Diagnostics 31 Tx+ 18 FSD 2
OSSD2
Single Channel
Safety Stop Circuit
Dual Channel
Wiring diagrams are for
Safety Stop Circuit
! information only. See
appropriate manuals for
all specific warnings, cautions and
information for use.
WD027
PICO-GUARD™ EXI/ATEX Controller
Hazardous Environment Appication to Optical Elements
iKNOW®
23 System Reset
Page 59
1 USSl 1 Reset
PICO-GUARD Models: Optical Element Models:
+5V
Models 2 Aux 25 Load
SFCDT-4A1 SFA-RS SFA-FS
3 Weak 26 +5V Load SFCDT-4A1C SFI-R1L SFI-R1R
USSl 1 Input
+5V SFI-S1L SFI-S1R
4 (+24V) Fault 27 Load SFI-A1 SFI-D1
• SFCDT-4A1 SFP12PSxx SFP30SSxx
5 EDM1a 12
• SFCDT-4A1C SFP12PXPxx SFP30SXPxx
EDM1b 13 SFP12PXTxx SFP30SXTxx
SFI-M12SSxxUXT
DIAGRAMS
2 EDM2a 14
HOOKUP
(4 Emitter/Receiver Pairs)
(Fiber Optic Cable)
E1
R1
(Fiber Optic Cable)
E2
R2
E3
REPRESENTATIVES
INTERNATIONAL
R3
E4
Wiring diagrams are for
R4
WD028
PICO-GUARD™ Controller with Muting
One PICO-GUARD with Muting and 2-Channel EDM and 2 Generic FSDs
21 +24V dc 0V dc 20
Page 59 23 System Reset Ch1 33 Load
Ch2 34 Load
Models 1 Mute Enable
Ch3 35 Load
2 a
MS1 Ch4 36 Load
3 b
Aux/Mute Lamp 25 Load
• SFCDT-4A1CM1 4 a Mute Lamp 26
MS2 Load
5 b Fault 27 Load
7 a
MS3
8 b EDM1a 12
9 a EDM1b 13
MS4
10 b EDM2a 14
28 +V EDM2b 15
Interface
29 OV dc
Remote
+
RS-232 30 Tx- + OSSD1 17 FSD 1
Diagnostics 31 Tx+ 18 FSD 2
OSSD2
WD029
SC22-3 Safety Controller
1-Channel, 2-Channel and No EDM
iKNOW®
CONTACT/SWITCHING
Safety Stop
Circuit
DIAGRAMS
Page 76 Input Terminals
Single-Channel
Dual-Channel
Models
SC22
SO1 SO2 SO3
• SC22-3 1A 1B 2A 2B 3A 3B
Safety Stop
Circuit
DIAGRAMS
HOOKUP
Single-Channel
Dual-Channel
application.
Wiring diagrams are for
See product manual for information on
external device monitoring and interfacing ! information only. See
appropriate manuals for
safety circuits. FSD all specific warnings, cautions and
1A 1B
information for use.
WD030
SC22-3 Safety Controller
1-Channel EDM to SC-IM9A
+24V dc
Page 76
• SC22-3
SC-IM9A
Input Terminals
13 21 33 43 A1
SC22
SO1 SO2 SO3 (To
1A 1B 2A 2B 3A 3B A2 14 22 34 44 A2 SO
1A
)
13 21 33 43 A1
(To
Supplied 14 22 34 44 A2 SO
Terminal 1B
)
Block
3 wires
MPCE
*
The SC-IM9A interface module depicted in this figure is shown in 1
one-channel EDM hookup. The SC-IM9B and SC-IM9C modules
are connected in the same manner, using individual one-channel MPCE
EDM circuits (terminals 21/22 on each pair of contacts). 2 *
iKNOW®
+24V dc
0V dc
CONTACT/SWITCHING
DIAGRAMS
WD031
SC22-3 Safety Controller
1-Channel EDM to IM-TA-9A
Input Terminals
SC22
Page 76 SO1 SO2 SO3
1A 1B 2A 2B 3A 3B A2
0V dc
Models
• SC22-3
IM-T-9A
S3 S1
K2 K1
S4 S2
+24V dc Y3 Y4
Y1 Y2
The IM-TA interface module depicted in this figure
is shown in one-channel EDM hookup. The IM-T-11A 13 14 MPCE
module is connected in the same manner. 1
WD032
SC22-3 Safety Controller
2-Channel EDM to IM-TA-9A
iKNOW®
CONTACT/SWITCHING
Input Terminals
DIAGRAMS
Page 76
SC22
Models SO1 SO2 SO3
1A 1B 2A 2B 3A 3B A2
0V dc
• SC22-3
DIAGRAMS
IM-T-9A HOOKUP
S3 S1
K2 K1
S4 S2
+24V dc
The IM-TA interface module depicted in this figure Y3 Y4
is shown in two-channel EDM hookup. The IM-T-11A
GLOSSARY
Machine 2
INTERNATIONAL
Feedback (optional)
! information only. See
appropriate manuals for
all specific warnings, cautions and
* Arc Suppressors. See manual for specific warnings. information for use.
* Installation of transient (arc) supressors across the coils of MPCE1 and MPCE2
is recommended (see Warning)
WD033
GM-FA-10J Guard Monitoring Safety Module
GM-FA-10J 1-Channel Monitoring to Two 4-Wire Coded Magnetic Safety Switches
Mechanical stop
Guard #1
open
Blue
Gray
Black
Page 81
Brown
Models
S12 S11 S13
SI-MAG..SM SI-MAG..MM
• GM-FA-10J
GM-FA-10J
Terminal Locations
Guard #2
S23 S21 S22 open
Blue
-£Ó -££ -£Î Gray
Black
£ £Î ÓÎ 9£
Brown
9Ó £{ Ó{ Ó NOTE: If only one magnetic safety switch is used, select Wiring diagrams are for
WD034
GM-FA-10J Guard Monitoring Safety Module
GM-FA-10J 2-Channel Monitoring to Two Positive-Opening Safety Interlock Switches
iKNOW®
CONTACT/SWITCHING
DIAGRAMS
Page 81
Models Mechanical
S12 S11 S13 stop
Guard #1
• GM-FA-10J
DIAGRAMS
HOOKUP
GM-FA-10J
Terminal Locations
£ £Î ÓÎ 9£ open
WD035
GM-FA-10J Guard Monitoring Safety Module
GM-FA-10J Alternate Wiring for 1-Channel Monitoring of Multiple Guards
Mechanical stop
Blue
Gray
Blue
Gray
Blue
Gray
Brown
Brown
Brown
Black
Black
Black
Page 81
Models
GM-FA-10J
Terminal Locations
£ £Î ÓÎ 9£
Brown
Brown
Brown
Black
Black
Black
Gray
Gray
Gray
Blue
Blue
Blue
Mechanical stop
£ä
SI-MAG..SM SI-MAG..SM SI-MAG..SM
WD036
GM-FA-10J Guard Monitoring Safety Module
GM-FA-10J Alternate Wiring for 2-Channel Monitoring of Multiple Guards
iKNOW®
Guard #1 Guard #2 Guard #3 Guard #4 Guard #n
CONTACT/SWITCHING
DIAGRAMS
Page 81
Models
• GM-FA-10J
DIAGRAMS
HOOKUP
GM-FA-10J
Terminal Locations S12 S11 S13
£ £Î ÓÎ 9£
Configured for two-channel monitoring of multiple guards with two safety switches mounted individually on each
9Ó £{ Ó{ Ó Wiring diagrams are for
!
guard. The number of mechanical switches is limited by the max. resistance of 270 ohm between S11-S13, S11-S12,
information only. See
-ÓÎ -Ó£ -ÓÓ
S21-S22 and S21-S23. The total resistance is calculated by adding the resistance of all guard switch contacts and the appropriate manuals for
resistance of the cables that connect the switches and the switches to the module. all specific warnings, cautions and
Note: Not a Category 4 application per ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1). information for use.
WD037
GM-FA-10J Guard Monitoring Safety Module
GM-FA-10J to Guarded Machine
L1/+Vdc
MACHINE
CONTROL
24V ac/dc
Page 81
RESET
Models
S12 S11 S13
A1 13 23 Y1
• GM-FA-10J For Automatic
Reset, connect
K1
directly and
GM-FA-10J configure DIP
switches
Terminal Locations
K2
Y2 14 24 A2
-£Ó -££ -£Î
S23 S21 S22
£ £Î ÓÎ 9£
OV ac/dc
WD038
ES-FA-..AA E-Stop Safety Module
ES-FA-..AA 1-Channel
Auto
AutoReset
Reset Manual
ManualReset
Reset
+V +V dc common
dc common +V +V dc common
dc common
24V24V
ac/dc
ac/dc 24V24V
ac/dc
ac/dc
Page 81
Models
E-Stop
E-Stop E-Stop
E-Stop
Switch
Switch Switch
Switch
• ES-FA-9AA
• ES-FA-11AA A1 A1 A2 A2 A1 A1 A2 A2
Reset
Reset
ES-FA-..AA
MSC1
MSC1MSC3
MSC3 MSC1
MSC1
MSC2
MSC2
MSC3
MSC3
Terminal Locations MSCMSC
S11S11 S33S33 S33S33
Monitor
Monitor
ES-FA-9AA
ES-FA-9AA Contacts
Contacts ES-FA-9AA
ES-FA-9AA
S21S21 or or S11S11
S34S34 Jumper
Jumper S34S34(No(No
Connection)
Connection)
3 3 3 3 3 3
S22S22
MSC2
MSC2 S21S21
! !
S12S12 S22S22
13 13 14 14 MSC1
MSC1 13 13 14 14 MSC1
MSC1
! !
*
*
6A max.
6A max. 6A max.
6A max.
K1BK1B K2BK2B K1BK1B K2BK2B
Machine
Machine Machine
Machine
Control
Control 23 23 24 24 MSC2
MSC2 Control
Control 23 23 24 24 MSC2
MSC2
Circuits
Circuits Circuits
Circuits
*
*
*
*
6A max.
6A max. 6A max.
6A max.
K1CK1C K2CK2C K1CK1C K2CK2C
33 33 34 34 MSC3
MSC3 33 33 34 34 MSC3
MSC3
iKNOW®
*
*
*
*
CONTACT/SWITCHING
*Arc*Arc
suppressors
suppressors *Arc*Arc
suppressors
suppressors
DIAGRAMS
(see(see
Warning
Warning
pagepage
362)362) (see(see
Warning
Warning
pagepage
362)362)
ES-FA-11AA
Machine
Master Stop
Control Elements
L1/+V dc L2/-V dc
DIAGRAMS
13 14 MSC1
HOOKUP
*
23 24 MSC2
Machine
Control
Circuits
*
GLOSSARY
31 32
Feedback
(optional)
*Arc suppressors
REPRESENTATIVES
INTERNATIONAL
WD039
ES-FA-..AA E-Stop Safety Module
ES-FA-..AA 2-Channel
Page 81
Models
A1 A1 A2 A2 A1 A1 A2 A2
• ES-FA-9AA
• ES-FA-11AA E-Stop E-Stop
Switch Switch Reset Reset
MSC1 MSC3 MSC1 MSC3 MSC1 MSC2 MSC3 MSC1 MSC2 MSC3
ES-FA-..AA MSC MSC
S11 S11 S33 S33 S33 S33
Terminal Locations Monitor Monitor
ES-FA-9AA ES-FA-9AA Contacts Contacts ES-FA-9AA ES-FA-9AA
S21 S21 or or S11 S11
S34 S34 Jumper Jumper S34 (No Connection)
S34 (No Connection)
S22 S22
MSC2 MSC2 S21 S21
3 3 3 3 3 3 E-Stop E-Stop
Switch Switch
! ! S12 S12 S22 S22
! !
*
*
6A max. 6A max. 6A max. 6A max.
3 3 3 3 3 3 K1B K2B K1B K2B K1B K2B K1B K2B
Machine Machine Machine Machine
Control 23 Control 23 24 MSC2 24 MSC2 Control 23 Control 23 24 MSC2 24 MSC2
Circuits Circuits Circuits Circuits
*
*
6A max. 6A max. 6A max. 6A max.
K1C K2C K1C K2C K1C K2C K1C K2C
33 33 34 MSC3 34 MSC3 33 33 34 MSC3 34 MSC3
*
*
iKNOW®
ES-FA-11AA
Series Connection of Multiple Hookup Using Contacts from
Machine
Master Stop E-Stop Switches Two Safety Switches
Control Elements OPEN
L1/+V dc L2/-V dc
Safety Gate or Guard with
end-of-travel stops and two
13 14 MSC1 individually mounted
DIAGRAMS
E-Stop E-Stop
*
23 24 MSC2
Machine
Control
Circuits
*
31 32
Feedback
(optional)
WD040
ES-..A-.5 E-Stop Safety Module
ES-..A-5A 1-Channel
Auto Reset
Auto Reset Manual
Manual
ResetReset
• ES-UA-5A S22 S22 MSC1 MSC3MSC1 MSC3 S22 S22 MSC1 MSC3MSC1 MSC3
S31 S31 S31 S31
• ES-VA-5A MSC MonitorMSC Monitor MSC MonitorMSC Monitor
S12 S12
Contacts Contacts Reset SwitchReset Switch S12 S12
Contacts Contacts
or Jumper foror Jumper for or Jumper foror Jumper for
ES-..A-5A No MonitoringNo Monitoring
S32 S32 No MonitoringNo Monitoring
S32 S32
S34 S34 S34 S34
Terminal Locations MSC2 MSC4MSC2 MSC4 MSC2 MSC4MSC2 MSC4
%3 ! !
6A max. 6A max. * * 6A max. 6A max. * *
K1B K2BK1B K2B K1B K2BK1B K2B
23 23 24 24
MSC2 MSC2 23 23 24 24
MSC2 MSC2
33 33 34 34
MSC3 MSC3 33 33 34 34
MSC3 MSC3
43 43 44 44
MSC4 MSC4 43 43 44 44
MSC4 MSC4
Non-safety Non-safety
K1E 6A max.K1E 6A max. * * Non-safety Non-safety
K1E 6A max.K1E 6A max. * *
iKNOW®
Auxiliary Monitor
Auxiliary51Monitor 51 52 52 Auxiliary Monitor
Auxiliary51Monitor 51 52 52
Contact Contact Contact Contact
Monitor Outputs
Monitor Outputs
Monitor Outputs
100 mA max.
100 mA max.
100 mA max.
100 mA max.
CONTACT/SWITCHING
Output
each Output
Output
each Output
Non-safety
Non-safety
Non-safety
Non-safety
DIAGRAMS
each
each
DIAGRAMS
For power connection
For power connection * * 1-Channel
Arc Suppressors
Arc Suppressors For power connection
For power connection * * Arc Suppressors
Arc Suppressors HOOKUP
2-Channel
2-Channel
E-Stop
E-Stop
Applications
Applications
see Figure 4.
see Figure 4. (see1-Channel
WARNING(see E-Stop
on page 6) onE-Stop
WARNING Applications
page 6) Applications see Figure 4.
see Figure 4. (see WARNING(see
on page 6) on page 6)
WARNING
115 ac or 230V
115 ac
ac or 230V ac 12-24V dc 12-24V dc
(depending (depending
on model) on model)
(depending (depending
on model) on model)
E-Stop E-Stop
Switch Switch
A1 A1 A2 A2 A1 A1 A2 A2
ES-UA-5A ES-UA-5A ES-UA-5A ES-UA-5A
115V ac 115V ac 12-24V dc 12-24V dc E-Stop E-Stop
A1 A1 A2 A2 Switch Switch
A1 A1 A2 A2
B1 B1
ES-VA-5A B2
ES-VA-5A B2 B1 B1
ES-VA-5A B2
ES-VA-5A B2 ES-UA-5A ES-UA-5A ES-UA-5A ES-UA-5A
230V ac 230V ac 12-24V dc 12-24V dc 115V ac 115V ac 12-24V dc 12-24V dc
B1 B1 B2 B2 B1 B1 B2 B2
ES-VA-5A ES-VA-5A ES-VA-5A ES-VA-5A
230V ac 230V ac 12-24V dc 12-24V dc
REPRESENTATIVES
INTERNATIONAL
WD041
ES-..A-.5 E-Stop Safety Module
ES-..A-5A 2-Channel
Auto Reset
Auto Reset Manual ResetReset
Manual
E-Stop Switch
E-Stop Switch E-Stop Switch
E-Stop Switch
ES-UA-5A ES-UA-5A ES-UA-5A ES-UA-5A
12-24V dc/115V ac dc/115V ac
12-24V 12-24V dc/115V ac dc/115V ac
12-24V
S11 ES-VA-5A
S11 ES-VA-5A S11 ES-VA-5A
S11 ES-VA-5A
Page 81 12-24V dc/230V ac dc/230V ac 12-24V dc/230V ac dc/230V ac
12-24V 12-24V
Models S21 S21 S21 S21
%3 ! !
6A max. 6A max. * * 6A max. 6A max. * *
K1B K2K1
B K2B K1B K2K1
B K2B
B B
23 23 24 MSC2
24 MSC2 23 23 24 MSC2
24 MSC2
Machine Machine Machine Machine
Control Control
Circuits
Control 6A max. 6A max. * * Circuits
Control 6A max. 6A max. * *
Circuits K1C K2K1
C K2C Circuits K1C K2K1
C K2C
9 9 9 9 C C
33 33 34 MSC3
34 MSC3 33 33 34 MSC3
34 MSC3
Non-safety Non-safety
K1E 6A max.
K1 E 6A max. * * Non-safety Non-safety
K1E 6A max.
K1 E 6A max. * *
Auxiliary Monitor
Auxiliary51Monitor 51 52 52 Auxiliary Monitor
Auxiliary51Monitor 51 52 52
Contact Contact Contact Contact
iKNOW®
Monitor Outputs
Monitor Outputs
Monitor Outputs
100 mA max.
100 mA max.
each Output
each Output
100 mA max.
100 mA max.
Non-safety
Non-safety
each Output
each Output
Non-safety
Non-safety
CONTACT/SWITCHING
DIAGRAMS
Y32 Y35
Y32 Y35 Y32 Y35
Y32 Y35
Outputs Power Supply
Outputs Power Supply Outputs Power Supply
Outputs Power Supply
Energized Energized
Fault Fault Energized Energized
Fault Fault
12-24V dc 12-24V dc 12-24V dc 12-24V dc
+V +V dc common dc common +V +V dc common dc common
2-Channel
2-Channel E-Stop Applications
E-Stop Applications 1-Ch
1-Channel E-
Series Connection of Multiple Hookup Using Contacts from
DIAGRAMS
B1 B2
ES-VA-5A B1 B2
ES-VA-5A
ES-VA-5A ES-VA-5A 115V
230V ac 12-24V dc 115V ac
230V ac 12-24V dc
B1 B1 B2
ES-VA-5A ES-VA
NOTE: B2 terminal (dc common) is also the 230V ac 230V
earthing terminal for the ac supply.
WD042
ES-TN-1H.. E-Stop Safety Module
ES-TN-1H.. 2-Channel
+V dc common
24V dc
A1 A2
Page 81
Emergency Stop Switch
Models X1
Note: Jumper on S11 Reset Switch Note: Jumper on
• ES-TN-1H1 S21-S22 for X1-X2 for Auto-reset.
X2
• ES-TN-1H2 1-channel E-Stop S21
• ES-TN-1H3 X3
MSC1
• ES-TN-1H4
MSC-Monitor
• ES-TN-1H5 S22
MSC3 Contacts
• ES-TN-1H6 X4
Note: Jumper on X3-X4
• ES-TN-1H7 S12 MSC2 and/or X5-X6
• ES-TN-1H8 X5
if no feedback contacts
• ES-TN-1H9 MSC-Monitor are monitored
Y1
MSC4 Contacts
• ES-TN-1H10 Cancel Delay Input X6
• ES-TN-1H11
Y2
• ES-TN-1H12 Machine Master
Stop Control
ES-TN-1H.. L1/+V dc 4A max.
Elements L2/-V dc
K1A K2A
Terminal Locations
13 14 MSC1
Immediate
4A max. *
£ -££ -£Ó 8Î 8{ K1B K2B
Machine
8£ 8Ó £Î £{ x£ xÓ ÓÎ Ó{ 23 24 MSC2
Control
Circuits Immediate
4A max. * Series Connection of Multiple
-/ £°° K3A K4A E-Stop Switches
37 38 MSC3
Delayed
iKNOW®
K1C
*
CONTACT/SWITCHING
K3C selected.
DIAGRAMS
61 62
K4C
Delayed
Hookup Using Contacts from
Two Safety Switches
OPEN
Safety Gate or Guard with
end-of-travel stops and two
DIAGRAMS
HOOKUP
individually mounted
Safety Interlocking Switches
GLOSSARY
WD043
ES-TN-14.. E-Stop Safety Module
ES-TN-14H.. 2-Channel
+V dc common
24V dc
A1 ES-TN-14H5 A2
S22 MSC-Monitor
ES-TN-14H. X4
MSC3 Contacts
Note: Jumper on X3-X4
Terminal Locations and/or X5-X6
S12 MSC2
X5
if no feedback contacts
MSC-Monitor are monitored
Y1
MSC4 Contacts
Cancel Delay Input X6
Y2
Machine Master
Stop Control
4A max.
£ -££ -£Ó 8Î 8{ L1/+V dc Elements L2/-V dc
K1A K2A
8£ 8Ó £Î £{ £ Ó ÓÎ Ó{ ÎÎ Î{ {Î {{
13 14 MSC1
Immediate
-/ £{°°
4A max. *
K1B K2B
Machine
Control 23 24 MSC2
xÇ xn ÈÇ Èn ÇÇ Çn ä£ äÓ nÇ nn 9£ 9Ó
8x 8È -Ó£ -ÓÓ Ó
Circuits Immediate
4A max.
K1C K2C *
33 34 Series Connection of Multiple
Immediate E-Stop Switches
4A max.
K1D K2D
43 44
Immediate E-Stop E-Stop
4A max.
K3A K4A
57 58 MSC3
iKNOW®
Delayed
Delayed
S22, if 1-channel E-Stop is
4A max.
* selected.
DIAGRAMS
K3C K4C
77 78
Delayed
4A max. Hookup Using Contacts from
K3D K4D Two Safety Switches
87 88
OPEN
Delayed Safety Gate or Guard with
end-of-travel stops and two
DIAGRAMS
individually mounted
HOOKUP
K1E
Safety Interlocking Switches
91 92
K2E
Non-safety Auxiliary
Monitor Contacts
Immediate
K3E
01 02
K4E
GLOSSARY
Delayed
WD044
ES-FA-6G E-Stop Safety Module
ES-FA-6G 1-Channel
+V dc common
24V ac/dc
Page 81
Models
E-Stop
Switch
• ES-FA-6G
A1 A2
Reset
ES-FA-6G Switch
ES-FA-6G Reset
Terminal Locations (jumper for auto reset)
and no monitoring
Y1
£Î ÓÎ ÎÎ
Y2
MSC1 MSC2 MSC3
£ 9£ 9Ó MSC Monitor Contacts
-È
Machine
Master Stop
Control Elements
L1/+V dc 6A max. L2/-V dc
K1A K2A
{£ {Ó Ó
13 14 MSC1
£{ Ó{ Î{
*
6A max.
K1B K2B
23 24 MSC2
Machine
Control
*
6A max.
Circuits K1C K2C
33 34 MSC3
iKNOW®
*
K1D
CONTACT/SWITCHING
K2D
DIAGRAMS
41 42
Non-safety
Auxiliary
Monitor Contact
6A Max.
Series Connection of Multiple
E-Stop Switches
DIAGRAMS
E-Stop E-Stop
HOOKUP
GLOSSARY
+24V ac/dc A1
REPRESENTATIVES
INTERNATIONAL
WD045
UM-A... Universal Safety Module
UM-FA-..A Hard Contact, 2-Channel
Page 89
Models
UM-FA-..A
• UM-FA-9A UM-FA-..A
• UM-FA-11A
A1 A2
A1 A2
UM-FA-..A Reset
Terminal Locations E-Stop
MSC1 MSC2 MSC3
Switch
MSC1 MSC3 S33
S11 S33
MSC
Monitor
S11
S21 S33 S11 Contacts
or S34 (No Connection)
S21
A1 13 23 33 S34 Jumper S21
MSC2 E-Stop
S22 Switch
See Interfacing MSCs S22
WARNING
UM-FA..A S12
S12
14 24 34 A2
13 14 MSC1 13 14 MSC1
*
7A max.
*
7A max.
K1B K2B
K1B K2B
Machine Machine
Control 23 24 MSC2
23 24
CONTACT/SWITCHING
Control MSC2
Circuits
Circuits
DIAGRAMS
*
*
7A max.
7A max. *Arc suppressors
K1C
K1C *Arc suppressors 31 32 (see WARNING)
31 32 (see WARNING)
K2C
K2C
DIAGRAMS
HOOKUP
Safety Interlock
Switch #2
S11 S21 S22 S12
REPRESENTATIVES
INTERNATIONAL
WD046
UM-FA-..A Universal Safety Module
UM-FA-..A Hard Contact, 1-Channel
Auto
AutoReset
Reset Manual Reset
Manual Reset
+24V ac/dc 0V +24V ac/dc 0V
Page 89
Models
E-Stop E-Stop
UM-FA-..A
• UM-FA-9A Switch UM-FA-..A Switch
• UM-FA-11A
A1 A2
A1 A2
UM-FA-..A Reset
Terminal Locations
MSC1 MSC2 MSC3
MSC1 MSC3 S33
S11 S33
MSC
Monitor
S21 S33 S11 Contacts S11
S21 or S34 (No Connection)
A1 13 23 33 S34 Jumper S21
MSC2
S22
See Interfacing MSCs S22
WARNING
UM-FA..A S12
S12
14 24 34 A2
iKNOW®
13 14 MSC1 13 14 MSC1
*
7A max.
*
7A max.
K1B K2B
K1B K2B
Machine Machine
Control 23 24 MSC2
23 24 MSC2
CONTACT/SWITCHING
Control
Circuits
Circuits
DIAGRAMS
*
*
7A max.
7A max. *Arc suppressors
K1C
K1C *Arc suppressors 31 32 (see WARNING)
31 32 (see WARNING)
K2C
K2C
DIAGRAMS
HOOKUP
Two Safety Switches Multiple E-stops
Safety Interlock
Switch #2
S11 S21 S22 S12
REPRESENTATIVES
INTERNATIONAL
WD047
UM-FA-..A Universal Safety Module
UM-FA-..A Solid-State, 2 channel
Auto Reset
Auto Reset Manual Reset
Manual Reset
+24V dc 0V dc +24V dc 0V dc
Page 89
Models
UM-FA-..A UM-FA-..A
• UM-FA-9A
• UM-FA-11A A1 A2 A1 A2
+24V dc or +24V dc
+ Jumper +
S12 S12
UM-FA..A
* S21 must be connected to 24V dc
output common in 24V ac supply applications.
* S21 must be connected to 24V dc output common only in 24V ac supply applications.
14 24 34 A2
13 14 MSC1 13 14 MSC1
iKNOW®
*
7A max.
*
7A max.
K1B K2B
K1B K2B
Machine Machine
Control 23 24 MSC2
Control 23 24 MSC2
CONTACT/SWITCHING
Circuits
Circuits
*
DIAGRAMS
7A max.
7A max. *Arc suppressors
K1C
K1C *Arc suppressors 31 32 (see WARNING)
31 32 (see WARNING)
K2C
K2C
DIAGRAMS
HOOKUP
Safety Interlock
Switch #2
S11 S21 S22 S12
REPRESENTATIVES
INTERNATIONAL
WD048
SM-..A-5A Safety Mat Monitoring Module
SM-..A-5A to 4-Wire Safety Mat
+V dc common
24V dc
or
Page 91 115V ac or 230V ac
(depending on model)
Models
A1 A2
• SM-GA-5A
B1 B2
• SM-HA-5A
SM-GA-5A
S11 for 24/115V
SM-..A-5A Mat MSC1 MSC3
Terminal Locations S12 SM-HA-5A
S31
for 24/230V MSC
Monitor
S22 Contacts
Reset S32 or Jumper
Switch S21 MSC2 MSC4
3 3 3 3 3 3
! ! " " 3 3 3 3 S34
S33
Machine
3- ! ! S32 Master Stop
Jumper for Auto Reset Control Elements
S35
L1/+V dc 6A max. L2/-V dc
K1A K2A
9 9 9 9 13 14 MSC1
*
6A max.
K1B K2B
23 24 MSC2
Machine
Control
*
6A max.
Circuits K1C K2C
33 34 MSC3
iKNOW®
*
6A max.
K1D K2D
43 44 MSC4
CONTACT/SWITCHING
6A max.
*
K1E
K2E
DIAGRAMS
51 52
Non-safety
Auxiliary
Monitor Contact
each Output
20 mA max.
Non-safety
DIAGRAMS
S11 HOOKUP
Y32 Y35 Mat #1 Mat #n
Outputs Power Supply S12
Energized Fault
S22
24V dc
+V dc common
GLOSSARY
S21
WD049
MM-TA-12B and MM2-TA-12B Muting Modules
2 FSDs, 2-Channel EDM, Mute Enable
24V dc 0V dc
Brown
Grn/Yel
Page 94
Models
Blue
1 7 6
• MM-TA-12B Black
2 8 5 FSD1
• MM2-TA-12B
3 4 White
FSD2
Violet
Mute
Orange Enable
Org/Blk
Single-Channel
Safety Stop Circuit
Dual-Channel
WD050
MM-TA-12B and MM2-TA-12B Muting Modules
Generic Hookup, 2-Channel EDM, Mute enabled to IM-TA-..A
iKNOW®
24V dc 0V dc
CONTACT/SWITCHING
Brown
DIAGRAMS
Page 94 Grn/Yel
Models
Blue
1 7 6
• MM-TA-12B Black
• MM2-TA-12B 2 8 5
White
3 4
DIAGRAMS
Mute
HOOKUP
Enable
Violet
Orange
Org/Blk IM-T-9A
S4 S1
K2 K1
GLOSSARY
S3 S2
Y1 Y2
Y3 Y4
13 14 MPCE
Machine
1
REPRESENTATIVES
Control 23 24 MPCE
INTERNATIONAL
2
33 34
Wiring diagrams are for
WD051
MMD-TA-12B DIN-Rail Muting Module
Solid-State Output, 2 FSDs and 2-Channel EDM
+24V dc 0V dc
A1 MMD-TA-12B A2
Page 94
Models
Y1
EDM1
• MMD-TA-12B Y2
Y3
MMD-TA-12B EDM2
Y4
Terminal Locations
+
OSSD1 Y5 FSD1
0V Y6
! 8 8 : - : : - :
9 9 9 9 8 8 : : 9 9 9 9
Single-Channel
Safety Stop Circuit
: - : : - : : 8 !
Wiring diagrams are for
Dual-Channel
Safety Stop Circuit
! information only. See
appropriate manuals for
NOTE: Do not exceed OSSD maximum load all specific warnings, cautions and
capacitance specifications. information for use.
WD052
MMD-TA-11B DIN-Rail Muting Module
Relay Outputs
iKNOW®
2-Channel EDM 1-Channel EDM
CONTACT/SWITCHING
+24V dc 0V dc +24V dc 0V dc
DIAGRAMS
Page 94 A1 MMD-TA-11B A2 A1 MMD-TA-11B A2
Models
• MMD-TA-11B
MMD-TA-11B
DIAGRAMS
Y1 Y1
Terminal Locations
HOOKUP
EDM1 EDM1
Y2 Y2
Y3 Y3
EDM2 EDM2
Y4 Y4
A1 X1 X2 Z21 M1 Z11 Z12 M2 Z22
L1 L2 L1 L2
K1A K2A K1A K2A
S11 S12 S21 S22 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 X10 X11 X12
GLOSSARY
K2C K2C
Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 X3 X4 31 32 13 14 23 24
REPRESENTATIVES
INTERNATIONAL
WD053
MMD-TA-12B DIN-Rail Muting Module
2-Channel EDM with Interface Model
+24V dc 0V dc
A1 MMD-TA-12B A2
Page 94
Models
Y1
• MMD-TA-12B
EDM1
Y2
MMD-TA-12B Y3
Terminal Locations EDM2
Y4
+
OSSD1 Y5
! 8 8 : - : : - :
--$ 4! " 0V Y7
+
OSSD2 Y8
IM-T-9A
9 9 9 9 8 8 : : 9 9 9 9
S3 S1
K2 K1
: - : : - : : 8 ! S4 S2
Y3 Y4
Y1 Y2
+24V dc
13 14 MPCE
1
23 24 *
MPCE
iKNOW®
Machine 2
Control 33 34
*
Feedback (optional)
CONTACT/SWITCHING
DIAGRAMS
WD054
MMD-TA-12B DIN-Rail Muting Module
1-Channel EDM with Interface Model
+24V dc 0V dc
A1 MMD-TA-12B A2
Page 94
Models
Y1
• MMD-TA-12B EDM1
Y2
MMD-TA-12B Y3
EDM2
Terminal Locations
Y4
+
OSSD1 Y5
! 8 8 : - : : - :
0V Y6
3 3 3 3 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
0V Y7
--$ 4! " +
OSSD2 Y8
IM-T-9A
S3 S1
9 9 9 9 8 8 : : 9 9 9 9
K2 K1
: - : : - : : 8 !
S4 S2
Y3 Y4
Y1 Y2
+24V dc
13 14 MPCE
1
23 24 *
Machine MPCE
iKNOW®
Control 2
33 34
*
Feedback (optional)
CONTACT/SWITCHING
DIAGRAMS
Wiring diagrams are for
! information only. See
appropriate manuals for
all specific warnings, cautions and
* Arc Suppressors. See manual for specific warnings. information for use.
DIAGRAMS
HOOKUP
GLOSSARY
REPRESENTATIVES
INTERNATIONAL
WD055
SSM Safe Speed Monitor Module
SSM-FM-11.. to Two PNP Sensors
+V DC common
24V ac/dc
Page 103
Models
SSM-FM-11A10
• SSM-FM-11A10
A1 or A2
• SSM-FM-11A20 SSM-FM-11A20
0V S1-
SSM-FM-11A..
Sensor 2
14 24 32 Y2 S2+ S2s S2- A2
+24V S2+
PNP
Signal S2s
Out
0V S2-
Machine
L1 Master Stop L2
8A max. Control Elements
K1A K2A
iKNOW®
13 14 MSCE
Machine 1
Control *
Circuits K1B K2B
CONTACT/SWITCHING
23 24 MSCE
2
DIAGRAMS
*
K1C K2C *Arc suppressor
31 32
(see WARNING)
DIAGRAMS
HOOKUP
WD056
EM-T-7A Extension Module
EM-T-7A 1-Channel EDM
L1/+V dc
+24
Page 105 V dc
K1
Primary
EM-T-7A Safety
Terminal Locations K2 Device
14 24 34 44
1-Channel
U Y2 A2 Monitoring Contact
Feedback Input
(EDM)
£ 9£ 0
V dc
£Î ÓÎ ÎÎ {Î
MSC1
* MSC1 MSC2 MSC3 MSC4
MSC Monitor Contacts
Machine K1, K2 are safety contacts
MSC2
/Ç Master Stop *
Control Elements
MSC3
*
£{ Ó{ Î{ {{ MSC4
*
Wiring diagrams are for
1 9Ó Ó
L2/-V dc ! information only. See
appropriate manuals for
all specific warnings, cautions and
* Arc Suppressors. See manual for specific warnings. information for use.
WD057
EM-T-7A Extension Module
EM-T-7A 2-Channel EDM
iKNOW®
L1/+V dc
CONTACT/SWITCHING
+24 0
DIAGRAMS
V dc V dc
Page 105
DIAGRAMS
Terminal Locations K2 K2
HOOKUP
14 24 34 44
1-Channel
U Y2 A2
Monitoring Contact
Feedback Input
(EDM)
£ 9£
£Î ÓÎ ÎÎ {Î
GLOSSARY
MSC1
* MSC1 MSC2 MSC3 MSC4
MSC Monitor Contacts
Machine K1, K2 are safety contacts.
MSC2
/Ç Master Stop *
Control Elements
MSC3
*
REPRESENTATIVES
INTERNATIONAL
MSC4
£{ Ó{ Î{ {{ *
Wiring diagrams are for
1 9Ó Ó
L2/-V dc ! information only. See
appropriate manuals for
all specific warnings, cautions and
information for use.
* Arc Suppressors. See manual for specific warnings.
WD058
EM-F-7G Extension Module
EM-F-7G 1-Channel EDM
L1/+V dc
Page 105
EM-F-7G A1 Y1 1-Channel
Monitoring Contact
Models Feedback Input
13 23 33 43 (EDM)
• EM-F-7G K1 Primary
Safety
EM-F-7G K2
Device
Terminal Locations
14 24 34 44
1-Channel
Y2 A2 Monitoring Contact
Feedback Input
(EDM)
0 +24V ac/dc
V dc
£Î ÓÎ ÎÎ
MSC1
£ 9£ 9Ó * MSC1 MSC2 MSC3 MSC4
MSC Monitor Contacts
Machine K1, K2 are safety contacts
MSC2
Master Stop *
Ç Control Elements
MSC3
*
MSC4
*
{Î {{ Ó
L2/-V dc
£{ Ó{ Î{
Wiring diagrams are for information only.
WD059
EM-FD-7G.. Extension Module
EM-FD-7G.. 1-Channel EDM
iKNOW®
L1/+V dc
Page 105
Models EM-FD-7G2 17 27 37
1-Channel
Monitoring Contact
EM-FD-7G3 Feedback Input
• EM-FD-7G2 (EDM)
EM-FD-7G4 A1 Y1 Y2
• EM-FD-7G3
K1 Primary
• EM-FD-7G4
Safety
EM-FD-7G K2
Device
DIAGRAMS
HOOKUP
Terminal Locations 47 48 A2
18 28 38 1-Channel
Monitoring Contact
Feedback Input
(EDM)
0 +24V ac/dc
£Ç ÓÇ ÎÇ V dc
MSC1
*
£ 9£ 9Ó
MSC1 MSC2 MSC3 MSC4
GLOSSARY
WD060
IM-T-..A Interface Module
IM-T-..A 2-Channel Primary Safety Device with 2 FSDs and 2 EDM
+24V dc 0V dc
Primary
Safety
Device EDM1
Page 107
EDM2
+
Models +
Safety Output
• IM-T-9A
• IM-T-11A Safety Output
IM-T-..A
Terminal Locations
IM-T-9A
S3 S1
K2 K1
S4 S2
3 3 9
Y1
S1 S2 Y1 MPCE2
9 13 31 23 Y2 Y2
Y3
MPCE1
Y4
)- 4 ! IM-T-11A
13 14 MPCE
1
23 24 MPCE
2
Machine
9 Y4 14 32 24 Control 33 34
K2 K1
9 3 3 Y3 S3 S4
Feedback (optional)
WD061
IM-T-..A Interface Module
IM-T-..A 2-Channel Primary Safety Device with 2 PNP and 1 EDM
iKNOW®
+24V dc 0V dc
Primary
Safety
CONTACT/SWITCHING
Device EDM
+
DIAGRAMS
Page 107
+
Safety
Models Output
Safety
• IM-T-9A Output
• IM-T-11A
IM-T-..A
DIAGRAMS
Terminal Locations IM-T-..A
HOOKUP
S3 S1
K2 K1
S4 S2
Y1
3 3 9
Y2
S1 S2 Y1
9 13 31 23 Y2 Y3
GLOSSARY
MPCE2 MPCE1
Y4
13 14 MPCE
)- 4 ! IM-T-11A 1
*
23 24 MPCE
Machine 2
Control
*
32
REPRESENTATIVES
9 Y4 14 32 24
INTERNATIONAL
31
9 3 3 Y3 S3 S4
Wiring diagrams are for
Feedback (optional)
! information only. See
appropriate manuals for
all specific warnings, cautions and
information for use.
* Arc Suppressors. See manual for specific warnings.
WD062
IM-T-..A Interface Module
IM-T-..A 2-Channel Primary Safety Device with 2 FSDs and 1 EDM
+24V dc 0V dc
Primary
Safety
Device EDM
Page 107
Safety Output
Models
IM-T-..A IM-T-..A
Terminal Locations S3 S1
K2 K1
S4 S2
Y1
3 3 9 Y2
S1 S2 Y1
9 13 31 23 Y2 Y3
MPCE2 MPCE1
Y4
13 14 MPCE
)- 4 ! IM-T-11A 1
*
23 24 MPCE
Machine 2
Control
*
32
9 Y4 14 32 24
31
9 3 3 Y3 S3 S4
WD063
IM-T-..A Interface Module
IM-T-..A 1-Channel Primary Safety Device with 1 Redundant-Relay and 1 EDM
iKNOW®
+24V dc 0V dc
Primary
CONTACT/SWITCHING
Safety
Device EDM
DIAGRAMS
Page 107
Models
Safety Output
• IM-T-9A
• IM-T-11A
IM-T-..A
DIAGRAMS
S3 S1
K2 K1
S4 S2
Y1
3 3 9 S1 S2 Y1
Y2
9 13 31 23 Y2
Y3
GLOSSARY
MPCE2 MPCE1
Y4
)- 4 ! IM-T-11A
13 14 MPCE
1
*
23 24 MPCE
Machine 2
*
9
Control 33 34
Y4 14 32 24
K2 K1
REPRESENTATIVES
INTERNATIONAL
9 3 3 Y3 S3 S4
Feedback (optional)
Wiring diagrams are for
! information only. See
appropriate manuals for
all specific warnings, cautions and
information for use.
* Arc Suppressors. See manual for specific warnings.
WD064
DUO-TOUCH® SG Two-Hand Control Modules, STB Compatible
AT-FM-10K to Two STB Touch Buttons with Contact Outputs
STB2 STB1
+– +–
Page 111
Blue
Models Brown
STB2 STB1
9Ó £{ Ó{ Ó
+– +–
Blue
Brown
24V dc A1 A2 0V dc
AT-FM-10K
White S12
S11 Y1 (1)
Black
S13 MPCE2 MPCE1
iKNOW®
White Y2
L1/+V dc S22
S21 L2/–V dc
Black
S23
K1 K2 *
MPCE
Machine 13 14 1 Wiring diagrams are for
!
CONTACT/SWITCHING
Control information only. See
MPCE appropriate manuals for
Circuit 2
DIAGRAMS
23 24 all specific warnings, cautions and
* information for use.
SW1 SW2
DIAGRAMS
HOOKUP
S11 Y1
S13 MPCE2 MPCE1
L1/+V dc S22 Y2
S21 L2/–V dc
S23
K1 K2 *
REPRESENTATIVES
MPCE
INTERNATIONAL
Machine 13 14 1
Control Wiring diagrams are for
!
Circuit MPCE
2 information only. See
23 24
appropriate manuals for
*
all specific warnings, cautions and
* Arc Suppressors. See manual for specific warnings. * Arc Suppressor – See Warning information for use.
(1) See Warning about Interfacing Safety Outputs
WD065
STB Self-Checking Touch Buttons
Solid-State Sourcing (PNP) Outputs
Page 117
Models 1 Solid-State
+
10-30V dc
3 10-30V dc
• STBVP6.. models
–
4
Key Load
Micro- Micro-
2 V+
Controller
1
Controller
2 V+
Load
1 = Brown
2 = White
3 = Blue 4-Pin Euro 4-Pin Mini
4 = Black
2 4
2
bn
bl
wh
bu
1
3 + –
4 1 3
4-Pin Euro
! See appropriate manuals for all specific
warnings, cautions and information for use.
WD066
STB Self-Checking Touch Buttons
Electromechanical Relay Output
iKNOW®
CONTACT/SWITCHING
1
** Supply Voltage
DIAGRAMS
2 = White
5-Pin Euro 5-Pin Mini 1 = Brown
3 = Blue 2 = White
GLOSSARY
4 = Black
bn
bl
yl
wh
bu
2 4 3 = Blue
2
5 = Gray† 1 A1
4 = Black A2
3 5 = Gray
4 † 1 3
5-Pin Mini 5
5*
1 = Brown
2 = White
REPRESENTATIVES
INTERNATIONAL
3 = Blue
4 = Black
5 = Yellow* Wiring diagrams are for information only.
WD067
DUO-TOUCH® SG Two-Hand Control Modules, STB Compatible
115V ac
230V ac
A1 A2
AT-GM-13A
24V dc B1 AT-HM-13A B2 0V dc or for AC hookup
Page 111 Z1
Z2 Y1 MPCE1 MPCE2
Models S12 MPCE4 MPCE3
Connections
Connections to to S11
actuation Y2
• AT-GM-13A actuation devices
devices –– S13
see page 264.
• AT-HM-13A see Figures 4a,
S22
4b and 4c
S21
AT-..M-13A S23
Terminal Locations
L1/+V dc L2/-V dc
13 K1 K2 14
MPCE
*
1
23 24 *
MPCE
Machine 2
Control *
33 34
-£Ó -££ -£Î -ÓÓ -Ó£ -ÓÎ Circuit MPCE
3
£ Ó £ Ó <£ <Ó 9£ 9Ó
43 44 *
MPCE
4
51 52
/°°£Î
+24V dc
Y30
+0V dc
Y31
£Î £{ ÓÎ Ó{ ÎÎ Î{ {Î {{ Y32
9Îä 9Σ 9ÎÓ 9ÎÎ x£ xÓ Y33
WD068
DUO-TOUCH® SG Two-Hand Control Modules, STB Compatible
115V ac
iKNOW®
230V ac
(Depending on model)
A1 A2
AT-GM-11KM
24V dc B1 AT-HM-11KM B2 0V dc for AC hookup
Z1
CONTACT/SWITCHING
Z2
+
S12 Z3
DIAGRAMS
ML
Page 111 Connections
Connections to to S11 Mute
actuation
actuation devices
devices –– Lamp
see page see
264.Figures 6a, S13 Z4
Models 6b and 6c
S22
X1
ME
• AT-GM-11KM S21
Mute
• AT-HM-11KM S23
X2
Enable
AT-..M-10K M1
M11
DIAGRAMS
Y1
Terminal Locations MPCE1 MPCE2
HOOKUP
M12
M2
M21 Y2
M22
L2/-V dc
K1 K2
L1/+V dc *
13 14
-£Ó -££ -£Î -ÓÓ -Ó£ -ÓÎ <£ <Ó MPCE
1
Machine 23 24
£ Ó £ Ó <Î <{ 9£ 9Ó ££ £Ó Ó£ ÓÓ MPCE
GLOSSARY
Control 2
Circuit *
31 32
Feedback
/°°££ (optional)
SSI1 +24V dc
X3 Y30
+0V dc
X4 Y31
(2)
REPRESENTATIVES
X5 Y32
X6 Y33
Σ ÎÓ 8£ 8Ó
(2)
WD069
DUO-TOUCH® SG Two-Hand Control Modules, Actuation Device Hookups
AT-..M-13A and AT-..M-11KM to Two STB Touch Buttons with Contact Outputs
STB2 STB1
+– +–
AT-GM-13A
AT-HM-13A
Brown
Z1
Blue
Z2 AT-GM-13A
White AT-HM-13A
S12
Yellow AT-GM-11KM
S11
Black AT-HM-11KM
S13
White
S22
Yellow
S21
Black
S23
AT-..M-13A and AT-..M-11KM to Two STB Touch Buttons with PNP (Sourcing) Outputs
STB2 STB1
Logic Logic
+– +–
AT-GM-13A
AT-HM-13A
Brown
Z1
Blue
Z2 AT-GM-13A
White AT-HM-13A
S12
iKNOW®
S11 AT-GM-11KM
Black AT-HM-11KM
S13
White
S22
S21
Black
S23
CONTACT/SWITCHING
AT-..M-13A and AT-..M-11KM to Two Mechanical Push Buttons with Contact Outputs
DIAGRAMS
SW2 SW1
HOOKUP
AT-GM-13A
AT-HM-13A
GLOSSARY
Z1
Z2 AT-GM-13A
S12 AT-HM-13A
S11 AT-GM-11KM
AT-HM-11KM
S13
S22
REPRESENTATIVES
S21
INTERNATIONAL
S23
WD070
DUO-TOUCH® Run Bar with STBs
Page 120
Models Terminal
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
• STBVP6-RB1..
STB 0V dc (Blue)
WD071
EZ-LIGHT™ for Two-Hand Control
LED Function Brown Wire Gray Wire Black Wire White Wire Typical Function
Red ON +V dc — — — Stop and/or Not Ready
Blue ON +V dc +V dc — — Stopped, but Ready/Enabled
Green ON +V dc +V dc +V dc — Go
iKNOW®
Yellow ON +V dc +V dc +V dc +V dc Mute Condition
Red Flashing Any other hookup combination Abnormal State
NOTES:
• Blue wire connected to 0V dc
CONTACT/SWITCHING
Page 192
• Supply Voltage and Current = 10 to 30V dc, 60 mA max.
DIAGRAMS
DIAGRAMS
HOOKUP
GLOSSARY
REPRESENTATIVES
INTERNATIONAL
The stopping of machine motion while retaining power Abbreviation for Electromagnetic Interference.
Beam Diameter to machine actuators during the stopping process. Electrical “noise” which may interfere with proper
The portion of a beam that must be blocked to cause operation of sensors, programmable logic controllers,
Crosstalk (Optical) counters, data recorders, and other sensitive
an individual photo receiver to change state. One of
the factors in determining resolution of a safety light Optical crosstalk occurs when a photoelectric receiver electronic equipment.
CONTACT/SWITCHING
screen. Also known as effective beam diameter. responds to light from an adjacent emitter.
Emitter
DIAGRAMS
An optional function that allows a light screen system defined area is interrupted by an opaque object of
to ignore objects located within the sensing field so as a specified cross section, a Trip or Latch condition ignore stationary objects (such as brackets or fixtures)
not to create an OFF-state of the safety outputs and results. that interrupt a specific number of light beams.
cause a Trip or Latch condition.
Depth of field External device monitoring
Blocked condition The distance, length or the size of the sensing surface A means by which a safeguarding device monitors the
A condition that occurs when an opaque object of or field from the outer edge toward the hazard. Also state of external devices that may be controlled by the
sufficient size interrupts one or more light screen known as “depth of detection.” safety device.
GLOSSARY
abbreviated as Dpf.
catastrophic loss of function is not possible.
Cascade
Diverse-redundancy
Series connection (or “daisy-chaining”) of multiple Fail to Safe
sensors. The practice of using components, circuitry or
operation of different designs, architectures or A design or event in which a failure or fault within a
functions to achieve redundancy and to reduce the system causes the hazardous machine motion or
possibility of common mode failures. process to achieve a safe state (Commonly confused
with “fail-safe”).
266 More information online at bannerengineering.com
GLOSSARY
iKNOW®
when the relay coil is energized or de-energized, all
of the linked contacts move together. If one set of
Machine response time
contacts in the relay becomes immobilized, no other I/O
contact of the same relay will be able to move. The The time between the activation of a stopping device
(Input-Output) Provides communication channels to
function of forced-guided contacts is to enable the and the instant when the dangerous parts of the
system and to manufacturing process.
safety circuit to check the status of the relay. Forced- machine reach a safe state.
CONTACT/SWITCHING
guided contacts are also known as “mechanically- Integrity Machine secondary control element (MSCE)
linked contacts,” “positive-guided contacts,” “captive
DIAGRAMS
The degree to which a circuit, system or device can
contacts,” “locked contacts,” or “safety relays.” An electrically-powered element, independent of
be expected to perform unimpaired an anticipated
the machine primary control element(s), capable
function in the event of a fault. Integrity depends
of removing power from the machine’s actuator
on several characteristics including fault tolerance,
G fault exclusion, risk reduction, reliable and well-tried
components, well-tried safety principles, and other
(prime mover) of the relevant hazardous parts and is
typically controlled by the secondary switching device
(SSD).
General Duty Clause design considerations.
Section 5(a)(1) of the Occupational Safety and Health Master Control Relay (MCR)
DIAGRAMS
Interlocked guard
HOOKUP
Act of 1970 (Public Law 91-596, 91st Congress, A relay that is used to provide electrical power to the
S.2193, 29Dec1970) places primary accountability A guard or barrier interfaced with a machine
machine control circuitry. Typically interfaced with the
on the employer for work place safety. “5(a)(1) Each control system so as to restrict access to or prevent
Master Start/Stop (ON/OFF) and Emergency Stop
employer shall furnish to each of his employees inadvertent access to the hazard.
functions.
employment and a place of employment which are
free from recognized hazards that are causing or Internal lockout Master Stop Control (MSC)
are likely to cause death or serious physical harm to A Lockout condition due to an internal safety system
An electrically-powered device, external to the
problem.
GLOSSARY
his employees.” OSHA inspectors often use section E-stop Safety Module, that provides a safety stop by
5(a)(1) of the “General Duty Clause” as the bases of immediately removing electrical power to the hazard
citations resulting from on-site inspections. Intrinsic safety
and, if necessary, by applying braking to dangerous
A design technique applied to electrical equipment,
motion.
General Requirements for All Machines such as sensors, switches, and wiring for hazardous
(29CFR1910.212) requires that one or more methods locations. The technique involves limiting energy Mechanically-linked contact
of machine guarding shall be provided to protect the to a level below that required to ignite a specific
REPRESENTATIVES
operator and other employees from hazards, and hazardous atmosphere. Intrinsic safety design
the guarding device shall be in conformity with any often eliminates the requirement for explosion-proof Monitoring
appropriate standards. enclosures. Also see “NAMUR”. The verification of system components to detect
failures or faults of any part of the monitored system
that could affect the performance of safety-related
functions.
Minimum Object Sensitivity (MOS) Output Signal Switching Device (OSSD) Pull-back
The minimum-diameter object that a safety light Abbreviation for Output Signal Switching Device. A safeguarding device attached to an operator’s
screen system can reliably detect. Objects of this The safety outputs of a safeguarding device that are hands and wrists that withdraws the operator’s hands
diameter or greater will be detected anywhere in the used to initiate a stop signal by achieving an OFF- from the hazard area during hazardous operation.
defined area. A smaller object can pass undetected state. (Note: Includes, but is not limited to, solid-state
through the light if it passes exactly midway between outputs, relay contacts, or other electrical contacts.)
two adjacent light beams. Q
Machine Primary Control Element (MPCE)
An electrically-powered element, external to the
P Qualified Person
An individual who, by possession of a recognized
safety system, which directly controls the machine’s Pass-through hazard degree or certificate of professional training, or by
normal operating motion in such a way that the A situation that may exist when personnel pass extensive knowledge, training, and experience,
element is last (in time) to operate when machine through a safeguard (at which point the hazard stops has successfully demonstrated the ability to solve
motion is either initiated or arrested. (Examples or is removed), and then continue into the guarded problems relating to the subject matter and work.
include motor/motor contactors, magnetic clutch area. At this point the safeguard may not be able to
brake, or electrically operated valve.) prevent an unexpected start or restart of the machine
Master Stop Control (MSC) with personnel within the guarded area. R
An electrically-powered device, external to the Perimeter guard
E-stop Safety Module, that provides a safety stop by
Receiver
A safeguarding technique that provides a barrier or The light-receiving component of a safety light
immediately removing electrical power to the hazard means of detection at the boundary of a hazard or
and, if necessary, by applying braking to dangerous screen system, consisting of a row of synchronized
hazardous area. phototransistors. The receiver, together with the
motion. This stopping action is accomplished by
removing power to the actuator coil of either Master PNP output (Current sourcing) emitter (placed opposite), creates a “screen of light”
Stop Control Element. called the defined area.
A transistor available as an output switch in DC
sensors. Usually configured with its collector open Reduced resolution
Muting
and its emitter connected to the positive of the A configuration that allows a light screen system to
The automatic suspension of the safeguarding sensor supply voltage. In this configuration, a load is
function of a safety device during a non-hazardous intentionally ignore the interruption of consecutive
connected between the output (collector) and ground light beams within the defined area. The effect is to
portion of the machine cycle. (DC common). This output configuration is also called ignore multiple objects with cross-sections less than a
a “sourcing” output. certain size, while increasing the size of an object that
N Point of operation will be reliably detected anywhere within the defined
area. Sometimes called “Floating Blanking.”
The location of a machine where material or a
NAMUR workpiece is positioned and a machine function is Redundancy
Devices and sensors designed for use with certified performed upon it. The duplication of components or circuitry providing
switching amplifiers with intrinsically-safe circuits. the same function should a component or circuit fail.
NAMUR sensors are most commonly used in Point-of-operation guarding
explosive environments. Safeguards, such as hard guards or safety light Reliability
screens, which are designed to protect personnel The ability of a machine’s circuits and components
Normally Closed (NC) from hazardous machine motion associated with the to consistently perform its stated function within its
Designation that states the contacts of a switch or machine’s point of operation. specifications without failing.
relay are closed or connected when at rest. When
activated, the contacts open or separate. Positive-guided contact Relay
See Forced-guided contact. An electromechanical device that opens or closes
Normally Open (NO)
contacts in response to a small current or voltage
iKNOW®
Designation that states the contacts of a switch or Positive Opening (Safety Switch)
change of an electric circuit. This device effects the
relay are normally open or not connected. When Safety switch that employs a rigid mechanical link operation of other devices in the same or another
activated, the contacts close or become connected. from the actuator to open Normally Closed contacts. electric circuit.
The normal operation of the switch will force apart
NPN output (Current sinking) contacts, even those that are welded shut. Reset
CONTACT/SWITCHING
A transistor available as an output switch in DC The use of a manually-operated switch to restore the
sensors and logic modules. Usually configured Power monitoring
safety outputs to the ON state from a Latch condition,
DIAGRAMS
with its collector open and its emitter connected to Monitoring function accomplished through a series- or return to the RUN mode from a Lockout condition.
ground (DC common). In this configuration, a load parallel connection of contacts that provide feedback
is connected between the output (collector) and the about the machine’s status. Power is supplied to Resolution
positive of the DC supply. This output configuration is the module as long as both contactors work as they The minimum size (diameter or cross section) of an
also called a “sinking” output. should. object that a safety light screen will reliably detect.
Power-Up/Power-Interrupt Lockout Calculated by adding the beam spacing dimension to
effective beam diameter. Objects of this size or larger
A Lockout condition of a safety light screen system
DIAGRAMS
ON State Presence-Sensing Device Initiation (PSDI) document and eliminate or reduce hazards in a
particular machine or process.
The state in which the output circuit is complete and An application in which a presence-sensing device is
permits the flow of current. used to start the cycle of a machine.
Optical short circuit Presence-Sensing Safeguarding Device (PSSD) S
Deflection of one or more beams around an object Abbreviation for Presence-Sensing Safeguarding
REPRESENTATIVES
Safeguard
INTERNATIONAL
in the defined area which may result in reduced Device. A presence-sensing device used as a
detection capability of a light screen or in the worst safeguard. A guard (barrier) or safeguarding device used to
case, of an object being allowed to pass through protect personnel from hazards by preventing or
undetected. The result of locating a sensing field restricting access, or by detecting the presence of an
next to a highly reflective surface e.g. stainless steel, individual.
glossy paint.
iKNOW®
interruption and initiates a stop command. Also known standards agency. Safety standards are minimum
as Active Opto-electronic Protective Device -AOPD, requirements for product and machine design,
Presence Sensing Safeguarding Device, safety light manufacture, use and evaluation.
curtain, light devices and optical guards.
Supplemental guarding/safeguarding
Safety mat Additional means used to prevent or hinder personnel
CONTACT/SWITCHING
A safeguarding device consisting of a sensing surface from accessing the guarded hazard by augmenting
and a control. The sensing surface is capable of the primary means of safeguarding.
DIAGRAMS
detecting the presence of individual(s) on its surface.
Safety module
A device that performs a specific safety function(s)
T
and consists of monitored, multiple, mechanically- Trip condition
linked relays, or monitored solid-state safety The response of a safety or safeguarding device in
outputs. Commonly confused with a single, discrete which an ON-state is achieved when the safeguard
DIAGRAMS
mechanically-linked “safety” relay. Also know as
HOOKUP
is cleared, re-closed, or re-armed, without operator
Safety Interface Module or Safety Relay Modules. intervention.
Safety relay Trip initiate
An electromechanical relay with force-guided The resetting, reclosing, or clearing of a safeguard
contacts which allow the monitoring of a safety causing the initiation of machine motion or operation.
device’s circuit to check relay status. See also force- Trip Initiate is not allowed as a means to initiate a
guided contacts.
GLOSSARY
North America
UNITED STATES
More than 150 representatives and distributors covering all states. For a complete listing, go to bannerengineering.com and find
your local Banner Representative by ZIP code search.
Canada
Landel Controls Ltd. Le Groupe Rotalec/Seltron Shelley Industrial Automation, Inc.
#250, 5701-17 Ave SE 114 Woodlawn Road 41 Coldwater Road
Calgary, Alberta T2A 0W3 Unit 34B, Suite 608 Toronto, Ontario M3B 1Y8
Tel: 1-403-254-8900 Dartmouth, Nova Scotia B2W 2S7 Tel: 1-877-SHELLEY
Fax: 1-403-254-8903 Tel: 1-902-829-3666 Fax: (416) 447-9313
email: [email protected] Fax: 1-902-829-2525 email: [email protected]
http://www.landelcontrols.com email: [email protected] http://www.shelley.com
E. B. Horsman & Son Ltd. http://www.rotalec.com
13055 80th Avenue Le Groupe Rotalec
Surrey, British Columbia V3W 3B1 900 McCaffrey Le Groupe Rotalec Atlantic
Tel: 1-604-596-7111 Ville St-Laurent, Quebec H4T 2C7 Moncton Division of Seltron
Fax: 1-604-596-3139 Tel: 1-514-341-3685 122 Driscoll Cresent
http://www.ebhorsman.com Fax: 1-514-341-5205 Moncton, New Brunswick E1E 3R8
email: [email protected] Tel: 1-506-858-9884
http://www.rotalec.com Fax: 1-506-853-4185
email: [email protected]
http://www.rotalec.com
Latin America
Sensorville (Santa Catarina) Bolivia Electromática Ltda.
Rua Gothard Kaesemodel, 657 Avda. Santa Magdalena 75 of 212
Joinville, SC 89203-400 Control Experto Santiago
Tel: 55-47-3422-5111 Oficina Principal Tel: 56-2-495-9400
Fax: 55-47-3433-5298 Av America E-435 email: [email protected]
email: [email protected] Edificio Jaque, Piso # 2 ofic #2
Cochabamba http://www.electromatic.cl
http://www.sensorville.com.br
Tel: 591-4412-4039 Seiman S.A.
Spheric Componentes Óticos Fax: 591-4445-0546 1 Norte 1511
(Rio Grande do Sul) email: [email protected] Viña del Mar
http://www.controlexperto.com Tel: 56-41-222-3239
Rua Imperatriz Leopoldina, 355,
Sala 03 Control Experto Fax: 56-41-222-3281
Novo Hamburgo – RS 93310-060 Av. Pasos Kanki N 1649 email: [email protected]
Tel: 55-51-3594-8036 Edificio San Martín de Porres http://www.seiman.cl
Argentina Fax: 55-51-3594-8036 Piso 4 Oficina A-4 - Zona Miraflores
Aumecon S.A. email: [email protected] La Paz Seiman S.A.
iKNOW®
Acassusso 4768 http://www.spheric.com.br Tel: 591-(2)-222-2597 Angol 436, Of 303 – Edificio Millenium
1605 Munro Fax: 222-6923 – 212-9247 Concepción
Buenos Aires CP B1605BFP Techway Comércio e email: [email protected] Tel: 56-32-222-3239/3281
Tel: 54-11-4756-1251 Representação Ltda http://www.controlexperto.com http://www.seiman.cl
Fax: 54-11-4762-6331 Av Santa Cruz Machado Seiman S.A.
email: [email protected] 4048 Conj. 31 de Março Control Experto
CONTACT/SWITCHING
Santiago
Fax: 55-92-3613-2161 Condominio Colombo email: [email protected]
Brazil email: [email protected] Oficina Nº3 http://www.seiman.cl
Sensor do Brasil (São Paulo - http://www.techwaybr.com.br Santa Cruz
Rio de Janeiro) Tel: 591-(3)-364-4753
Rua Jordão Schiavetto, 436 Weber Automação e Controle Fax: 591-(3)-364-4753 Colombia
Parque Ortolandia Industrial Ltda email: [email protected] Coldecon Ltda
Hortolândia, SP 1318-080 Rua Bicas, 215 – Bairro Sagrada Família http://www.controlexperto.com Calle 7 Sur-Nº 51A-21
Tel: 55-19-3897-9400
DIAGRAMS
iKNOW®
Equipamiento Electro Industrial SA email: administració[email protected]
Km 7.5 Via Daule Surco, Lima 33 Fax: 58-241-832-2566
Parque Comercial California #2 Tel: 51-1-273-1166 email: [email protected]
Control Sensors, S.A. de C.V. Fax: 51-1-273-1238
Bloque J Av. Tolteca # 2300-A
Guayaquil Col. Tolteca
email: [email protected] Rexelca
Tel: 593-42-100134/36/37 http://www.npiperu.com Edif: Taburiente piso 1 ofic 1
Guadalupe, N.L. C.P. 67190
CONTACT/SWITCHING
email: [email protected] Tel: 818-030-73-07/09 Av Miranda Este # 93
email: [email protected] Maracay, Aragua
DIAGRAMS
Krahuer S.A. Puerto Rico Tel: 58-414-345-6047 / 58-243-232-1
Mapasingue Oeste Hobby Electrónica S.A. de C.V. PREMSCO Fax: 58-243-232-1563
Av. Segunda y Calle Primera, esquina email: [email protected]
P.O. Box 9910 Retorno Corregidora 173-D Calle Jordan 704
Guayaquil Col. Balaustradas Santurce, PR 00909
Tel: 593-9-6015386 Querétaro, Qro. 76070 Tel: 1-787-268-4040
Fax: 593-4-2351312 Tel: 442-213-8790 Fax: 1-787-268-4006
email: [email protected] Fax: 442-223-4844 email: [email protected]
email: [email protected] http://www.premsco.com
DIAGRAMS
HOOKUP
http://www.hobbyelectronica.com
Guatemala Hi-Tech Products, Inc.
Enersys Co. IIPSA - Instrumentos Industriales del Ave. Sanchez Osorio
5 Calle 35-01, Zona 11 Pacifico, S.A. de C.V. 2MR-581 Villa Fontana
Utatlán II Juan Carrasco # 212 Pte. Carolina, PR 00983
Guatemala City Col. Centro Tel: 1-787-257-1707
Tel: 502-2439-4622 Los Mochis- Sinaloa 81200 Fax: 1-787-276-1888
Tel: 668-816-0140 email: [email protected]
GLOSSARY
Fax: 502-2434-6876
email: [email protected] Fax: 668-816-0144 http://www.hi-techproducts.com
email: [email protected]
http://www.iipsa.com
Mexico Uruguay
Automation International Ltd. INASA: Ingenieria y Abastecimiento, Fidemar
13006 Mula Lane S.A. de C.V. Minas 1634-CP 11.200
REPRESENTATIVES
Europe
Czech Republic Iceland Netherlands/Holland
Turck s.r.o. K M Stál ehf. Turck B.V.
Hradecká 1151 Bíldshöóa 16 Ruiterlaan 7
CZ-50003 Hradec Králové 3 110 Reykjavik NL-8019 BN Zwolle
Tel: 420-495-518-766 Tel: 354-56-78-939 Tel: 31-38-42-27-750
Fax: 420-495-518-767 Fax: 354-56-78-938 Fax: 31-38-42-27-451
email: [email protected] email: [email protected] email: [email protected]
http://www.turck.cz http://www.turck.nl
Ireland
Denmark Tektron Norway
Hans Folsgaard AS Tramore House Danyko A.S.
Theilgaards Torv 1 Tramore Road P.O. Box 48
DK - 4600 Koge Cork N-4891 Grimstad
CORPORATE OFFICE: Tel: 45-43-20-86-00 Tel: 353 21-4313331 Tel: 47-37 090 940
Banner Engineering Europe Fax: 45-43-96-88-55 Fax: 353-21-4313371 Fax: 47-37 090 941
Park Lane email: [email protected] email: [email protected] email: [email protected]
Cullinganlaan 2F http://www.hf.net http://[email protected] http://www.hf.net
Diegem
B-1831
Tel: 32-2-456-07-80 Estonia Italy Poland
Fax: 32-2-456-07-89 Osaühing System Test Turck Banner s.r.l. Turck Sp. z o.o.
email: [email protected] Via San Domenico, 5 ul. Zeromskiego 1
http://www.bannereurope.com Pirita tee 20
EE-10127 Tallinn 20010 Bareggio 50-053 Opole
Tel: 372-6-405-423 Milano Tel: 48-77 443 48 00
Fax: 372-6-405-422 Tel: 390 2 90 36 42 91 Fax: 48-77 443 48 01
Austria email: [email protected] Fax: 0039-2-90 36 48 38 email: [email protected]
Intermadox GmbH email: [email protected] http://www.turck.pl
Josef-Moser-Gasse 1 http://www.turckbanner.it
A-1170 Vienna Finland
Tel: 431-48-61587 Sarlin Oy Ab Portugal
Fax: 431-48-6158723 Kazakhstan Salmon & Cia Lda.
email: [email protected] P.O. Box 750
SF-00101 Helsinki 10 Kazrosavtomatizaciya Sensorlink Rua Cova da Moura, 2-6
http://www.intermadox.at Pacaeva st., 6 office 4-6 Lisboa, 1350
Tel: 358 (0)10-550-4200
Fax: 358 (0)10-550-4201 463020, Aktobe, Kazakhstan Tel: 351-21-39 20 130
email: [email protected] Tel: +7 3132 563719 Fax: 351-21-39 20 189
Belarus http://www.sarlin.com Fax: +7 3132 563719 email: [email protected]
FEK Company email: [email protected]
Industrial Automation Center http://www.sensorlink.ru
Pionerskaya Street 37A France Romania
Office 10 220020 Minsk Turck Banner S.A.S. TURCK Automation Romania SRL
Tel: 375-17-2562917 Latvia
3, Rue de Courtalin Str. Iuliu Tetrat nr. 18
Fax: 375-17-2562918 LASMA Ltd. RO-011914 Bucharest
email: [email protected] Magny - Le - Hongre
Aizkraukles 21-111
iKNOW®
Diegem Hans Turck GmbH & Co KG Industrial Technologies. S.A.L. Office Moskau
B-1831 Industrial Bldg.
Witzlebenstrasse 7 Volokolamskoe 1, Ofis 606 (v)
Tel: 32-2-456-07-80 Main Road, Hbaline
45472 Mülheim an der Ruhr RU - 125080, Moscow
Fax: 32-2-456-07-89 Amchit
Tel: 49-208-49-520 Tel: +7 (495) 9019164
email: [email protected] Tel: 961 1 448826
Fax: 49-208-49-52-264 email: [email protected]
http://www.bannereurope.com Fax: 961 9 635208
email: [email protected] http://www.sensorlink.ru
email: [email protected]
Multiprox N.V. http://www.turck.com Sensorlink
http://www.iteclb.com
DIAGRAMS
HOOKUP
Sensorlink
Office Sankt Petersburg Slovakia Switzerland UKRAINE
Naberegnaya Obrodnogo Kanala dom Marpex s.r.o. Bachofen AG Sensorlink
193, Office 4-6 Sportovcov 672 Ackerstrasse 42 Office Ukraine
RU-190020, Saint-Petersburg 018 41 Dubnica nad Váhom 8610 Uster S.-Shedrina st., 106, office 717
Tel: +7 (812) 331-1837 Tel: 421 42 44269 86-87 Tel: 41 44 944 11 11 58029, Chirnivtsy
Fax: +7 (812) 331-1837 Fax: 421 42 44400 10-11 Fax: 41 44 944 12 33 Tel: +38 0372 546760
http://www.sensorlink.ru email: [email protected] email: [email protected] Fax: +38 0372 546760
Turck Rus OOO http://www.marpex.sk http://www.bachofen.ch email: [email protected]
Altufyevskoe Shosse 1/7 http://www.sensorlink.ru
Moscow 127106 Turkey
Tel: +7 4952342661 Spain
Fax: +7 4952352665 Elion, S.A. Dacel Mühendislik Elektrik United Kingdom
email: [email protected] Farell, 5 Elektronik, San. Ve Tic. Ltd. Turck Banner Ltd.
http://www.turk.ru Vat. No. ESA08389587 Perpa Elektrokent Is Merkezi Blenheim House
E-08014 Barcelona A Blok Kat 2 No: 38 Hurricane Way, Wickford
Turck Rus OOO Okmedani Istanbul Essex SS11 8YT
192012, Saint-Petersburg Tel: 34-932-982-000
Fax: 34-934-311-800 Tel: 90 212 210 7646 Tel: 44-0-1268-578888
prospect Obuxovskoi oboroni Fax: 90 212 220 5045 Fax: 44-0-1268-763648
dom 271 lit. А, office 647 email: [email protected]
http://www.elion.es email: [email protected] email: [email protected]
Tel: +7-812-6333509 http://www.dacel.com.tr http://www.turckbanner.co.uk
email: [email protected]
Turck Rus OOO - Novosibirsk Sweden Gökhan Elektrik Malzemeleri San
Tel: +7-913-9063305 Turck Sweden Tic Ltd Sti
email: [email protected] EA Rosengrensgata 32 Perpa Elektrokent iş Merkezi
421 31 Västra Frölunda A Blok Kat 8 No: 694
Turck Rus OOO – Ekaterinburg Tel: 46 31 471605 B4420 Okmeydani - Istanbul
Tel: +7-912-6244220 Fax: 46 31 471630 Tel: 90-212-22 32 36
email: [email protected] email: [email protected] Fax: 90-212-221 32 40
http:www.turk.se email: [email protected]
http://www.gokhanelektrik.com.tr
iKNOW®
Egypt REP. of South Africa Saudi Arabia
Egyptian Trading and Engineering RET Automation Controls Pty. Ltd. M.H. Sherbiny for Commerce
3, Hassan Sadek St. 130 Boeing Road East P.O. Box 3082
Ouroba - Heliopolis Cairo Bedfordview, 2008 Prince Meshal Street, 2nd Street
CONTACT/SWITCHING
Tel: 20-2-290 83 80 (shipping address) Alkhobar 31952
Fax: 20-2-290 39 96 P.O. Box 8378 Tel: 966-3-89-44-298
DIAGRAMS
email: [email protected] Edenglen 1613 (mailing address) Fax: 966-3-86-47-278
Tel: 27-11-453 24 68 email: [email protected]
Fax: 27-11-453 24 06 http://www.sherbinyforcommerce.com
Israel email: [email protected]
Robkon Industrial Control & http://www.retautomation.com
Automation Ltd.
12-A Elimelech St.
DIAGRAMS
Ramat-gan, 52424
HOOKUP
Tel: 972-3-673 28 21
Fax: 972-3-673 84 20
email: [email protected] GLOSSARY
REPRESENTATIVES
INTERNATIONAL
Taiwan Thailand
Banner Engineering Taiwan Compomax Company Limited
Neihu Technology Park 16 Soi Ekamai 4, Sukhumvit 63 Rd.
5F-1 No. 51 Lane 35 Jihu Rd Prakanongnua, Vadhana
Taipei 114 Bangkok 10110
Tel: 886-2-8751-9966 Tel: 66-2-726-9595
Fax: 886-2-8751-2966 Fax: 66-2-726-9800
email: [email protected] email: [email protected]
http://www.bannerengineering.com.tw http://www.compomax.co.th
iKNOW®
CONTACT/SWITCHING
DIAGRAMS
DIAGRAMS
HOOKUP
GLOSSARY
REPRESENTATIVES
INTERNATIONAL
276 “w.o” indicates web only; visit bannerengineering.com “call” indicates call 1-888-373-6767
INDEX
“w.o” indicates web only; visit bannerengineering.com “call” indicates call 1-888-373-6767 277
INDEX
278 “w.o” indicates web only; visit bannerengineering.com “call” indicates call 1-888-373-6767
INDEX
“w.o” indicates web only; visit bannerengineering.com “call” indicates call 1-888-373-6767 279
INDEX
280 “w.o” indicates web only; visit bannerengineering.com “call” indicates call 1-888-373-6767
INDEX
“w.o” indicates web only; visit bannerengineering.com “call” indicates call 1-888-373-6767 281
INDEX
282 “w.o” indicates web only; visit bannerengineering.com “call” indicates call 1-888-373-6767
INDEX
“w.o” indicates web only; visit bannerengineering.com “call” indicates call 1-888-373-6767 283
INDEX
284 “w.o” indicates web only; visit bannerengineering.com “call” indicates call 1-888-373-6767
INDEX
“w.o” indicates web only; visit bannerengineering.com “call” indicates call 1-888-373-6767 285
INDEX
286 “w.o” indicates web only; visit bannerengineering.com “call” indicates call 1-888-373-6767
INDEX
“w.o” indicates web only; visit bannerengineering.com “call” indicates call 1-888-373-6767 287
INDEX
288 “w.o” indicates web only; visit bannerengineering.com “call” indicates call 1-888-373-6767
Banner Engineering Corp.
9714 Tenth Avenue North
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55441
763-544-3164 • Fax: 763-544-3213
1-888-3-SENSOR (1-888-373-6767)
www.bannerengineering.com
email: [email protected]